UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
OR
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from             to             
Commission File No. 1-11442
 
CHART INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware
 
34-1712937
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
One Infinity Corporate Centre Drive,
 
 
Suite 300, Garfield Heights, Ohio
 
44125-5370
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(440) 753-1490
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes    x    No   o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   o   No   x  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x      No   o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
 
x
  
Accelerated filer
 
o
Non-accelerated filer
 
o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller reporting company
 
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x  
The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price of $68.76 per share at which the common equity was last sold, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $2,029,029,832 .
As of February 15, 2013 , there were 30,074,094 outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the following document are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: the definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 23, 2013 (the “ 2013 Proxy Statement”).
Except as otherwise stated, the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is as of December 31, 2012 .
 




CHART INDUSTRIES, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






PART I
 
Item 1.
Business
THE COMPANY
Overview
Chart Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1992 (the “Company,” “Chart” or “we” and as used herein refers to Chart Industries, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise), is a leading independent global manufacturer of highly engineered equipment used in the production, storage and end-use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases, based on our sales and the estimated sales of our competitors. We supply engineered equipment used throughout the global liquid gas supply chain. The largest portion of end-use applications for our products is energy-related, accounting for approximately 54% of sales and 56% of orders in 2012 , and 77% of backlog at December 31, 2012 . We are a leading manufacturer of standard and engineered equipment primarily used for low-temperature and cryogenic applications. We have developed an expertise in cryogenic systems and equipment, which operate at low temperatures sometimes approaching absolute zero (0 kelvin; -273° Centigrade; -459° Fahrenheit). The majority of our products, including vacuum insulated containment vessels, heat exchangers, cold boxes and other cryogenic components, are used throughout the liquid gas supply chain for the purification, liquefaction, distribution, storage and end-use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases.
Our primary customers are large, multinational producers and distributors of hydrocarbon and industrial gases and their suppliers. We sell our products and services to more than 2,000 customers worldwide. We have developed long-standing relationships with leading companies in the gas production, gas distribution, gas processing, liquefied natural gas or LNG, chemical and industrial gas industries, including Air Products, Praxair, Airgas, Air Liquide, The Linde Group or Linde, JGC Corporation or JGC, Bechtel Corporation, ExxonMobil, British Petroleum or BP, ConocoPhillips, Saudi Aramco, The Shaw Group, CB&I Lummus, Uhde, CTCI Corporation or CTCI, Toyo, Samsung, Technip, Daelim, Thomas Russell, Black & Veatch, Chemtex, Enterprise, Exterran, Shell, Kryopak/Salof and Energy World Corporation or EWC, some of whom have been purchasing our products for over 20 years.
We have attained this position by capitalizing on our low-cost global manufacturing footprint, technical expertise and know-how, broad product offering and reputation for quality, and by focusing on attractive, growing markets. We have an established sales and customer support presence across the globe and low cost manufacturing operations in the United States, Central Europe and China. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , we generated sales of $1,014.2 million , $794.6 million , and $555.5 million , respectively.
The following charts show the proportion of our revenues generated by each operating segment as well as our estimate of the proportion of revenue generated by end-user for the year ended December 31, 2012 :
    
 

3



Segments and Products
We operate in three operating segments: (i) Energy & Chemicals or E&C, (ii) Distribution and Storage or D&S, and (iii) BioMedical. While each segment manufactures and markets different cryogenic and gas processing equipment and systems to distinct end-users, they all share a reliance on our heat transfer, low temperature storage and gas processing know-how and expertise. The E&C and D&S segments manufacture products used primarily in energy-related and general industrial applications, such as the separation, liquefaction, distribution and storage of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. Through our BioMedical segment, we supply cryogenic and other equipment used in the storage and distribution of biological materials and oxygen, used primarily in the medical, biological research and animal breeding industries. Further information about these segments is located in Note K of the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Energy and Chemicals Segment
Our principal products within the E&C segment, which accounted for 32% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 , are focused on engineered equipment and systems for the energy and chemicals markets, primarily heat exchangers, Core-in-Kettle ® units, cold boxes, process systems and LNG vacuum insulated pipe. These products are used by major natural gas, petrochemical processing and industrial gas companies in the production of their products. Our products in the E&C segment include the following:
Heat Exchangers and Core-in-Kettles ®  
We are a leading designer and manufacturer of cryogenic brazed aluminum and air cooled heat exchangers. Brazed aluminum heat exchangers accounted for 14.4% , 11.6% and 11.3% of consolidated sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Using technology pioneered by us, our brazed aluminum heat exchangers are incorporated into assemblies and cold boxes to facilitate the progressive cooling and liquefaction of air or hydrocarbon mixtures for the subsequent recovery or purification of component gases. In hydrocarbon processing industries, our brazed aluminum heat exchangers allow producers to obtain purified hydrocarbon by-products, such as methane, ethane, propane and ethylene, which are commercially marketable for various industrial or residential uses. In the industrial gas market, our brazed aluminum heat exchangers are used to produce high purity atmospheric gases, such as oxygen, nitrogen and argon, which have diverse industrial applications.
Our air cooled heat exchangers are used in multiple markets to cool fluids to allow for further processing or to provide condensing of fluids, including hydrocarbon, petrochemical, natural gas processing, and power generation. Our compact Core-in-Kettle ® heat exchangers are designed to replace shell-and-tube exchangers, offering significantly more heat transfer surface per unit volume and greatly improving the efficiency of chillers, vaporizers, reboilers and condensers in hydrocarbon applications including ethylene, propylene and LNG. Brazed aluminum and air cooled heat exchangers are engineered to the customer’s requirements and range in price from $20,000 to $3.0 million or more depending on the scope and complexity of the project.
Our heat exchanger demand is primarily driven by activity in the LNG and natural gas segments of the hydrocarbon processing market, as well as the global industrial gas market. Other key global drivers involve developing Gas to Liquids, or GTL, clean coal processes including Coal to Liquids, or CTL, and Integrated Gasification and Combined Cycle, or IGCC, power projects. In the future, management believes that continuing efforts by petroleum producing countries to better utilize stranded natural gas and previously flared gases, as well as efforts to broaden their industrial base, and the developing clean coal initiatives globally, present a promising source of demand for our heat exchangers and cold box systems. In addition, demand for heat exchangers and cold boxes in developed countries is expected to continue as firms upgrade their facilities for greater efficiency and regulatory compliance. We believe demand for our heat exchangers has also increased as a result of the natural gas being extracted from the U.S. shale fields.
Our principal competitors for brazed aluminum heat exchangers are Linde, Sumitomo, Kobe and Fives, and we face competition from a variety of competitors for air cooled heat exchangers. Management believes we are the only producer of large brazed aluminum heat exchangers in the United States and that we are a leader in the global cryogenic heat exchanger industry. Major customers for our heat exchangers in the industrial gas industry include Air Liquide, Air Products, Praxair, Hangyang, Kaifeng Air Separation and Sichuan Air Separation. In the hydrocarbon processing industry, major customers and engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) contractors include BP, Black & Veatch, ExxonMobil, Saudi Aramco, ConocoPhillips, JGC, Bechtel, Chemtex, Kryopak/Salof, Kellogg Brown Root or KBR, Technip, CB&I Lummus, Thomas Russell, Enterprise, Exterran, Toyo, The Shaw Group, Samsung and Shell.

4



Cold Boxes
We are a leading designer and fabricator of cold boxes. Cold boxes are highly engineered systems used to significantly reduce the temperature of gas mixtures to the point where component gases liquefy and can be separated and purified for further use in multiple industrial, scientific and commercial applications. In the hydrocarbon processing industry, our cold box systems are used in natural gas processing and in the petrochemical industry. In the industrial gas industry, cold box systems are used to separate air into its major atmospheric components, including nitrogen, oxygen and argon, where the gases are used in a diverse range of applications such as metal production and heat treating, enhanced oil and gas production, coal gasification, chemical and oil refining, the quick-freezing of food, wastewater treatment and industrial welding. The construction of a cold box system generally consists of one or more brazed aluminum heat exchangers and other equipment packaged in a “box” consisting of a structural metal frame encasing a complex system of piping, valves and instrumentation. Cold boxes, which are designed and fabricated to order, sell in the price range of $1.0 million to $20.0 million , with the majority of cold boxes priced between $1.0 million and $5.0 million .
We have a number of competitors for fabrication of cold boxes, including Linde, Air Products, Praxair, Air Liquide and many smaller fabrication-only facilities around the world. Principal customers for our cold boxes include CB&I Lummus, BP, Black & Veatch, Chemtex, Bechtel, Saudi Aramco, Jacobs, Chevron, ConocoPhillips, Marathon, JGC, Kryopak/Salof, Shell, Technip, Toyo, The Shaw Group, Samsung and KBR.
Process Systems
We are a leader in the design and manufacturing of highly engineered hydrocarbon process systems specifically for those markets requiring cryogenic processing technology. These “Concept-to-Reality” process systems incorporate many of Chart’s core products, including brazed aluminum heat exchangers, Core-in-Kettles ® , cold boxes, vessels, pipe work and air cooled heat exchangers. These systems are used for global LNG projects, including potential projects in the United States and China for both domestic LNG production for diesel displacement and in the conversion of LNG import terminals to export terminals, and also for use in global nitrogen rejection units (NRU) and propane dehydrogenation (PDH). These systems, which are custom engineered and manufactured to order, typically sell in the price range of $5.0 million to over $100.0 million , depending on the scope and complexity of the project, with the majority of the systems priced between $5.0 million and $25.0 million .
Our principal industry segments include LNG, nitrogen rejection, ammonia purification, propane dehydrogenation or PDH, HYCO/hydrogen recovery, and Ryan-Holmes CO 2 bulk removal technology for enhanced oil recovery and CO 2 sequestration.
We have a number of competitors for our process systems including Linde, Air Products, and other smaller engineering, procurement and construction, or EPC, firms to whom we also act as a supplier of equipment including heat exchangers and cold boxes. Principal customers and end-users for our process systems include EWC, CB&I Lummus, Fluor, ExxonMobil, JGC, The Shaw Group, CTCI, Samsung, Uhde and KBR.
Distribution and Storage Segment
Through our D&S segment, which accounted for 47% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 , we are a leading supplier of cryogenic equipment to the global bulk and packaged industrial gas industry as well as for energy-related applications. Demand for the products supplied by this segment is driven primarily by the significant installed base of users of cryogenic liquids as well as new applications and distribution technologies for cryogenic liquids. Our products span the entire spectrum of industrial gas demand from small customers requiring cryogenic packaged gases to large users requiring custom engineered cryogenic storage systems. Our products in the D&S segment include the following:
Cryogenic Bulk Storage Systems
We are a leading supplier of cryogenic bulk storage systems (stationary tanks, trailers, and ISO tanks) of various sizes ranging from 500 gallons to 250,000 gallons. Cryogenic bulk storage systems accounted for 15.1% , 19.3% and 18.5% of consolidated sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Using sophisticated vacuum insulation systems placed between inner and outer vessels, these bulk storage systems are able to store and transport liquefied industrial gases and hydrocarbon gases at temperatures from -100° Fahrenheit to temperatures nearing absolute zero. End use customers for our cryogenic storage equipment include industrial gas producers and distributors, chemical producers, manufacturers of electrical components, health care organizations, food processors and businesses in the oil and natural gas industries. Prices for our cryogenic bulk storage systems range from $10,000 to $1.0 million . Global industrial gas producers and distributors, including Air Products, Air Liquide, Linde, Airgas, Praxair and Messer, are significant customers for our cryogenic bulk storage systems. On a worldwide basis, we compete primarily with Taylor-Wharton International or Taylor-Wharton and CVA/INOX

5



in this product area. In Europe and Asia, we compete with several suppliers owned by the global industrial gas producers as well as independent regional suppliers such as VRV, Aritas and Sanctum.
Cryogenic Packaged Gas Systems
We are a leading supplier of cryogenic packaged gas systems of various sizes ranging from 160 liters to 3,000  liters. Cryogenic packaged gas systems accounted for 14.2% , 17.9% and 17.6% of consolidated sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Cryogenic liquid cylinders are used extensively in the packaged gas industry to allow smaller quantities of liquid to be easily delivered to the customers of industrial gas distributors on a full-for-empty or fill-on-site basis. Principal customers for our liquid cylinders are the same global industrial gas producers and the North American industrial gas distributors who purchase our cryogenic bulk storage systems. We compete on a worldwide basis primarily with Taylor-Wharton and Beijing Tenhai Industrial Cylinders in this product area. We have developed two technologies in the packaged gas product area: ORCA Micro-Bulk systems and Tri-fecta ® Laser Gas assist systems. ORCA Micro-Bulk systems bring the ease of use and distribution economics of bulk gas supply to customers formerly supplied by high pressure or cryogenic liquid cylinders. The ORCA Micro-Bulk system is the leader in this growing product line. The Tri-fecta ® Laser Gas assist system was developed to meet the “assist gas” performance requirements for new high powered lasers being used in the metal fabrication industry.
Cryogenic Systems and Components
Our line of cryogenic components, including VIP, engineered bulk gas installations, specialty liquid nitrogen, or LN2, end-use equipment and cryogenic flow meters are recognized in the market for their reliability, quality and performance. These products are sold to industrial gas producers, as well as to a diverse group of distributors, resellers and end users. We compete with a number of suppliers of cryogenic systems and components, including Acme Cryogenics, Vacuum Barrier Corporation and others. Additionally, in 2010 we completed the acquisition of Cryotech which is a manufacturer of LN2 dosing systems for food and beverage packaging applications located in San Jose, California. Cryotech expands our expertise in LN2 end use applications and distributes its products globally.
LNG Applications
We supply cryogenic solutions for the storage, distribution, vaporization, and application of LNG. LNG may be utilized as a primary source of heat or power at industrial or residential complexes located away from a natural gas pipeline. LNG may also be used for peak shaving or as a backup supply at remote locations. We refer to our LNG distribution products as a “Virtual Pipeline” as the natural gas pipeline is replaced with cryogenic distribution to deliver the gas to the end user. We supply cryogenic trailers, bulk storage tanks, tap-off facilities, and vaporization equipment specially configured for LNG into Virtual Pipeline applications. LNG may also be used as a fuel to power vehicles or ships. LNG vehicle fueling applications consist of LNG and liquid/compressed natural gas refueling systems for centrally fueled fleets of vehicles, trucks, and ships powered by natural gas, such as fleets operated by metropolitan transportation authorities, refuse haulers and heavy-duty truck fleets. We sell LNG applications around the world from all D&S facilities to numerous end users, energy companies, and gas distributors. Competition for LNG applications is based primarily on product design, customer support and service, dependability and price. Our competitors tend to be regionally focused or product specific while Chart is able to supply a broad range of solutions required by LNG applications.
Beverage Liquid CO 2 Systems
This product line consists primarily of vacuum insulated, bulk liquid CO 2 containers used for beverage carbonation in restaurants, convenience stores and cinemas, in sizes ranging from 100 pounds to 750 pounds of liquid CO 2 storage. We also manufacture and market non-insulated, bulk fountain syrup containers for side-by-side installation with our CO 2 systems. Our beverage systems are sold to national restaurant chains, soft drink companies and CO 2 distributors. Our primary competitors for bulk liquid CO 2 beverage delivery systems are Taylor-Wharton and other producers of high-pressure gaseous CO 2 cylinders.
Cryogenic Services
We operate locations in the United States and Europe providing installation, service, repair and maintenance of cryogenic products including storage tanks, liquid cylinders, cryogenic trailers, cryogenic railcars, cryogenic pumps, cryogenic flow meters and VIP. In 2010, we opened a comprehensive service facility in McCarran, Nevada that allows us to provide a full range of repair services for equipment located west of the Rocky Mountains.

6



BioMedical Segment
The BioMedical segment, which accounted for 21% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 , consists of various product lines built around our core competencies in cryogenics and pressure swing adsorption, but with a focus on the respiratory and biological users of the liquids and gases instead of the large producers and distributors of cryogenic liquids. Our products in the BioMedical segment include the following:
Respiratory Products
Medical respiratory products accounted for 14.8% , 17.4% and 17.2% of consolidated sales for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Our respiratory oxygen product line is comprised of a range of medical respiratory products, including liquid oxygen systems and ambulatory oxygen systems, both of which are used primarily for the in-home supplemental oxygen treatment of patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, such as bronchitis, emphysema and asthma. We further expanded our respiratory product offering in 2010 and 2012 by acquiring SeQual Technologies, Inc. and AirSep Corporation, which design, manufacture, and service stationary, transportable, and portable oxygen concentrators.
Individuals for whom supplemental oxygen is prescribed generally receive an oxygen system from a home healthcare provider, medical equipment dealer, or gas supplier. The provider or physician usually selects which type of oxygen system that is provided to its customers: liquid oxygen systems, transportable oxygen concentrators, portable oxygen concentrators, stationary concentrators or high-pressure oxygen cylinders. Physicians generally believe that increased patient ambulation offers greater long-term therapeutic benefits which can be provided by liquid oxygen, transportable, and portable oxygen concentrators.
We believe that competition for our respiratory product is based primarily upon product quality, performance, reliability, ease-of-use and price, and we focus our marketing strategies on these considerations. Furthermore, competition also includes the impact of other modalities in the broader respiratory industry.
Cold Storage Systems
This product line consists of vacuum insulated containment vessels for the storage of biological materials. The primary applications for this product line include medical laboratories, biotech/pharmaceutical, research facilities, blood and tissue banks, veterinary laboratories, large-scale repositories and artificial insemination, particularly in the beef and dairy industry.
The significant competitors for biological storage systems include a few large companies worldwide, such as Taylor-Wharton, Air Liquide and Ind-Burma Petroleum Company, or IBP. These products are sold through multiple channels of distribution specifically applicable to each industry sector. The distribution channels range from highly specialized cryogenic storage systems providers to general supply and catalogue distribution operations to breeding service providers. Historically, competition in this field has been focused on design, reliability and price. Alternatives to vacuum insulated containment vessels include mechanical, electrically powered refrigeration.
Commercial Oxygen Generation Systems
This product line includes self-contained generators, standard generators, and packaged systems for industrial and medical oxygen generating systems. These generators produce oxygen from compressed air and provide an efficient and cost-effective alternative to the procurement of oxygen from third party cylinder or liquid suppliers. Applications include mining operations, industrial plants, ozone generation, hospital medical oxygen, and wastewater sites among other commercial applications. The primary competitors include OGSI, Onsite Gas, Oxymat and Novair.
Domestic and Foreign Operations
Financial and other information regarding domestic and foreign operations is located in Note K of the notes to the Company's consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additional information regarding risks attendant to foreign operations is set forth in Item 7A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and Item 7 under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Engineering and Product Development
Our engineering and product development activities are focused primarily on developing new and improved solutions and equipment for the users of cryogenic liquids and hydrocarbon and industrial gases. Our engineering, technical and marketing employees actively assist customers in specifying their needs and in determining appropriate products to meet those needs.

7



Portions of our engineering expenditures typically are charged to customers, either as separate items or as components of product cost.
Competition
We believe we can compete effectively around the world and that we are a leading competitor in the industries we serve. Competition is based primarily on performance and the ability to provide the design, engineering and manufacturing capabilities required in a timely and cost-efficient manner. Contracts are usually awarded on a competitive bid basis. Quality, technical expertise and timeliness of delivery are the principal competitive factors within the industry. Price and terms of sale are also important competitive factors. Because independent third-party prepared market share data is not available, it is difficult to know for certain our exact position in our markets, although we believe we rank among the leaders in each of the markets we serve. We base our statements about industry and market positions on our reviews of annual reports and published investor presentations of our competitors and augment this data with information received by marketing consultants conducting competition interviews and our sales force and field contacts. For information concerning competition within a specific segment of the Company's business, see descriptions provided under segment captions herein.
Marketing
We market our products and services throughout the world primarily through direct sales personnel and independent sales representatives and distributors. The technical and custom design nature of our products requires a professional, highly trained sales force. While each salesperson and sales representative is expected to develop a highly specialized knowledge of one product or group of products within one of our segments, each salesperson and certain sales representatives are able to sell many products from different segments to a single customer. We use independent sales representatives and distributors to market our products and services in certain foreign countries and in certain North American markets. These independent sales representatives supplement our direct sales force in dealing with language and cultural matters. Our domestic and foreign independent sales representatives earn commissions on sales, which vary by product type.
Backlog
The dollar amount of our backlog as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $617.4 million , $489.1 million and $236.4 million , respectively. Approximately 10% of the December 31, 2012 backlog is expected to be filled beyond 2013 . Backlog is comprised of the portion of firm signed purchase orders or other written contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as revenue under the percentage of completion method or based upon shipment. Backlog can be significantly affected by the timing of orders for large products, particularly in the E&C segment, and the amount of backlog at December 31, 2012 described above is not necessarily indicative of future backlog levels or the rate at which backlog will be recognized as sales. Orders included in our backlog may include customary cancellation provisions under which the customer could cancel all or part of the order, potentially subject to the payment of certain costs and/or penalties. For further information about our backlog, including backlog by segment, see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Customers
We sell our products primarily to gas producers, distributors and end-users across the industrial gas, hydrocarbon and chemical processing and biomedical industries in countries throughout the world. Sales to our top ten customers accounted for 38% , 36% and 38% of consolidated sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. No single customer exceeded 10% of consolidated sales in 2012 . Our sales to particular customers fluctuate from period to period, but the global producers and distributors of hydrocarbon and industrial gases and their suppliers tend to be a consistently large source of revenue for us. Our supply contracts are generally contracts for “requirements” only. While our customers may be obligated to purchase a certain percentage of their supplies from us, there are generally no minimum requirements. Also, many of our contracts may be canceled on as little as one month’s notice. To minimize credit risk from trade receivables, we review the financial condition of potential customers in relation to established credit requirements before sales credit is extended and monitor the financial condition of customers to help ensure timely collections and to minimize losses. In addition, for certain domestic and foreign customers, particularly in the E&C segment, we require advance payments, letters of credit and other such guarantees of payment. Certain customers also require us to issue letters of credit or performance bonds, particularly in instances where advance payments are involved, as a condition of placing the order. We believe our relationships with our customers are generally good.
Intellectual Property
Although we have a number of patents, trademarks and licenses related to our business, no one of them or related group of them is considered by us to be of such importance that its expiration or termination would have a material adverse effect on

8



our business. In general, we depend upon technological capabilities, manufacturing quality control and application of know-how, rather than patents or other proprietary rights, in the conduct of our business.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
We manufacture most of the products we sell. The raw materials used in manufacturing include aluminum products (including sheets, bars, plate and piping), stainless steel products (including sheets, plates, heads and piping), palladium oxide, carbon steel products (including sheets, plates and heads), valves and gauges and fabricated metal components. Most raw materials are available from multiple sources of supply. We believe our relationships with our raw material suppliers and other vendors are generally good. Raw material prices were fairly stable during 2012, and we expect them to remain stable during 2013. Subject to certain risks related to our suppliers as discussed under Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” we foresee no acute shortages of any raw materials that would have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Employees
As of January 31, 2013 , we had 4,842  employees, including 2,018 domestic employees and 2,824 international employees. These employees consisted of 2,139 salaried, 433 bargaining unit hourly and 2,270 non-bargaining unit hourly.
We are a party to one collective bargaining agreement with the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers covering 433 employees at our La Crosse, Wisconsin heat exchanger facility. On October 31, 2012, we entered into a new five-year agreement which replaced the previous agreement that had an expiration date of February 2, 2013. The five-year term will extend from February 3, 2013 to February 3, 2018.
Environmental Matters
Our operations have historically included and currently include the handling and use of hazardous and other regulated substances, such as various cleaning fluids used to remove grease from metal, that are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. These regulations impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the soil, air and water, and establish standards for their handling, management, use, storage and disposal. We monitor and review our procedures and policies for compliance with environmental laws and regulations. Our management is familiar with these regulations and supports an ongoing program to maintain our adherence to required standards.
We are involved with environmental compliance, investigation, monitoring and remediation activities at certain of our owned or formerly owned manufacturing facilities and at one owned facility that is leased to a third party. We believe that we are currently in substantial compliance with all known environmental regulations. We accrue for certain environmental remediation-related activities for which commitments or remediation plans have been developed or for which costs can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are determined based upon currently available facts regarding each facility. Actual costs incurred may vary from these estimates due to the inherent uncertainties involved. Future expenditures relating to these environmental remediation efforts are expected to be made over the next 14 years as ongoing costs of remediation programs. We do not believe that these regulatory requirements have had a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. We are not anticipating any material capital expenditures in 2013 that are directly related to regulatory compliance matters. Although we believe we have adequately provided for the cost of all known environmental conditions, additional contamination, the outcome of disputed matters or changes in regulatory posture could result in more costly remediation measures than budgeted, or those we believe are adequate or required by existing law. We believe that any additional liability in excess of amounts accrued which may result from the resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
Available Information
Additional information about the Company is available at www.chartindustries.com. On the Investor Relations page of the website, the public may obtain free copies of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable following the time that they are filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Additionally, the Company has posted its Code of Ethical Business Conduct and Officer Code of Ethics on its website, which are also available free of charge to any shareholder interested in obtaining a copy. This Form 10-K and reports filed with the SEC are also accessible through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. References to our website or the SEC’s website do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained on such websites, and such information is not part of this Form 10-K.

9



Item 1A.
Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below as well as the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K in evaluating your investment in us. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows could be harmed materially. Additional risks, uncertainties and other factors that are not currently known to us or that we believe are not currently material may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows. In any of these cases, you may lose all or part of your investment in us.
Risks Related to Our Business
The markets we serve are subject to cyclical demand and vulnerable to economic downturn, which could harm our business and make it difficult to project long-term performance.
Demand for our products depends in large part upon the level of capital and maintenance expenditures by many of our customers and end users, in particular those customers in the global hydrocarbon and industrial gas markets. These customers’ expenditures historically have been cyclical in nature and vulnerable to economic downturns. Decreased capital and maintenance spending by these customers could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, this historically cyclical demand limits our ability to make accurate long-term predictions about the performance of our company. Even if demand improves, it is difficult to predict whether any improvement represents a long-term improving trend or the extent or timing of improvement. There can be no assurance that historically improving cycles are representative of actual future demand.
While we experienced growth in demand from 2003 until mid-2008 in the global hydrocarbon and industrial gas markets, we experienced a significant decline in orders from mid-2008 until mid-2009. Since that time there has been improvement in orders for our businesses, particularly throughout 2011 and early 2012, but we cannot predict whether business performance may be better or worse in the future.
The loss of, or significant reduction or delay in, purchases by our largest customers could reduce our sales and profitability.
A small number of customers has accounted for a substantial portion of our historical net sales. For example, sales to our top ten customers accounted for 38% , 36% and 38% of consolidated sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. We expect that a limited number of customers will continue to represent a substantial portion of our sales for the foreseeable future. While our sales to particular customers fluctuate from period to period, the global producers and distributors of hydrocarbon and industrial gases and their suppliers tend to be a consistently large source of our sales.
The loss of any of our major customers or a decrease or delay in orders or anticipated spending by such customers could materially reduce our sales and profitability. Our largest customers could also engage in business combinations, which could increase their size, reduce their demand for our products as they recognize synergies or rationalize assets and increase or decrease the portion of our total sales concentration to any single customer.
Decreases in energy prices may decrease demand for some of our products and cause downward pressure on the prices we charge, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A significant amount of our sales are to customers in the energy production and supply industry. We estimate that 54% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2012 were generated by end-users in the energy industry. Accordingly, demand for a significant portion of our products depends upon the level of capital expenditures by companies in the oil and gas industry, which depends, in part, on energy prices. While some applications for our products could see greater demand if prices for natural gas remain relatively low compared to oil prices, a sustained decline in energy prices generally and a resultant downturn in energy production activities could negatively affect the capital expenditures of our customers. Any significant decline in the capital expenditures of our customers, whether due to a decrease in the market price of energy or otherwise, may decrease demand for our products and cause downward pressure on the prices we charge. Accordingly, if there is a downturn in the energy production and supply industry, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Federal, state and local legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to hydraulic fracturing and the potential for related regulatory action or litigation could result in increased costs and additional operating restrictions or delays for our customers, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We supply equipment to companies that process, transport and utilize natural gas, many of which benefit from increased natural gas production resulting from hydraulic fracturing in the oil and natural gas industry. As a result, increased regulation of hydraulic fracturing may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. If additional levels of

10



regulation are implemented with respect to hydraulic fracturing, it may make it more difficult to complete natural gas wells in shale formations and discourage exploration of new wells. This could increase our customers' costs of compliance and doing business or otherwise adversely affect the hydraulic fracturing services they perform, which may negatively impact natural gas production and demand for our equipment used in the natural gas industry.

In addition, heightened political, regulatory and public scrutiny of hydraulic fracturing practices could potentially expose our customers to increased legal and regulatory proceedings, which could negatively impact natural gas production and demand for our equipment used in the natural gas industry. Any such developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, whether directly or indirectly.
Governmental energy policies could change, or expected changes could fail to materialize, which could adversely affect our business or prospects.
Energy policy can develop rapidly in the markets we serve, including the United States. Within the last few years, significant developments have taken place, primarily in international markets that we serve with respect to energy policy and related regulations. We anticipate that energy policy will continue to be an important regulatory priority globally as well as on a national, state and local level. As energy policy continues to evolve, the existing rules and incentives that impact the energy-related segments of our business may change. It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict whether changes in energy policy might occur in the future and the timing of potential changes and their impact on our business. The elimination or reduction of favorable policies for our energy-related business, or the failure to adopt expected policies that would benefit our business, could negatively impact our sales and profitability. For example, China’s 12 th Five-Year Plan promotes the use of natural gas by mandating an increase of gas as a percentage of energy consumption from less that 4% to over 8%. Our business prospects in China could be harmed if China changed this policy or the mandate is not otherwise achieved.
We may be unable to compete successfully in the highly competitive markets in which we operate.
Although many of our products serve niche markets, a number of our direct and indirect competitors in these markets are major corporations, some of which have substantially greater technical, financial and marketing resources than Chart, and other competitors enter these markets from time to time. Any increase in competition may cause us to lose market share or compel us to reduce prices to remain competitive, which could result in reduced sales and earnings. Companies, or their divisions, that operate in our industry include Air Products, Kobe, Linde, Fives, Sumitomo, CVA and Taylor-Wharton. Additionally, we compete with several suppliers owned by global industrial gas producers and many smaller fabrication-only facilities around the world. Increased competition with these companies could prevent the institution of price increases or could require price reductions or increased spending on research and development, and marketing and sales, any of which could materially reduce our sales, profitability or both. Moreover, during an industry downturn, competition in some of the product lines we serve increases as a result of over-capacity, which may result in downward pricing pressure. Further, customers who typically outsource their need for cryogenic systems to us may use their excess capacity to produce such systems themselves. We also compete in the sale of a limited number of products with certain of our major customers. If we are unable to compete successfully, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition could be negatively affected.
Downturns in economic and financial conditions have had and may have in the future a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Demand for our products depends in large part upon the level of capital and maintenance expenditures by many of our customers and end users. While general economic conditions improved throughout 2011 and early 2012 and continue to improve in many parts of the world, there has been continued economic weakness in Europe and a downturn in economic conditions there or elsewhere may reduce the willingness or ability of our customers and prospective customers to commit funds to purchase our products and services, and may reduce their ability to pay for our products and services after purchase. Economic conditions that could impact our business include, but are not limited to, recessionary conditions, slow or negative economic growth rates, the impact of state and sovereign debt defaults or the impact of U.S. budgetary pressures. Similarly, our suppliers may not be able to supply us with needed raw materials or components on a timely basis, may increase prices or go out of business, which could result in our inability to meet customer demand, or fulfill our contractual obligations or could affect our gross margins. See “We depend on the availability of certain key suppliers; if we experience difficulty with a supplier, we may have difficulty finding alternative sources of supply” below. We cannot predict the timing or duration of negative market conditions. If the economy or markets in which we operate deteriorate or financial markets weaken, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

11



Our exposure to fixed-price contracts, including exposure to fixed pricing on long-term customer contracts, could negatively impact our financial results.
A substantial portion of our sales has historically been derived from fixed-price contracts for large system projects, which may involve long-term fixed price commitments to customers and which are sometimes difficult to execute. We have experienced difficulties in executing large contracts of this kind in the past, including cost overruns, storm damage, supplier failures and customer disputes.
To the extent that any of our fixed-price contracts are delayed, our subcontractors fail to perform, contract counterparties successfully assert claims against us, the original cost estimates in these or other contracts prove to be inaccurate or the contracts do not permit us to pass increased costs on to our customers, profitability from a particular contract may decrease or project losses may be incurred, which, in turn, could decrease our sales and overall profitability. The uncertainties associated with our fixed-price contracts make it more difficult to predict our future results and exacerbate the risk that our results will not match expectations, which has happened in the past.
If we are unable to successfully manage our planned operational expansions, it may place a significant strain on our management and administrative resources and lead to increased costs and reduced profitability.
We expect to continue to expand our operations, particularly in China and the United States, in markets where we perceive the opportunity for profitable expansion. Our ability to operate our business successfully and implement our strategies depends, in part, on our ability to allocate our resources optimally in each of our facilities in order to maintain efficient operations as we expand. Ineffective management of our growth could cause manufacturing inefficiencies, increase our operating costs, place significant strain on our management and administrative resources and prevent us from implementing our business plan.
For example, we have invested or plan to invest approximately $70 to $80 million in new capital expenditures in 2013 related to the expected growth of selective parts of each of the E&C, D&S and BioMedical segments. If we fail to implement these projects in a timely and effective manner, we may lose the opportunity to obtain some new customer orders. Even if we effectively implement these projects, the orders needed to support the capital expenditure may not be obtained, may be delayed, or may be less than expected, which may result in sales or profitability at lower levels than anticipated. For example, while we invested in the expansion of our E&C segment in recent years, we experienced delay in some of the orders initially anticipated to support the cold box portion of that expansion, which resulted in the underutilization of some of our capacity. In addition, potential cost overruns, delays or unanticipated problems in any capital expansion could make the expansions more costly than originally predicted or cause us to miss windows of opportunity.
We depend on the availability of certain key suppliers; if we experience difficulty with a supplier, we may have difficulty finding alternative sources of supply.
The cost, quality and availability of raw materials and certain specialty metals used to manufacture our products are critical to our success. The materials and components we use to manufacture our products are sometimes custom made and may be available only from a few suppliers, and the lead times required to obtain these materials and components can often be significant. We rely on sole suppliers or a limited number of suppliers for some of these materials, including special grades of aluminum used in our brazed aluminum heat exchangers. While we have not historically encountered problems with availability, this does not mean that we will continue to have timely access to adequate supplies of essential materials and components in the future or that supplies of these materials and components will be available on satisfactory terms when needed. If our vendors for these materials and components are unable to meet our requirements, fail to make shipments in a timely manner or ship defective materials or components, we could experience a shortage or delay in supply or fail to meet our contractual requirements, which would adversely affect our results of operations and negatively impact our cash flow and profitability.
Our backlog is subject to modification or termination of orders, which could negatively impact our sales.
Our backlog is comprised of the portion of firm signed purchase orders or other written contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as sales. The dollar amount of backlog as of December 31, 2012 was $617.4 million . Our backlog can be significantly affected by the timing of orders for large products, particularly in our E&C segment, and the amount of our backlog at December 31, 2012 is not necessarily indicative of future backlog levels or the rate at which backlog will be recognized as sales. Although historically the amount of modifications and terminations of our orders has not been material compared to our total contract volume and is partially offset by cancellation penalties, customers can, and sometimes do, terminate or modify these orders. We cannot predict whether cancellations will accelerate or diminish in the future. Cancellations of purchase orders or reductions of product quantities in existing contracts could substantially and

12



materially reduce our backlog and, consequently, our future sales. Our failure to replace canceled or reduced backlog could negatively impact our sales and results of operations.
Health care reform or other changes in government and other third-party payor reimbursement levels and practices could negatively impact our sales and profitability.
Acquisitions by our BioMedical segment have significantly increased the size and impact on our financial results of our respiratory products business. Many of our BioMedical segment’s customers are reimbursed for products and services by third-party payors, such as government programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, private insurance plans and managed care programs in the U.S, and by similar programs and entities in the other countries in which we operate or sell our equipment. In the United States, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, implemented a number of payment rules that reduced Medicare payments for oxygen and oxygen equipment, including a competitive bidding program effective January 1, 2011. Under the competitive bidding program, CMS selected contract suppliers that agreed to receive as payment the “single payment amount” calculated by CMS in certain geographic regions. If third-party payors deny coverage, make the reimbursement process or documentation requirements more uncertain or reduce levels of reimbursement, it could negatively affect our sales and profitability.
In March 2010, health care reform legislation known as the Affordable Care Act was adopted in the United States. The new law includes provisions that, among other things, reduce and/or limit Medicare reimbursement, require all individuals to have health insurance (with limited exceptions) and impose new and/or increased taxes. In addition, the Affordable Care Act requires CMS to nationalize the competitive bidding process or adjust the prices in non-competitive bidding areas to match competitive bidding prices. The Affordable Care Act could impact the demand for our products or the prices at which we sell our products. The impact of this law and these proposals could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.
As a global business, we are exposed to economic, political and other risks in different countries which could materially reduce our sales, profitability or cash flows, or materially increase our liabilities.
Since we manufacture and sell our products worldwide, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. In 2012, 2011 and 2010 , 56% , 58% and 57% , respectively, of our sales were made in international markets. Our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:
changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
exchange controls and currency restrictions;
changes in a specific country’s or region’s political, social or economic conditions, particularly in emerging markets;
civil unrest, turmoil or outbreak of disease in any of the countries in which we operate or sell our products;
tariffs, other trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;
potentially negative consequences from changes in U.S. and international tax laws;
difficulty in staffing and managing geographically widespread operations;
differing labor regulations;
requirements relating to withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;
different regulatory regimes controlling the protection of our intellectual property;
restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in these jurisdictions;
restrictions on our ability to repatriate dividends from our foreign subsidiaries;
difficulty in collecting international accounts receivable;
difficulty in enforcement of contractual obligations under non-U.S. law;
transportation delays or interruptions;
changes in regulatory requirements; and
the burden of complying with multiple and potentially conflicting laws.

For example, the continuing European sovereign debt crisis has negatively affected economic conditions in Europe and globally. If the European sovereign debt crisis continues or deepens, economic conditions in Europe may further deteriorate. In that case, our business in Europe and elsewhere, as well as the businesses of our customers and suppliers, may be adversely affected.


13



Our international operations and sales also expose us to different local political and business risks and challenges. For example, we are faced with potential difficulties in staffing and managing local operations and we have to design local solutions to manage credit and legal risks of local customers and distributors, which may not be effective. In addition, because some of our international sales are to suppliers that perform work for foreign governments, we are subject to the political risks associated with foreign government projects. For example, certain foreign governments may require suppliers for a project to obtain products solely from local manufacturers or may prohibit the use of products manufactured in certain countries.
International growth and expansion into emerging markets, such as China, Central and Eastern Europe, India, the Middle East and Latin America, may cause us difficulty due to greater regulatory barriers than in the United States, the necessity of adapting to new regulatory systems, problems related to entering new markets with different economic, social and political systems and conditions, and significant competition from the primary participants in these markets, some of which may have substantially greater resources than us. For example, unstable political conditions or civil unrest, including political instability in North Africa and the Middle East, could negatively impact our order levels and sales in a region or our ability to collect receivables from customers or operate or execute projects in a region.
Our international operations and transactions also depend upon favorable trade relations between the United States and those foreign countries in which our customers and suppliers have operations. A protectionist trade environment in either the United States or those foreign countries in which we do business or sell products, such as a change in the current tariff structures, export compliance, government subsidies or other trade policies, may adversely affect our ability to sell our products or do business in foreign markets. Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, upon our ability to succeed in differing economic, social and political conditions. We may not succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies to counter the foregoing factors effectively in each location where we do business and the foregoing factors may cause a reduction in our sales, profitability or cash flows, or cause an increase in our liabilities.
We may fail to successfully acquire or integrate companies that provide complementary products or technologies.
A component of our business strategy is the acquisition of businesses that complement our existing products and services. Such a strategy involves the potential risks inherent in assessing the value, strengths, weaknesses, contingent or other liabilities and potential profitability of acquisition candidates and in integrating the operations of acquired companies. In addition, any acquisitions of businesses with foreign operations or sales may increase our exposure to risks inherent in doing business outside the United States.
From time to time, we may have acquisition discussions with potential target companies both domestically and internationally. If a large acquisition opportunity arises and we proceed, a substantial portion of our cash and surplus borrowing capacity could be used for the acquisition or we may seek additional debt or equity financing. For example, in August 2012 we used a substantial portion of our available cash to acquire AirSep Corporation.
Potential acquisition opportunities become available to us from time to time, and we engage periodically in discussions or negotiations relating to potential acquisitions, including acquisitions that may be material in size or scope to our business. Any acquisition may or may not occur and, if an acquisition does occur, it may not be successful in enhancing our business for one or more of the following reasons:
Any business acquired may not be integrated successfully and may not prove profitable;
The price we pay for any business acquired may overstate the value of that business or otherwise be too high;
Liabilities we take on through the acquisition may prove to be higher than we expected;
We may fail to achieve acquisition synergies; or
The focus on the integration of operations of acquired entities may divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operation of our businesses.
Inherent in any future acquisition is the risk of transitioning company cultures and facilities. The failure to efficiently and effectively achieve such transitions could increase our costs and decrease our profitability.
If we lose our senior management or other key employees, our business may be adversely affected.
Our ability to successfully operate and grow our business and implement our strategies is largely dependent on the efforts, abilities and services of our senior management and other key employees. Our future success will also depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, such as engineers and other skilled labor, either through direct hiring or the acquisition of other businesses employing such professionals. Our products, many of which are highly engineered, represent specialized applications of cryogenic low temperature or gas processing technologies and know-how, and many of the markets we serve represent niche markets for these specialized applications. Accordingly, we rely heavily

14



on engineers, salespersons, business unit leaders, senior management and other key employees who have experience in these specialized applications and are knowledgeable about these niche markets, our products, and our company. Additionally, we may modify our management structure from time to time or substantially reduce our overall workforce as we did in certain sectors of our business during the recent economic downturn, which may create marketing, operational and other business risks. The loss of the services of these senior managers or other key employees or the failure to attract or retain other qualified personnel could reduce the competitiveness of our business or otherwise impair our business prospects.
Due to the nature of our business and products, we may be liable for damages based on product liability and warranty claims.
Due to the high pressures and low temperatures at which many of our products are used, the inherent risks associated with concentrated industrial and hydrocarbon gases, and the fact that some of our products are relied upon by our customers or end users in their facilities or operations, or are manufactured for relatively broad industrial, transportation or consumer use, we face an inherent risk of exposure to claims in the event that the failure, use or misuse of our products results, or is alleged to result, in death, bodily injury, property damage or economic loss. We believe that we meet or exceed existing professional specification standards recognized or required in the industries in which we operate. We are subject to claims from time to time, some of which are substantial, and we may be subject to claims in the future. For example, we and some of our subsidiaries have been subject to assertions that failure of our subsidiaries' equipment has caused substantial property damage and economic loss at facilities owned by customers or third parties, including a natural gas processing plant fire where the performance of our subsidiary's equipment is being investigated, a lawsuit against us and our subsidiaries is pending, and end user losses are alleged to be more than $75 million, responsibility for which we and our subsidiaries vigorously dispute. See Item 3. "Legal Proceedings," for further details. Although we currently maintain product liability coverage, which we believe is adequate for existing product liability claims and for the continued operation of our business, such insurance may become difficult to obtain or be unobtainable in the future on terms acceptable to us, it includes customary exclusions and conditions, it may not cover certain specialized applications, such as aerospace-related applications, and it generally does not cover warranty claims. A successful product liability claim or series of claims against us, including one or more consumer claims purporting to constitute class actions or claims resulting from extraordinary loss events, in excess of or outside our insurance coverage, or a significant warranty claim or series of claims against us, could materially decrease our liquidity, impair our financial condition and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our warranty reserves may not adequately cover our warranty obligations and increased or unexpected product warranty claims could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We provide product warranties with varying terms and durations for the majority of our products and we establish reserves for the estimated liability associated with our product warranties. Our warranty reserves are based on historical trends as well as our understanding of specifically identified warranty issues. The amounts estimated could differ materially from actual warranty costs that may ultimately be realized. An increase in the rate of warranty claims or the occurrence of unexpected warranty claims could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Fluctuations in exchange and interest rates may affect our operating results and impact our financial condition.
Fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar may increase or decrease our sales or earnings. Because our consolidated financial results are reported in U.S. dollars, if we generate sales or earnings in other currencies, the translation of those results into U.S. dollars can result in a significant increase or decrease in the amount of those sales or earnings. We also bid for certain foreign projects in U.S. dollars or euros. If the U.S. dollar or euro strengthens relative to the value of the local currency, we may be less competitive on those projects. In addition, our debt service requirements are primarily in U.S. dollars and a portion of our cash flow is generated in euros or other foreign currencies. Significant changes in the value of the foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could impair our cash flow and financial condition.
In addition, fluctuations in currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of our reported results of operations. For purposes of accounting, the assets and liabilities of our foreign operations, where the local currency is the functional currency, are translated using period-end exchange rates, and the revenues and expenses of our foreign operations are translated using average exchange rates during each period. For example, we have material euro-denominated net monetary assets and liabilities. If the European sovereign debt crisis leads to a significant devaluation of the euro, the value of our euro-denominated net monetary assets and liabilities would be correspondingly reduced when translated into U.S. dollars for inclusion in our financial statements. Similarly, the re-introduction of certain individual country currencies or the complete dissolution of the euro, could adversely affect the value of our euro-denominated net monetary assets and liabilities. In either case, our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected.

15



In addition to currency translation risks, we incur currency transaction risk whenever we or one of our subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or a sales transaction using a currency other than the functional currency of the transacting entity. Given the volatility of exchange rates, we may not be able to effectively manage our currency and/or translation risks. Volatility in currency exchange rates may decrease our sales and profitability and impair our financial condition. We have purchased and may continue to purchase foreign currency forward buy and sell contracts to manage the risk of adverse currency fluctuations and if the contracts are inconsistent with currency trends we could experience exposure related to foreign currency fluctuations.

We are also exposed to general interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our interest expense could increase significantly, affecting earnings and reducing cash flow available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other purposes. In addition, changes by any rating agency to our outlook or credit ratings could increase our cost of borrowing.
We are subject to potential insolvency or financial distress of third parties.
We are exposed to the risk that third parties to various arrangements who owe us money or goods and services, or who purchase goods and services from us, will not be able to perform their obligations or continue to place orders due to insolvency or financial distress. If third parties fail to perform their obligations under arrangements with us, we may be forced to replace the underlying commitment at current or above market prices or on other terms that are less favorable to us or we may have to write off receivables in the case of customer failures to pay. If this happens, whether as a result of the insolvency or financial distress of a third party or otherwise, we may incur losses, or our results of operations, financial position or liquidity could otherwise be adversely affected.
Some of our products are subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and other governmental authorities.
Some of our products are subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and other national, supranational, federal and state governmental authorities. It can be costly and time consuming to obtain regulatory approvals to market a medical device, such as those sold by our BioMedical segment. Approvals might not be granted for new devices on a timely basis, if at all. Regulations are subject to change as a result of legislative, administrative or judicial action, which may further increase our costs or reduce sales. Our failure to maintain approvals or obtain approval for new products could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
In addition, we are subject to regulations covering manufacturing practices, product labeling, advertising and adverse-event reporting that apply after we have obtained approval to sell a product. Many of our facilities' procedures and those of our suppliers are subject to ongoing oversight, including periodic inspection by governmental authorities. Compliance with production, safety, quality control and quality assurance regulations is costly and time-consuming, and while we seek to be in full compliance, noncompliance could arise from time to time. If we fail to comply, our operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected, including through the imposition of fines, costly remediation or plant shutdowns, suspension or delay in product approval, product seizure or recall, or withdrawal of product approval as a result of noncompliance.
Fluctuations in the prices and availability of raw materials could negatively impact our financial results.
The pricing and availability of raw materials for use in our businesses can be volatile due to numerous factors beyond our control, including general, domestic and international economic conditions, labor costs, production levels, competition, consumer demand, import duties and tariffs and currency exchange rates. This volatility can significantly affect the availability and cost of raw materials for us, and may, therefore, increase the short-term or long-term costs of raw materials.
The commodity metals we use, including aluminum and stainless steel, have experienced significant fluctuations in price in recent years. On average, over half of our cost of sales for many of our product lines has historically been represented by the cost of commodities metals. We have generally been able to recover the cost increases through price increases to our customers; however, during periods of rising prices of raw materials, we may not always be able to pass increases on to our customers. Conversely, when raw material prices decline, customer demands for lower prices could result in lower sale prices and, to the extent we have existing inventory, lower margins. As a result, fluctuations in raw material prices could result in lower sales and profitability.
If we are unable to effectively control our costs while maintaining our customer relationships and core resources, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
It is critical for us to appropriately align our cost structure with prevailing market conditions, to minimize the effect of economic fluctuation on our operations, and in particular, to continue to maintain our customer relationships, core resources and manufacturing capacity while protecting profitability and cash flow. If we are unable to align our cost structure in response to prevailing economic conditions on a timely basis, or if implementation or failure to implement any cost structure adjustments

16



has an adverse impact on our business or prospects, then our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be negatively affected.
We carry goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on our balance sheet, which are subject to impairment testing and could subject us to significant charges to earnings in the future if impairment occurs.
As of December 31, 2012 , we had goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of $446.7 million , which represented approximately 33.6% of our total assets. The value of these assets may increase in the future if we complete acquisitions as part of our overall business strategy. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually on October 1 or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment may exist. Factors that could indicate that our goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, lower than projected operating results and cash flows, and slower growth rates in our industry. Our stock price historically has fluctuated significantly in response to market and other factors. For example, it declined significantly from mid-2008 to early 2009 and then increased sharply in late 2010 and early 2011. Declines in our stock price in the future could increase the risk of goodwill impairment if the price of our stock does not recover. Impairment testing incorporates our estimates of future operating results and cash flows, estimates of allocations of certain assets and cash flows among reporting segments, estimates of future growth rates and our judgment regarding the applicable discount rates to use to discount those estimated operating results and cash flows. If we determine that an impairment exists, it may result in a significant non-cash charge to earnings and lower stockholders’ equity.
We may be required to make material expenditures in order to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and climate change regulations, or incur additional liabilities under these laws and regulations.
We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that impose various environmental controls on us or otherwise relate to environmental protection and various health and safety matters, including the discharge of pollutants in the air and water, the handling, use, treatment, storage and clean-up of solid and hazardous materials and wastes, the investigation and remediation of soil and groundwater affected by hazardous substances and the requirement to obtain and maintain permits and licenses. These laws and regulations often impose strict, retroactive and joint and several liability for the costs of, and damages resulting from, cleaning up our, or our predecessors’, past or present facilities and third party disposal sites. Compliance with these laws generally increases the costs of transportation and storage of raw materials and finished products, as well as the costs of storing and disposing waste, and could decrease our liquidity and profitability and increase our liabilities. Health and safety and other laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate impose various requirements on us including state licensing requirements that may benefit our customers. If we are found to have violated any of these laws, we may become subject to corrective action orders and fines or penalties, and incur substantial costs, including substantial remediation costs and commercial liability to our customers. Further, we also could be subject to future liability resulting from conditions that are currently unknown to us that could be discovered in the future.
We are currently remediating or developing work plans for remediation of environmental conditions involving certain current or former facilities. For example, the discovery of contamination arising from historical industrial operations at our Clarksville, Arkansas property, which is currently being leased to a third party business, has exposed us, and in the future may continue to expose us, to remediation obligations. We have also been subject to environmental liabilities for other sites where we formerly operated or at locations where we or our predecessors did or are alleged to have operated. To date, our environmental remediation expenditures and costs for otherwise complying with environmental laws and regulations have not been material, but the uncertainties associated with the investigation and remediation of contamination and the fact that such laws or regulations change frequently makes predicting the cost or impact of such laws and regulations on our future operations uncertain. Stricter environmental, safety and health laws, regulations or enforcement policies could result in substantial costs and liabilities to us and could subject us to more rigorous scrutiny. Consequently, compliance with these laws could result in significant expenditures as well as other costs and liabilities that could decrease our liquidity and profitability and increase our liabilities.
There is a growing political and scientific belief that emissions of greenhouse gases alter the composition of the global atmosphere in ways that are affecting the global climate. Various stakeholders, including legislators and regulators, stockholders and non-governmental organizations, as well as companies in many business sectors, are considering ways to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. New regulations could result in product standard requirements for the Company’s global businesses but because any impact is dependent on the design of the mandate or standard, the Company is unable to predict its significance at this time. Furthermore, the potential physical impacts of theorized climate change on the Company’s customers, and therefore on the Company’s operations, are speculative and highly uncertain, and would be particular to the circumstances developing in various geographical regions. These may include changes in weather patterns (including drought and rainfall levels), water availability, storm patterns and intensities, and temperature levels. These potential physical effects may adversely impact the cost, production, sales and financial performance of the Company’s operations.

17



Failure to protect our intellectual property and know-how could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage and reduce our sales and profitability, and the cost of protecting our intellectual property may be significant.
We rely on a combination of internal procedures, nondisclosure agreements, intellectual property rights assignment agreements, as well as licenses, patents, trademarks and copyright law to protect our intellectual property and know-how. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. For example, we frequently explore and evaluate potential relationships and projects with other parties, which often require that we provide the potential partner with confidential technical information. While confidentiality agreements are typically put in place, there is a risk the potential partner could violate the confidentiality agreement and use our technical information for its own benefit or the benefit of others or compromise the confidentiality. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries in which our products may be sold or manufactured do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, we are increasing our manufacturing capabilities and sales in China, where laws may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as in the United States. In addition, certain provisions of the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act will go into effect on March 16, 2013. The Leahy-Smith America Invents Act will shift the United States from a "first-to-invent" to a "first-to-file" patent system. This change means that between two identical, pending patent applications, the first inventor will no longer receive priority on the patent to the invention. As a result, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act may require us to incur significant additional expense and effort to protect our intellectual property. Failure or inability to protect our proprietary information could result in a decrease in our sales or profitability.
We have obtained and applied for some U.S. and foreign trademark and patent registrations and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks and patents, as appropriate. We cannot guarantee that any of our pending applications will be approved. Moreover, even if the applications are approved, third parties may seek to oppose or otherwise challenge them. A failure to obtain registrations in the United States or elsewhere could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and technologies and could impede our business. Further, the protection of our intellectual property may require expensive investment in protracted litigation and the investment of substantial management time and there is no assurance we ultimately would prevail or that a successful outcome would lead to an economic benefit that is greater than the investment in the litigation. The patents in our patent portfolio are scheduled to expire between 2013 and 2032.
In addition, we may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property rights and know-how without our authorization or from independently developing intellectual property that is the same as or similar to ours, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the United States. We compete in a number of industries (for example, heat exchangers and cryogenic storage) that are small or specialized, which makes it easier for a competitor to monitor our activities and increases the risk that ideas will be stolen. The unauthorized use of our know-how by third parties could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales or otherwise harm our business or increase our expenses as we attempt to enforce our rights.
We may be subject to claims that our products or processes infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages, modify our products or processes or prevent us from selling our products.
Although it is our intention to avoid infringing or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others, third parties may nevertheless claim (and in the past have claimed) that our processes and products infringe their intellectual property and other rights. For example, our BioMedical business manufactures products for relatively broad consumer use, is actively marketing these products in multiple jurisdictions internationally and risks infringing technologies that may be protected in one or more of these international jurisdictions as the scope of our international marketing efforts expands. Our strategies of capitalizing on growing international demand as well as developing new innovative products across multiple business lines present similar infringement claim risks both internationally and in the United States as we expand the scope of our product offerings and markets. We compete with other companies for contracts in some small or specialized industries, which increases the risk that the other companies will develop overlapping technologies leading to an increased possibility that infringement claims will arise. Whether or not these claims have merit, we may be subject to costly and time-consuming legal proceedings, and this could divert our management’s attention from operating our businesses. In order to resolve such proceedings, we may need to obtain licenses from these third parties or substantially re-engineer or rename our products in order to avoid infringement. In addition, we might not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, or be able to re-engineer or rename our products successfully.
Increased IT security threats and more sophisticated and targeted computer crime could pose a risk to our systems, networks, products, solutions and services.
Increased global IT security threats and more sophisticated and targeted computer crime pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks and the confidentiality, availability and integrity of our data. While we attempt to mitigate these risks by employing a number of measures, including employee training, comprehensive monitoring of our networks and systems, and

18



maintenance of backup and protective systems, our systems, networks, products, solutions and services remain potentially vulnerable to advanced persistent threats. Depending on their nature and scope, such threats could potentially lead to the compromising of confidential information, improper use of our systems and networks, manipulation and destruction of data, defective products, production downtimes and operational disruptions, which in turn could adversely affect our reputation, competitiveness and results of operations.
Increases in labor costs, potential labor disputes and work stoppage could materially decrease our sales and profitability.
Our financial performance is affected by the availability of qualified personnel and the cost of labor. As of January 31, 2013 , we had 4,842  employees, including 2,139 salaried, 433 bargaining unit hourly and 2,270 non-bargaining unit hourly employees. Employees represented by a union are subject to one collective bargaining agreement in the United States that expires in February 2018. We have experienced one work stoppage in 2007. Although we entered into a new labor agreement with our unionized employees at this facility in February 2013, if we are unable to enter into new, satisfactory labor agreements with our unionized employees when necessary in the future or other labor controversies or union organizing efforts arise, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, lose business or experience an increase in our operating expenses, which could reduce our profit margins. Furthermore, increased U.S. federal regulation or significant modifications to existing labor regulations, could potentially increase our labor costs.
Additional liabilities related to taxes could adversely impact our financial results, financial condition and cash flow.
We are subject to tax and related obligations in the jurisdictions in which we operate or do business, including state, local, federal and foreign taxes. The taxing rules of the various jurisdictions in which we operate or do business often are complex and subject to varying interpretations. Tax authorities may challenge tax positions that we take or historically have taken, and may assess taxes where we have not made tax filings or may audit the tax filings we have made and assess additional taxes, as they have done from time to time in the past. Some of these assessments may be substantial, and also may involve the imposition of substantial penalties and interest. In addition, governments could impose new taxes on us in the future. The payment of substantial additional taxes, penalties or interest resulting from tax assessments, or the imposition of any new taxes, could materially and adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.
If we are unable to continue our technological innovation and successful introduction of new commercial products, our profitability could be adversely affected.
The industries we serve, including the energy, industrial gas and biomedical industries, experience ongoing technological change and product improvement. Manufacturers periodically introduce new generations of products or require new technological capacity to develop customized products or respond to industry developments or needs. Our future growth will depend on our ability to gauge the direction of the commercial and technological progress in our markets, as well as our ability to acquire new product technologies or fund and successfully develop, manufacture and market products in this constantly changing environment. We must continue to identify, develop, manufacture and market innovative products on a timely basis to replace existing products in order to maintain our profit margins and competitive position. We may not be successful in acquiring and developing new products or technologies and any of our new products may not be accepted by our customers. If we fail to keep pace with evolving technological innovations in the markets we serve, our profitability may decrease.
Our pension plan is currently underfunded and we contribute to a multi-employer plan for collective bargaining U.S. employees, which is also underfunded.
Certain U.S. hourly and salaried employees are covered by our defined benefit pension plan. The plan has been frozen since February 2006. As of December 31, 2012 , the projected benefit obligation under our pension plan was approximately $57.3 million and the value of the assets of the plan was approximately $37.9 million , resulting in our pension plan being underfunded by approximately $19.3 million . We are also a participant in a multiemployer plan which is underfunded. Among other risks associated with multi-employer plans, contributions and unfunded obligations of the multi-employer plan are shared by the plan participants and we may inherit unfunded obligations if other plan participants withdraw from the plan or cease to participate. Additionally, if we elect to stop participating in the multi-employer plan, we may be required to pay amounts related to withdrawal liabilities associated with the underfunded status of the plan. If the performance of the assets in our pension plan or the multiemployer plan does not meet expectations or if other actuarial assumptions are modified, our required pension contributions for future years could be higher than we expect, which may negatively impact our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Increased government regulation could adversely affect our financial results, financial condition and cash flow.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) institutes a wide range of reforms, some of which may impact us. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act contains significant corporate governance and

19



executive compensation-related provisions that authorize or require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas. The impact of these provisions on our business is uncertain. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides for new statutory and regulatory requirements for derivative transactions, including foreign exchange and interest rate hedging transactions. Certain transactions will be required to be cleared on exchanges, and cash collateral will be required for those transactions. While the Dodd-Frank Act provides for a potential exception from these clearing and cash collateral requirements for commercial end-users, the exception is subject to future rule making and interpretation by regulatory authorities. We enter into foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and forward contracts from time to time to manage our foreign currency exchange risk, interest rate risk, and exposure to commodity price risk. If, in the future, we are required to provide cash collateral for our hedging transactions, it could reduce our ability to execute strategic hedges. In addition, the contractual counterparties in hedging arrangements will be required to comply with the Dodd-Frank Act’s new requirements, which could ultimately result in increased costs of these arrangements.
Our operations could be impacted by the effects of severe weather, which could be more severe than the damage and impact that our Louisiana operations encountered from hurricanes in 2005 and 2008 .
Some of our operations, including our operations in New Iberia, Louisiana and Houston, Texas, are located in geographic regions and physical locations that are susceptible to physical damage and longer-term economic disruption from hurricanes or other severe weather. We also could make significant future capital expenditures in hurricane-susceptible or other severe weather locations from time to time. These weather events can disrupt our operations, result in damage to our properties and negatively affect the local economy in which these facilities operate. In September 2008, for example, our New Iberia, Louisiana facility was forced to close as a result of heavy rainfall, evacuations, strong winds and power outages resulting from Hurricane Gustav. Two weeks after Hurricane Gustav, winds and flooding from Hurricane Ike damaged our New Iberia, Louisiana, Houston, Texas and The Woodlands, Texas operations and offices, and those facilities were also closed for a period of time. In 2005, our New Iberia operations encountered damage and were disrupted from the storm surge and flooding caused by Hurricane Rita. Future hurricanes or other severe weather may cause production or delivery delays as a result of the physical damage to the facilities, the unavailability of employees and temporary workers, the shortage of or delay in receiving certain raw materials or manufacturing supplies and the diminished availability or delay of transportation for customer shipments, any of which may have an adverse affect on our sales and profitability. Additionally, the potential physical impact of theorized climate change could include more frequent and intense storms, which would heighten the risk to our operations in areas that are susceptible to hurricanes and other severe weather. Although we maintain insurance subject to certain deductibles, which may cover some of our losses, that insurance may become unavailable or prove to be inadequate.
We operate in many different jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws.
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our internal policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-corruption laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, we cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures always will protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Our continued expansion outside the U.S., including in developing countries, could increase the risk of such violations in the future. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
We are subject to regulations governing the export of our products.
Due to our significant foreign sales, our export activities are subject to regulation, including the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control’s regulations. While we believe we are in compliance with these regulations and maintain programs intended to achieve compliance, we may currently or may in the future be in violation of these regulations. Any violations may subject us to government scrutiny, investigation and civil and criminal penalties and may limit our ability to export our products.
As a provider of products to the U.S. government, we are subject to federal rules, regulations, audits and investigations, the violation or failure of which could adversely affect our business.
We sell certain of our products to the U.S. government and, therefore, we must comply with and are affected by laws and regulations governing purchases by the U.S. government. Government contract laws and regulations affect how we do business with our government customers and, in some instances, impose added costs on our business. For example, a violation of specific laws and regulations could result in the imposition of fines and penalties or the termination of our contracts or

20



debarment from bidding on contracts. In some instances, these laws and regulations impose terms or rights that are more favorable to the government than those typically available to commercial parties in negotiated transactions.

Risks Related to Our Leverage
Our leverage and future debt service obligations could adversely affect our financial condition, limit our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, impact the way we operate our business, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from fulfilling our debt service obligations.
We are leveraged and have future debt service obligations. Our financial performance could be affected by our leverage. As of December 31, 2012 , our total indebtedness was $255.8 million . In addition, at that date, under the revolving portion or our senior credit facility we had $28.2 million of letters of credit and bank guarantees outstanding and borrowing capacity of approximately $271.8 million . Through separate facilities, our foreign subsidiaries had $4.7 million in bank guarantees outstanding at December 31, 2012 . While we had $141.5 million in cash at December 31, 2012 , which we believe mitigates the risk related to our leverage, there is no assurance that we will continue to be profitable in the future or that we will not use our available cash in ways other than those that reduce our leverage or mitigate the risk related to our leverage. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. Our level of indebtedness could have important negative consequences to us and you, including:
we may have difficulty generating sufficient cash flow to pay interest and satisfy our debt obligations;
we may have difficulty obtaining financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;
we will need to use a substantial portion of our available cash flow to pay interest and principal on our debt, which will reduce the amount of money available to finance our operations and other business activities;
some of our debt, including our borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, has variable rates of interest, which exposes us to the risk of increased interest rates;
our debt level increases our vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions;
our debt level could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and in our industry in general;
our debt and the amount we must pay to service our debt obligations could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;
our customers may react adversely to our debt level and seek or develop alternative suppliers; and
our failure to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our debt instruments which, among other things, require us to maintain specified financial ratios and limit our ability to incur debt and sell assets, could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business or prospects.
Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us under our senior secured credit facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness or fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, a portion of our indebtedness bears interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, debt service on our variable-rate debt will rise, which would adversely affect our cash flow. We may be unable to refinance any of our debt, including our senior secured credit facility or our 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, on commercially reasonable terms. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our senior secured credit facility restricts our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may be unable to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may be inadequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.
We may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks that we face .
We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of our debt instruments do not fully prohibit us from doing so. The revolving credit portion of our senior secured credit facility provides commitments of up to $300.0 million , approximately $271.8 million  of which would have been available for future borrowings (after giving effect to letters of credit and bank guarantees outstanding) as of December 31, 2012 . See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Debt Instruments and Related Covenants.” We may also further increase the size of our senior secured credit facility which includes an expansion

21



option permitting us to add up to an aggregate of $150.0 million in additional borrowings, subject to certain conditions, or we could refinance with higher borrowing limits. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.
The senior secured credit facility contains a number of restrictive covenants which limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or engage in other business activities that may be in our interest.
The senior secured credit facility imposes, and the terms of any future indebtedness may impose, operating and other restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. Such restrictions affect or will affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:
incur additional indebtedness;
create liens;
pay dividends and make other distributions in respect of our capital stock;
redeem or buy back our capital stock;
make certain investments or certain other restricted payments;
sell or transfer certain kinds of assets;
enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates; and
effect mergers or consolidations.
The senior secured credit facility also requires us to achieve certain financial and operating results and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.
The restrictions contained in the senior secured credit facility could:
limit our ability to plan for or react to market or economic conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans; and
adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances or other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our interest.
A breach of any of these covenants or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under our senior secured credit facility. If an event of default occurs under our senior secured credit facility, which includes an event of default under the indenture governing our 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, the lenders could elect to:
declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable;
require us to apply all of our available cash to repay the borrowings; or
prevent us from making debt service payments on the convertible notes;
any of which could result in an event of default under our convertible notes. The lenders will also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further financing.
If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings when due, our lenders could sell the collateral securing the senior secured credit facility, which constitutes substantially all of our domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries’ assets.
Our 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 have certain fundamental change and conditional conversion features which, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition.
If a fundamental change occurs under our 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018, the holders thereof may require us to purchase for cash any or all of the convertible notes. However, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient funds at the time of the fundamental change to purchase all of the convertible notes delivered for purchase, and we may not be able to arrange necessary financing on acceptable terms, if at all. Likewise, if one of the conversion contingencies of our convertible notes is triggered, holders of convertible notes will be entitled to convert the convertible notes at any time during specified periods. If one or more holders elect to convert their convertible notes, we would be required to settle any converted principal through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

22



We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the convertible note hedge and capped call transactions associated with our 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018.
The option counterparties for our convertible note hedging arrangements are financial institutions, and we will be subject to the risk that any or all of them might default under the convertible note hedge and capped call transactions. Our exposure to the credit risk of the option counterparties is not secured by any collateral. Recent global economic conditions have resulted in the actual or perceived failure or financial difficulties of many financial institutions. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under the convertible note hedge and capped call transactions with that option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, generally, the increase in our exposure will be correlated to the increase in the market price and in the volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer adverse tax consequences and more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock. We can provide no assurances as to the financial stability or viability of the option counterparties.
We are a holding company and we may depend upon cash from our subsidiaries to service our debt. If we do not receive cash from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to meet our obligations.
We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, we may be dependent upon the earnings and cash flows from our subsidiaries to provide the funds necessary to meet our debt service obligations. If we could not have access to the cash flows of our subsidiaries, we may be unable to pay the principal or interest on our debt. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are holding companies that rely on subsidiaries of their own as a source of funds to meet any obligations that might arise.
Generally, the ability of a subsidiary to make cash available to its parent is affected by its own operating results and is subject to applicable laws and contractual restrictions contained in its debt instruments and other agreements. Moreover, there may be restrictions on payments by our subsidiaries to us under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital, to make payments to shareholders only from profits and restrictions on our ability to repatriate dividends from our foreign subsidiaries. As a result, although our subsidiaries may have cash, we may be unable to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligations and make payments to our stockholders, if any.
Risks Related to the Trading Market for Our Common Stock
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and other agreements and in Delaware law may discourage a takeover attempt.
Provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. Therefore, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. These rights may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
In addition, the terms of our 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes may require us to purchase these convertible notes for cash in the event of a takeover of our Company. The indenture governing the convertible senior notes also prohibits us from engaging in certain mergers or acquisition unless, among other things, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under the convertible notes. These and other provisions applicable to the convertible notes may have the effect of increasing the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from acquiring us.
The issuance of common stock upon conversion of our 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 could cause dilution to the interests of our existing stockholders.
As of December 31, 2012 , we had $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of convertible notes outstanding. Prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding May 1, 2018, the convertible notes will be convertible only upon satisfaction of certain conditions. Holders may convert their convertible notes at their option at any time after May 1, 2018. We will settle conversions of convertible notes by paying cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the convertible notes to be converted and paying or delivering, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election, in respect of the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation in excess of

23



the aggregate principal amount of the notes being converted. The number of shares issued could be significant and such an issuance could cause significant dilution to the interests of the existing stockholders.
Our common stock has experienced, and may continue to experience, price volatility.
Our common stock has at times experienced substantial price volatility as a result of many factors, including the general volatility of stock market prices and volumes, changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance, variations between our actual and anticipated financial results, fluctuations in order or backlog levels, changes in accounting policies or procedures as have been required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other regulatory agencies, or uncertainty about current global economic conditions. For these reasons, among others, the price of our stock may continue to fluctuate.

24



Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
 
Item 2.
Properties
We occupy 40 principal facilities totaling approximately 3.4 million square feet, with the majority devoted to manufacturing, assembly and storage. Of these manufacturing facilities, approximately 2.4  million square feet are owned and 1.0  million square feet are occupied under operating leases. We lease approximately 32,800  square feet for our corporate office in Garfield Heights, Ohio. Our major owned facilities in the United States are subject to mortgages securing our senior secured credit facility.
The following table sets forth certain information about significant facilities occupied by us as of January 31, 2013 :
 
Location
 
Segment
 
Square
Feet
 
Ownership
 
Use
La Crosse, Wisconsin
 
Energy & Chemicals
 
170,000

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
New Iberia, Louisiana
 
Energy & Chemicals
 
108,700

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing
The Woodlands, Texas
 
Energy & Chemicals
 
29,000

 
Leased
 
Office
Tulsa, Oklahoma
 
Energy & Chemicals
 
58,500

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
Tulsa, Oklahoma
 
Energy & Chemicals
 
140,000

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing/Office
Tulsa, Oklahoma
 
Energy & Chemicals
 
68,000

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing/Office
Wolverhampton, United Kingdom
 
Energy & Chemicals
 
1,600

 
Leased
 
Office
Burnsville, Minnesota
 
Distribution & Storage
 
5,600

 
Leased
 
Service
Changzhou, China
 
Distribution & Storage
 
212,800

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing/Office
Decin, Czech Republic
 
Distribution & Storage
 
638,000

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
Goch, Germany
 
Distribution & Storage
 
258,000

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
Houston, Texas
 
Distribution & Storage
 
26,500

 
Owned
 
Service
McCarran, Nevada
 
Distribution & Storage
 
42,300

 
Owned
 
Service
New Prague, Minnesota
 
Distribution & Storage
 
31,000

 
Leased
 
Office
Owatonna, Minnesota
 
Distribution & Storage
 
141,000

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing / Office
Plaistow, New Hampshire
 
Distribution & Storage
 
2,600

 
Leased
 
Office
San Jose, California
 
Distribution & Storage
 
20,800

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing/Office
Solingen, Germany
 
Distribution & Storage
 
13,400

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing/Office/Service/Warehouse
Canton, Georgia
 
Distribution & Storage/BioMedical
 
154,000

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
Canton, Georgia
 
Distribution & Storage/BioMedical
 
20,800

 
Leased
 
Office
New Prague, Minnesota
 
Distribution & Storage/BioMedical
 
254,000

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Service
Changzhou, China
 
Distribution & Storage/Energy & Chemicals
 
410,000

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
Aichi, Japan
 
BioMedical
 
8,900

 
Leased
 
Service
Amherst, New York
 
BioMedical
 
50,300

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
Amherst, New York
 
BioMedical
 
32,000

 
Leased
 
Warehouse
Amherst, New York
 
BioMedical
 
56,100

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing
Canton, Georgia
 
BioMedical
 
66,500

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
Chengdu, China
 
BioMedical
 
176,000

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
Denver, Colorado
 
BioMedical
 
23,800

 
Leased
 
Office/Warehouse
Lidcombe, Australia
 
BioMedical
 
2,400

 
Leased
 
Office/Warehouse
Padova, Italy
 
BioMedical
 
11,800

 
Leased
 
Service
San Diego, California
 
BioMedical
 
24,500

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing/Office
Tokyo, Japan
 
BioMedical
 
1,600

 
Leased
 
Office
Tokyo, Japan
 
BioMedical
 
8,900

 
Leased
 
Service
Toulouse, France (1)
 
BioMedical
 
9,000

 
Leased
 
Service
Troy, New York
 
BioMedical
 
12,000

 
Leased
 
Manufacturing/Office
Wokingham, United Kingdom
 
BioMedical
 
7,200

 
Leased
 
Office/Warehouse/Service
Wuppertal, Germany
 
BioMedical
 
104,900

 
Leased
 
Office/Warehouse/Service
Garfield Heights, Ohio
 
Corporate
 
32,800

 
Leased
 
Office
Luxembourg, Luxembourg
 
Corporate
 
1,900

 
Leased
 
Office
Clarksville, Arkansas (2)
 
Discontinued operation
 
110,000

 
Owned
 
Manufacturing/Office
_______________ 
(1)
This facility is designated for closure as of January 31, 2013.
(2)
This facility is leased from the Company with a purchase option by the customer that owns certain assets of the former Greenville Tube LLC business.


25



Regulatory Environment
We are subject to federal, state and local regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment, production and handling of hazardous and regulated materials and our products and the conduct and condition of our production facilities. We do not believe that these regulatory requirements have had a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. We are not anticipating any material capital expenditures in 2013 that are directly related to regulatory compliance matters. We are also not aware of any pending or potential regulatory changes that would have a material adverse impact on our business.
 
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
In November 2012, Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. (“CEC”), a subsidiary of the Company, filed a declaratory judgment action in the United States District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma seeking a judgment that certain claims for damages alleged by Enogex Holdings LLC, Enogex Gathering & Processing, LLC and affiliated companies with respect to a December 2010 fire at the Enogex natural gas processing plant in Cox City, Oklahoma were barred based on multiple defenses, including Oklahoma's statute of repose. This action was precipitated by the receipt of a letter from Enogex alleging that CEC was responsible for damages in excess of $75 million with respect to the fire as result of the alleged failure of CEC's equipment that was a component of the unit involved in the fire. Subsequent to the filing of CEC's declaratory judgment action, in December 2012, Enogex filed suit in the District Court of Tulsa County, State of Oklahoma against the Company, CEC and its predecessors, a former employee of a predecessor of CEC, as well as other entities and an individual not affiliated with the Company, formalizing the allegations and claims contained in the November demand letter. Each party has filed a motion to dismiss the other's lawsuit and it is likely that one of the existing actions will ultimately be dismissed or stayed given the commonality of facts underlying each lawsuit. The Company does not believe that the allegations against the Company, CEC or their affiliates in Enogex's complaint have merit. The Company in any event believes that it, CEC and their affiliates have strong factual and legal defenses to Enogex's claims and intends to vigorously assert such defenses. Accordingly, a n accrual related to any damages that may result from the lawsuit has not been recorded because a potential loss is not currently probable. Furthermore, the Company believes that its existing product liability insurance is adequate for potential losses associated with these claims. While the Company cannot predict with certainty the ultimate result of these proceedings, the Company does not believe that the final outcome of these proceedings will have a material adverse affect on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
We are occasionally subject to various legal actions related to performance under contracts, product liability, environmental liability, taxes, employment, intellectual property and other matters, several of which actions claim substantial damages, in the ordinary course of our business. Based on the Company’s historical experience in litigating these claims, as well as the Company’s current assessment of the underlying merits of the claims and applicable insurance, if any, we currently believe the resolution of these legal claims will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations. Future developments may, however, result in resolution of these legal claims in a way that could have a material adverse effect. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”
Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 4A.
Executive Officers of the Registrant*
The name, age and positions of each Executive Officer of the Company as of February 1, 2013 are as follows:
 
Name
 
Age
 
Position
Samuel F. Thomas
 
61
 
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Michael F. Biehl
 
57
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Matthew J. Klaben
 
43
 
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kenneth J. Webster
 
50
 
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
* Included pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K.
Samuel F. Thomas has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors since March 2007 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President and as a member of our Board of Directors since October 2003. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Thomas was Executive Vice President of Global Consumables at ESAB Holdings Ltd., a provider of welding consumables and equipment. In addition to his most recent position at ESAB, Mr. Thomas was responsible for ESAB North America during

26



his employment at ESAB Holdings Ltd. Prior to joining ESAB in February 1999, Mr. Thomas was Vice President of Friction Products for Federal Mogul, Inc. Prior to its acquisition by Federal Mogul in 1998, Mr. Thomas was employed by T&N plc from 1976 to 1998, where he served from 1991 as chief executive of several global operating divisions, including industrial sealing, camshafts and friction products.
Michael F. Biehl has been our Executive Vice President since April 2006, served as our Chief Accounting Officer from October 2002 until March 2006, and has been our Chief Financial Officer since July 2001. Until December 16, 2008, Mr. Biehl was also Chart’s Treasurer and assumed that role again effective August 23, 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Biehl served as Vice President, Finance and Treasurer at Oglebay Norton Company, an industrial minerals mining, processing and transportation company. Prior to joining Oglebay Norton in 1992, Mr. Biehl worked in the audit practice of Ernst & Young LLP in Cleveland, Ohio from 1978 to 1992.
Matthew J. Klaben is our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining us in March 2006, Mr. Klaben was a partner at the law firm of Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP in Cleveland, Ohio from January 2005 until March 2006, and an associate from April 1998 until December 2004. Before that, Mr. Klaben was an associate at the law firm of Jones Day in Cleveland, Ohio from September 1995 until April 1998.
Kenneth J. Webster is our Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller and has served in that capacity since May 27, 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Webster was Chief Accounting Officer and Controller since March 1, 2008. Mr. Webster joined the Company in July 2006 as the Company’s Director of Internal Audit. Prior to joining Chart, Mr. Webster served as Assistant Corporate Controller for International Steel Group, an integrated steel manufacturer, from March 2004 to April 2005, at which time International Steel Group was acquired by Mittal Steel USA, Inc. Following the acquisition, Mr. Webster continued to serve in his capacity as Assistant Corporate Controller for Mittal Steel USA, Inc. until July 2006. Before that, Mr. Webster served in various accounting and finance positions with Bethlehem Steel.

27



PART II
 
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GTLS.” Prior to 2008, the common stock traded on the NASDAQ Global Market. The high and low sales prices for the shares of common stock for the periods indicated are set forth in the table below:
 
High and Low Sales Price
 
2012
 
2011
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
First quarter
$
76.36

 
$
55.00

 
$
55.39

 
$
34.11

Second quarter
79.29

 
59.29

 
55.76

 
42.00

Third quarter
76.85

 
59.00

 
62.15

 
37.67

Fourth quarter
75.37

 
55.89

 
63.74

 
35.75

Year
79.29

 
55.00

 
63.74

 
34.11

As of February 1, 2013 , there were 138 holders of record of our common stock. Since many holders hold shares in “street name,” we believe that there are a significantly larger number of beneficial owners of our common stock than the number of record holders.
We do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock, and instead intend to retain earnings, if any, for future operations, potential acquisitions and debt reduction. The amounts available to us to pay cash dividends are restricted by our senior secured credit facility. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
Cumulative Total Return Comparison
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the cumulative total return of a hypothetical investment in the shares of common stock of Chart Industries, Inc. with the cumulative return of a hypothetical investment in each of the S&P SmallCap 600 Index, and our Peer Group Index based on the respective market prices of each such investment on the dates shown below, assuming an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2007 , including reinvestment of dividends, if any.

28



 
12/31/2007
 
12/31/2008
 
12/31/2009
 
12/31/2010
 
12/31/2011
 
12/31/2012
Chart Industries, Inc.
$
100.00

 
$
34.40

 
$
53.46

 
$
109.32

 
$
174.98

 
$
215.83

S&P SmallCap 600 Index
100.00

 
68.93

 
86.55

 
109.32

 
110.43

 
128.46

Peer Group Index
100.00

 
60.92

 
83.85

 
116.16

 
124.58

 
140.71

The Company selects the peer companies that comprise the Peer Group Index solely on the basis of objective criteria. These criteria result in an index composed of oil field equipment/service and comparable industrial companies. The Peer Group Index members are Dresser-Rand Group Inc., Gardner Denver Inc., Idex Corp., Graco Inc., Lufkin Industries Inc., Powell Industries Inc., Robbins & Meyers Inc., Colfax Corp., Barnes Group Inc., Enpro Industries Inc., Esco Technologies Inc., and Kaydon Corp. In accordance with SEC rules, the Peer Group is represented in the above graph.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
During the fourth quarter of 2012 , 113 shares of common stock were surrendered to us by participants under our share-based compensation plans to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting or payment of equity awards for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8,326 . The total number of shares repurchased represents the net shares issued to satisfy tax withholding. All such repurchased shares were subsequently retired during the three months ended December 31, 2012 .
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Period
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
 
Average Price Paid Per Share
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased As Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
 
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
October 1 — 31, 2012
 
113

 
$
73.68

 

 
$

November 1 — 30, 2012
 

 

 

 

December 1 — 31, 2012
 

 

 

 

Total
 
113

 
$
73.68

 

 
$




29



Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial information as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The Company selected historical financial consolidated data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 are derived from our audited financial statements for such periods incorporated by reference into Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. The Company selected historical financial consolidated data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are derived from our audited financial statements for such periods, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, and which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
You should read the following table together with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (all dollar amounts, except per share data, in thousands):
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
Statement of Income Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales
$
1,014,152

 
$
794,585

 
$
555,455

 
$
597,458

 
$
753,086

Cost of sales
708,989

 
549,139

 
390,156

 
395,577

 
513,698

Gross profit
305,163

 
245,446

 
165,299

 
201,881

 
239,388

Operating expenses (1) (2) (3)
183,350

 
155,452

 
117,795

 
107,547

 
106,035

Operating income (4)
121,813

 
89,994

 
47,504

 
94,334

 
133,353

Interest expense, net (including deferred financing costs amortization) (5)
17,209

 
27,754

 
19,259

 
17,433

 
19,810

Other expense (income) (6)
1,498

 
(734
)
 
(253
)
 
(7,641
)
 
3,948

Other expense, net
18,707

 
27,020

 
19,006

 
9,792

 
23,758

Income before income taxes
103,106

 
62,974

 
28,498

 
84,542

 
109,595

Income tax expense, net
30,782

 
18,730

 
7,993

 
23,386

 
30,489

Net income
72,324

 
44,244

 
20,505

 
61,156

 
79,106

Noncontrolling interest, net of taxes
1,029

 
168

 
345

 
145

 
182

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc.
$
71,295

 
$
44,076

 
$
20,160

 
$
61,011

 
$
78,924

Earnings Per Share Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
$
2.39

 
$
1.51

 
$
0.71

 
$
2.14

 
$
2.78

Diluted earnings per share
$
2.36

 
$
1.47

 
$
0.69

 
$
2.11

 
$
2.72

Weighted-average shares — basic
29,786

 
29,165

 
28,534

 
28,457

 
28,354

Weighted-average shares — diluted
30,194

 
29,913

 
29,255

 
28,981

 
29,008

Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash provided by operating activities
$
87,641

 
$
81,658

 
$
38,574

 
$
86,926

 
$
97,812

Cash used in investing activities
(224,347
)
 
(59,672
)
 
(64,215
)
 
(802
)
 
(65,676
)
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
17,441

 
67,711

 
(19,302
)
 
776

 
(4,061
)
Other Financial Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization (7)
$
33,726

 
$
32,298

 
$
26,640

 
$
23,028

 
$
23,170

 

30



 
As of December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
141,498

 
$
256,861

 
$
165,112

 
$
211,168

 
$
154,429

Working capital (8)
144,901

 
86,533

 
76,301

 
59,299

 
60,360

Goodwill
398,941

 
288,770

 
275,252

 
264,532

 
261,509

Identifiable intangible assets, net
189,463

 
140,553

 
145,500

 
123,773

 
129,542

Total assets
1,327,841

 
1,174,475

 
954,839

 
926,503

 
909,427

Long-term debt
252,021

 
223,224

 
218,425

 
243,175

 
243,175

Total debt
255,771

 
234,482

 
224,925

 
243,175

 
243,175

Chart Industries, Inc. shareholders’ equity
696,478

 
611,039

 
499,164

 
475,561

 
403,960

 _______________
(1)
Operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses, amortization expense, impairment of intangibles and loss on disposal of assets. Amortization expense related to intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 , 2010 , 2009 and 2008 was $14.8 million , $13.4 million , $11.0 million , $10.7 million and $11.0 million , respectively.
(2)
Includes reversal of contingent liabilities on insolvent former subsidiary of $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
(3)
Includes $3.1 million impairment of in-process research and development intangibles for the year ended December 31, 2012. Also includes a $4.6 million reduction of expense associated with writing down acquisition related contingent consideration to fair value for the year ended December 31, 2012.
(4)
Includes $4.9 million of unusual costs for customer settlements and facility shutdown costs for the year ended December 31, 2008.
(5)
Includes $3.0 million for the write-off of the remaining deferred financing fees and $5.0 million for the early redemption premium related to the 9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes that were redeemed in October 2011 for the year ended December 31, 2011.
(6)
Includes gains on acquisition of business of $1.1 million associated with the acquisition of Covidien Japan Inc.’s liquid oxygen therapy business in April 2010 (Covidien Japan Acquisition) for year ended December 31, 2010 and $7.0 million associated with the Covidien Acquisition for the year ended December 31, 2009.
(7)
Includes financing costs amortization for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 , 2010 , 2009 and 2008 of $1.5 million , $4.4 million , $3.1 million , $1.6 million , and $1.9 million , respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, financing costs amortization includes $3.0 million to write-off remaining deferred financing fees related to the redemption of the 9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes.
(8)
Working capital is defined as current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents minus current liabilities excluding short-term debt.



31


Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition in conjunction with the “Selected Financial Data” section and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed below. See “Forward-Looking Statements” at the end of this discussion and Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with this discussion.
Overview
We are a leading independent global manufacturer of highly engineered equipment used in the production, storage and end-use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. The largest portion of end-use applications for our products is energy-related. We are a leading manufacturer of standard and engineered equipment primarily used for low-temperature and cryogenic applications. We have developed an expertise in medical respiratory equipment and cryogenic systems equipment, which operate at low temperatures sometimes approaching absolute zero (0 kelvin; -273° Centigrade; -459° Fahrenheit). The majority of our products, including vacuum insulated containment vessels, heat exchangers, cold boxes, other cryogenic components, respiratory and therapy products, are used throughout the liquid gas supply chain for the purification, liquefaction, distribution, storage and end-use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases.
Strong demand for equipment used in natural gas production and LNG applications led to record orders and sales in 2012. Orders for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $1,124.5 million compared to $1,031.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 , representing an increase of $92.8 million , or 9.0% . Our D&S business saw strong LNG storage and transportation related orders, especially in China. Meanwhile, our BioMedical respiratory business has continued to experience weakness in Europe due to macroeconomic concerns and the impact of the phase-in of Medicare competitive bidding and Medicare audits in the United States. As a result of strong order levels, particularly in our D&S segment, backlog as of December 31, 2012 was $617.4 million as compared to $489.1 million as of December 31, 2011 , representing an increase of $128.3 million , or 26.2% . Sales for 2012 were $1,014.2 million compared to sales of $794.6 million for 2011 , reflecting an increase of $219.6 million , or 27.6% . The sales increase reflected growing demand for energy equipment, higher revenue recognized under percentage of completion due to the production ramp up of several large LNG projects in our E&C segment, and the effect of the acquisitions of AirSep Corporation (AirSep) in August 2012, which added sales of $40.3 million, and GOFA Gocher Fahrzeugbau GmbH (GOFA) in August 2011, which incrementally added sales of $11.4 million. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $305.2 million , or 30.1% of sales, as compared to $245.4 million , or 30.9% of sales, for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Higher volume in the E&C and D&S segments drove the gross profit increase. The decrease in the gross profit percentage was mainly the result of lower volume and unfavorable product mix in the BioMedical respiratory business with lower priced oxygen concentrators representing a much larger share of the mix due to the AirSep acquisition. Operating income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $121.8 million compared to $90.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 .

32



Operating Results
The following table sets forth the percentage relationship that each line item in our consolidated statements of income represents to sales for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 :
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Sales
100.0
%
 
100.0
 %
 
100.0
%
Cost of sales
69.9

 
69.1

 
70.2

Gross profit
30.1

 
30.9

 
29.8

Selling, general and administrative expense (1)
16.3

 
17.7

 
18.9

Amortization expense
1.5

 
1.7

 
2.0

Impairment of intangible assets
0.3

 

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 
0.2

 
0.3

Operating income
12.0

 
11.3

 
8.6

Interest expense, net
1.5

 
2.9

 
2.9

Amortization of deferred financing costs
0.2

 
0.6

 
0.6

Foreign currency loss (gain)
0.1

 
(0.1
)
 
0.2

Gain on acquisition of business (2)

 

 
0.2

Income tax expense, net
3.0

 
2.4

 
1.4

Net income
7.1

 
5.6

 
3.7

Noncontrolling interest, net of taxes
0.1

 

 
0.1

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc.
7.0

 
5.5

 
3.6

 _______________
(1)
Includes share-based compensation expense of $7.5 million , $5.4 million and $4.9 million , representing 0.7% , 0.7% and 0.9% of sales, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
(2)
Represents gain on acquisition of business of $1.1 million associated with the Covidien Japan Acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2010.


33



Segment Information
Certain consolidated results for our operating segments are presented below (all dollar amounts in thousands). Further detailed information regarding our operating segments is presented in Note K of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Sales
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
$
323,676

 
$
205,033

 
$
137,801

Distribution and Storage
475,576

 
390,332

 
269,293

BioMedical
214,900

 
199,220

 
148,361

Consolidated
$
1,014,152

 
$
794,585

 
$
555,455

Gross Profit
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
$
98,679

 
$
58,977

 
$
31,005

Distribution and Storage
137,044

 
109,306

 
77,194

BioMedical
69,440

 
77,163

 
57,100

Consolidated
$
305,163

 
$
245,446

 
$
165,299

Gross Profit Margin
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
30.5
%
 
28.8
%
 
22.5
%
Distribution and Storage
28.8
%
 
28.0
%
 
28.7
%
BioMedical
32.3
%
 
38.7
%
 
38.5
%
Consolidated
30.1
%
 
30.9
%
 
29.8
%
SG&A
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
$
30,434

 
$
27,915

 
$
21,184

Distribution & Storage
53,111

 
42,587

 
30,303

BioMedical
35,571

 
35,212

 
22,781

Corporate
46,372

 
34,821

 
30,705

Consolidated
$
165,488

 
$
140,535

 
$
104,973

SG&A % of Sales
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
9.4
%
 
13.6
%
 
15.4
%
Distribution and Storage
11.2
%
 
10.9
%
 
11.3
%
BioMedical
16.6
%
 
17.7
%
 
15.4
%
Consolidated
16.3
%
 
17.7
%
 
18.9
%
Operating Income (Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
$
64,931

 
$
27,489

 
$
6,121

Distribution & Storage
79,175

 
61,415

 
41,934

BioMedical
24,079

 
35,911

 
30,698

Corporate
(46,372
)
 
(34,821
)
 
(31,249
)
Consolidated
$
121,813

 
$
89,994

 
$
47,504

Operating Margin
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
20.1
%
 
13.4
%
 
4.4
%
Distribution & Storage
16.6
%
 
15.7
%
 
15.6
%
BioMedical
11.2
%
 
18.0
%
 
20.7
%
Consolidated
12.0
%
 
11.3
%
 
8.6
%
Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2011
Sales
Sales for 2012 of $1,014.2 million increased by $219.6 million , or 27.6% over sales of $794.6 million in 2011. The primary drivers of the increase in sales were improved volume in the E&C and D&S business segments as well as the impact from acquisitions. E&C segment sales for 2012 increased by $118.6 million , or 57.9% . The increase was primarily due to improved volume across brazed aluminum heat exchanger and process systems product lines which included revenue

34



recognized under percentage of completion for several large LNG projects which ramped up production during the year. D&S segment sales for 2012 increased by $85.2 million , or 21.8% . The increase in sales was largely due to improved volume, particularly in LNG applications including mobile equipment and bulk storage tanks, especially in China. Incremental sales related to D&S acquisitions added $11.4 million, which is included in the overall increase in D&S segment sales. BioMedical segment sales for 2012 increased by $15.7 million , or 7.9% . The AirSep acquisition contributed $40.3 million to sales, while the existing BioMedical business finished $24.6 million below 2011 performance with lower volume in respiratory sales due to continued macroeconomic concerns in Europe and the phase-in of Medicare competitive bidding in the U.S.
Gross Profit and Margin
Gross profit for 2012 was $305.2 million , or 30.1% of sales compared to $245.4 million , or 30.9% of sales for 2011, reflecting an increase of $59.8 million while the margin decreased by 0.8 percentage points. In 2012, E&C segment gross profit increased by $39.7 million , and the related margin increased 1.7  percentage points. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to higher production throughput and improved pricing. D&S segment gross profit increased by $27.7 million in 2012 and the related margin increased by 0.8 percentage points. The increase in gross profit and related margin was mainly due to higher volume and improved capacity utilization, lower material costs, partially offset by product mix and shift in sales to more competitive regions, such as China. BioMedical segment gross profit decreased by $7.7 million and its related margin decreased by 6.4 percentage points in 2012 . The decrease in gross profit and margin percentage was primarily due to lower volume and unfavorable product mix due to increased stationary oxygen concentrator product sales.
Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) Expenses
SG&A expenses for 2012 of $165.5 million increased by $25.0 million , or 16.3% of sales, compared to $140.5 million in 2011, yet improved as a percentage of sales by 1.4 percentage points from 17.7% in 2011. In 2012, E&C segment SG&A expenses increased by $2.5 million which was primarily attributable to higher employee-related costs and fees for professional services to support growth, yet it was an improvement of 4.2 percentage points as a percentage of sales. D&S segment SG&A expenses increased by $10.5 million in 2012. Increased employee-related costs due to LNG growth, higher marketing and sales commission expense, fees for professional services, and a full year from the GOFA acquisition contributed to the increase. In 2012, SG&A expenses for the BioMedical segment increased by $0.4 million . AirSep, acquired in August 2012, contributed $6.3 million in SG&A expense during the period. This was offset by a $4.6 million acquisition-related contingent consideration fair value adjustment that reduced SG&A expenses during the second quarter of 2012 and lower employee-related costs and outside services as a result of scaling down operations due to macroeconomic concerns. Corporate SG&A expenses for 2012 increased by $11.6 million primarily due to higher employee-related costs, share-based compensation expense, expenditures for information systems, and fees for professional services to support organic and inorganic growth.
Amortization Expense
Amortization expense for 2012 was $14.8 million , or 1.5% of sales, compared to $13.4 million , or 1.7% of sales, for 2011 . The AirSep acquisition added $2.3 million of amortization expense during the period.
Impairment of Intangible Assets/Losses on Disposal of Assets
During the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company recorded an impairment charge of $3.1 million to reduce the carrying value of in-process research and development (IPR&D) indefinite-lived intangible assets to fair value, which was zero as of the end of the second quarter 2012. The write-off of the fair value of the IPR&D indefinite-lived intangible assets was primarily caused by higher forecasted costs and project delays.
A loss on disposal of assets of $1.5 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011 mainly as a result of the disposal of the remaining assets at the BioMedical Plainfield, Indiana facility as part of the final closure of the facility in May 2011. Production was transferred to the new Canton, Georgia BioMedical facility during the year ended December 31, 2011 .
Operating Income
As a result of the foregoing, operating income for 2012 increased by $31.8 million  to $121.8 million from $90.0 million in 2011 and improved as a percentage of sales by 0.7 percentage points to 12.0% .
Interest Expense, Net and Financing Costs Amortization
For the year ended December 31, 2012 , net interest expense was $15.7 million compared to $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2012 included $5.0 million of contractual 2.00% coupon interest and $9.1 million of non-cash interest accretion expense related to the carrying value of the Company's 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (Convertible Notes). The $7.7 million decrease in interest expense was primarily attributable to the $5.0 million call premium paid in conjunction with the early redemption of the Company's 9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes (Subordinated Notes) in October 2011 and additional interest expense as both the Convertible Notes

35



and Subordinated Notes were outstanding for approximately two months during 2011. Financing costs amortization was $1.5 million and $4.4 million for years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The decrease of $2.9 million was primarily attributable to the $3.0 million write off of the remaining deferred financing fees related to the Subordinated Notes, which were redeemed in October 2011. Further information regarding the Company’s debt is disclosed in "Liquidity and Capital Resources" below and in Note C to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Foreign Currency Loss (Gain)
For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , foreign currency losses were $1.5 million and foreign currency gains were $0.7 million , respectively. The $2.2 million change is primarily attributable to increased volatility in foreign exchange rates, particularly the euro, impacting transactions denominated in foreign currencies and mark to market adjustments on the Company's foreign currency forward contracts during the year ended December 31, 2012 .
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense of $30.8 million and $18.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively, represents taxes on both U.S. and foreign earnings at a combined effective income tax rate of 29.9% and 29.7% , respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to the prior year period is primarily due to a decrease in the mix of income earned by certain of the Company's foreign entities which are taxed at lower rates than the U.S. federal statutory rate.
Net Income
As a result of the foregoing, net income for 2012 increased by $27.2 million to $71.3 million from $44.1 million in 2011 representing an increase of 61.8% .

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010
Sales
Sales for 2011 were $794.6 million compared to $555.5 million for 2010, reflecting an increase of $239.1 million, or 43.1%. E&C segment sales for 2011 increased by $67.2 million, or 48.8%. The primary driver of the increase in sales was improved volume across all product lines, particularly in process systems. Pricing also improved in brazed aluminum heat exchangers and process systems as large NGL and LNG projects returned. D&S segment sales for 2011 increased by $121.0 million, or 44.9%. During 2011, bulk storage system sales and packaged gas and beverage liquid CO 2 system sales increased $50.6 million and $44.3 million, respectively. LNG related opportunities continued to accelerate as LNG infrastructure investments were made. The acquisitions of GOFA in August 2011 and Cryotech in August 2010 also contributed $18.6 million to the increase in D&S segment sales. Sales were also positively impacted by favorable currency translation as a result of the strengthening of the euro during 2011. BioMedical segment sales for 2011 increased by $50.8 million, or 34.3%. Medical respiratory product sales increased $42.4 million largely due to our acquisition of SeQual in December 2010, which added $35.1 million in sales during 2011. Biological storage systems sales increased $8.4 million primarily as a result of increased global demand from the breeder market and increased spending on research.
Gross Profit and Margin
Gross profit for 2011 was $245.4 million, or 30.9% of sales compared to $165.3 million, or 29.8% of sales for 2010 reflecting an increase of $80.1 million. E&C segment gross profit for 2011 increased $28.0 million, and the related margin increased 6.3 percentage points. The increase in gross profit was primarily due to increased volume and improved utilization as a result of higher order levels particularly in brazed aluminum heat exchangers and process systems. D&S segment gross profit increased $32.1 million in 2011 while the related margin decreased slightly. The D&S segment gross profit increase was largely attributable to increased sales volume which was partially offset by a shift in sales to more competitive regions and product segments as well as higher costs associated with facility expansions. BioMedical segment gross profit for 2011 increased $20.1 million and its related margin increased 0.2 percentage points in 2011 primarily due to higher sales volume in both medical respiratory and biological storage systems sales driven by the SeQual acquisition and improved demand.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
SG&A expenses for 2011 were $140.5 million, or 17.7% of sales compared to $105.0 million, or 18.9% of sales for 2010. E&C segment SG&A expenses for 2011 increased by $6.7 million which was primarily the result of higher variable compensation and sales commission expense as a result of increased sales volume and also for costs related to infrastructure build-out and ramp up for future growth. D&S segment SG&A expenses for 2011 increased by $12.3 million which was primarily attributable to the acquisition of GOFA in August 2011 and Cryotech in 2010. Higher marketing and sales commission expense due to improving business conditions as well as targeting new growth opportunities also contributed to the

36



increase. SG&A expenses for the BioMedical segment increased by $12.4 million during 2011 primarily due to increased employee and integration costs as a result of the SeQual acquisition in December 2010. Corporate SG&A expenses for 2011 increased by $4.1 million which was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation costs, employee related costs and consulting fees related to our Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system implementation.
Amortization Expense
Amortization expense for 2011 was $13.4 million, or 1.7% of sales, compared to $11.0 million, or 2.0% of sales, for 2010. Amortization expense increased as a result of amortization of intangible assets acquired as part of the SeQual and GOFA acquisitions completed in December 2010 and August 2011, respectively.
Asset Impairment/Losses on Disposal of Assets
In 2011, the Company recorded $1.5 million of expense due to asset disposals; $1.2 million was related to disposal of the remaining assets of the BioMedical Plainfield, Indiana facility which was closed in May 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2010, loss on disposal of assets was $1.8 million. This wrote down to fair value the land and building in Denver, Colorado, the land in Plaistow, New Hampshire and certain leasehold improvements in the Plainfield, Indiana facility.
Operating Income
As a result of the foregoing, operating income for 2011 increased by $42.5 million to $90.0 million from $47.5 million in 2010 and improved as a percentage of sales by 2.7 percentage points to 11.3%.
Gain on Acquisition of Business
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized a $1.1 million gain as a result of the Covidien Japan Acquisition. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair value at the date of acquisition. The estimates of fair value exceeded the cash paid and, accordingly, resulted in a gain on acquisition of business.
Interest Expense, Net and Financing Costs Amortization
For 2011, net interest expense was $23.4 million compared to $16.2 million for 2010. The $7.2 million increase was primarily attributable to the $5.0 million call premium paid in conjunction with the early redemption of the 9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes (Subordinated Notes) in October 2011. Non-cash accretion expense of $3.6 million related to the issuance in August 2011 of the Convertible Notes is included in the total interest expense for 2011. Also contributing to the increase was the fact that the Subordinated Notes and the Convertible Notes were both outstanding for 2-1/2 months during 2011 resulting in an additional $3.1 million of interest expense. These increases were partially offset by lower average debt outstanding on the term loan portion of our prior senior secured credit facility (Prior Credit Facility) as a result of required quarterly principal payments. Amortization of deferred financing costs increased by $1.3 million compared to 2010. In October 2011, the remaining deferred financing fees of $3.0 million related to the Subordinated Notes were written off. In 2010, $1.7 million of deferred financing fees related to the former senior credit facility, which was refinanced in May 2010, were written off.
Foreign Currency Loss (Gain)
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, foreign currency gains of $0.7 million and losses of $0.9 million, respectively, were recognized by the Company. The gains were primarily attributable to gains on foreign currency contracts as the euro weakened against the U.S. dollar during 2011. The losses in 2010 were the result of increased volatility in foreign exchange rates impacting transactions denominated in foreign currencies and the marked to market losses on the Company’s foreign currency forward contracts.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense for 2011 was $18.7 million and the effective tax rate was 29.7% compared to income tax expense for 2010 of $8.0 million and an effective tax rate of 28.0%. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2011 was largely due to an increase in federal income tax expense primarily as a result of higher domestic earnings.
Net Income
As a result of the foregoing, net income for 2011 was $44.1 million compared to net income of $20.2 million for 2010, representing an increase of 118.6%.

Orders and Backlog
We consider orders to be those for which we have received a firm signed purchase order or other written contractual commitment from the customer. Backlog is comprised of the portion of firm signed purchase orders or other written

37



contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as revenue upon shipment or under the percentage of completion method. Backlog can be significantly affected by the timing of orders for large projects, particularly in the E&C segment, and is not necessarily indicative of future backlog levels or the rate at which backlog will be recognized as sales. Orders included in our backlog may include customary cancellation provisions under which the customer could cancel part or all of the order, potentially subject to the payment of certain costs and/or penalties. Our backlog as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $617.4 million , $489.1 million and $236.4 million , respectively.
The table below sets forth orders and backlog by segment for the periods indicated (dollar amounts in thousands):
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Orders
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
$
384,835

 
$
392,112

 
$
165,827

Distribution & Storage
531,227

 
435,954

 
287,819

BioMedical
208,439

 
203,635

 
150,864

Total
$
1,124,501

 
$
1,031,701

 
$
604,510

Backlog
 
 
 
 
 
Energy & Chemicals
$
365,470

 
$
303,490

 
$
115,972

Distribution & Storage
228,204

 
169,246

 
108,665

BioMedical
23,760

 
16,332

 
11,779

Total
$
617,434

 
$
489,068

 
$
236,416

Orders for 2012 were a record $1,124.5 million compared to $1,031.7 million for 2011 , representing an increase of $92.8 million , or 9.0% . E&C segment orders were $384.8 million in 2012 , a decrease of $7.3 million compared to 2011 , which included orders in excess of $150.0 million for two large LNG baseload projects in Australia during the first quarter of 2012 while 2011 included orders in excess of $130.0 million for two large natural gas-related projects. Order flow in the E&C segment is historically volatile due to project size and it is not unusual to see order intake change significantly quarter to quarter. D&S segment orders for 2012 were a record $531.2 million compared to $436.0 million for 2011 , an increase of $95.2 million , or 21.9% . D&S order trends, especially in LNG, were strong in China which partially offset shortfalls in Europe. Orders for the BioMedical segment for 2012 were $208.4 million compared to orders of $203.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . Excluding orders associated with the AirSep acquisition of $41.4 million, BioMedical orders were down year over year, largely due to continued weakness in Europe and the Medicare competitive bidding process in the United States.
Orders for 2011 were $1,031.7 million compared to $604.5 million for 2010, representing an increase of $427.2 million, or 70.7%. E&C segment orders were $392.1 million in 2011, an increase of $226.3 million compared to 2010. Orders in the E&C segment experienced increases across all product lines including process systems, brazed aluminum heat exchangers, and air cooled heat exchangers due to improving global economic conditions and the return of large scale LNG project work. D&S segment orders for 2011 were $436.0 million compared to $287.8 million for 2010, an increase of $148.1 million, or 51.5%. Bulk storage system and packaged gas system orders for the year were $277.3 million and $158.7 million, respectively, representing an increase of 56.4% in bulk storage systems and 43.5% in packaged gas system orders. D&S segment orders increased as LNG related growth opportunities continued to trend upward. Orders for the BioMedical segment for 2011 were $203.6 million compared to orders of $150.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Medical respiratory orders increased $43.8 million primarily as a result of the SeQual acquisition in December 2010. Biological storage system orders also increased $8.9 million due to improved global demand.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Debt Instruments and Related Covenants
Convertible Notes: The outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Company's Convertible Notes is $250.0 million . The Convertible Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.00% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, and will mature on August 1, 2018. The effective interest rate at issuance, under generally accepted accounting principles, was 7.9%. Upon conversion, holders of the Convertible Notes will receive cash up to the principal amount of the Convertible Notes, and it is Chart’s intention to settle any excess conversion value in shares of Chart’s common stock. However, Chart may elect to settle, at its discretion, any such excess value in cash, shares of Chart’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares. The initial conversion price of approximately $69.03 per share represents a conversion premium of 30% over the last reported sale price of Chart’s common stock on July 28, 2011, the date of the Convertible Notes offering, which was $53.10 per share.

38



Senior Credit Facility: On April 25, 2012, the Company entered into an amended and restated credit facility which replaced the prior senior secured credit facility (Prior Credit Facility) with a five-year $375.0 million senior secured credit facility (Senior Credit Facility), which consists of a $75.0 million term loan (the Term Loan) and a $300.0 million revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit Facility), and the maturity date was extended two years until April 25, 2017. The Company recorded $1.4 million in deferred financing costs related to the Senior Credit Facility which are being amortized over the five-year term of the loan. In accordance with loan modification accounting guidance, the Company recorded a $0.2 million charge to write off a portion of the remaining deferred financing fees associated with the Prior Credit Facility. The Senior Credit Facility also includes an expansion option permitting the Company to add up to an aggregate $150.0 million in term loans or revolving credit commitments from its existing and potential new lenders. Loans under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at the applicable Borrower's election, at either LIBOR or the greatest of (a) the JPMorgan prime rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% or (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined in the Senior Credit Facility) for a one month interest period on such day (or if such day is not a business day, the immediately preceding business day) plus 1%, plus a margin that varies with the Company's net debt to EBITDA ratio. Under the terms of the Senior Credit Facility, 5% of the $75.0 million Term Loan is payable annually in quarterly installments over the first three years, 10% is payable annually in quarterly installments over the final two years, and the remaining balance is due on April 25, 2017. Significant financial covenants for the Senior Credit Facility include a maximum net debt to EBITDA ratio of 3.25 and a minimum interest coverage to EBITDA ratio of 3.0, which are the same limits that applied under the Prior Credit Facility. At December 31, 2012 , there was $72.2 million outstanding under the Term Loan and $28.2 million in letters of credit issued. Although there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2012 , the Company had borrowed against this facility to fund working capital needs during the year as a result of BioMedical's acquisition of AirSep, and incurred additional interest on interim amounts outstanding. At December 31, 2012, availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $271.8 million . The Company was in compliance with all covenants, including its financial covenants, at December 31, 2012 .
Foreign Facilities – China: Chart Cryogenic Engineering Systems (Changzhou) Co., Ltd. (CCESC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, maintained three separate banking facilities (the Foreign Facilities) which included a bonding/guarantee facility, a revolving line of credit, and an overdraft facility with 30.0 million, 60.0 million, and 10.0 million Chinese yuan in borrowing capacity, respectively. On November 11, 2012, the facilities matured and the outstanding principal and interest due of 30.0 million and 1.1 million Chinese yuan, respectively, were paid in full by CCESC.
As of December 31, 2012 , Chart Cryogenic Distribution Equipment (Changzhou) Company Limited, a joint venture of the Company, and CCESC has $1.3 million and $0.8 million in bank guarantees, respectively.
Foreign Facilities – Ferox: Chart Ferox, a.s., or Ferox, our wholly-owned subsidiary that operates in the Czech Republic, maintains secured revolving credit facilities with capacity of up to 175.0 million Czech korunas. Both of the facilities allow Ferox to request issuance of bank guarantees and letters of credit. At December 31, 2012 , there were $2.6 million of bank guarantees supported by such facilities.
Our debt and related covenants are further described in Note C to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our foreign subsidiaries held cash of approximately $115.5 million and $96.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively, to meet their liquidity needs. No material restrictions exist in accessing cash held by our foreign subsidiaries and we expect to meet our U.S. funding needs without repatriating non-U.S. cash and incurring incremental U.S. taxes. Cash equivalents are invested in money market funds that invest in high quality, short-term instruments, such as U.S. government obligations, certificates of deposit, repurchase obligations and commercial paper issued by corporations that have been highly rated by at least one nationally recognized rating organization. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, funds available under our debt facilities and cash provided by operations will be sufficient to finance our normal working capital needs, acquisition obligations, and investments in properties, facilities and equipment for the foreseeable future.
Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $141.5 million as of December 31, 2012 , a decrease of $115.4 million from the balance at December 31, 2011 mainly due to the acquisition of AirSep. Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $87.6 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of $81.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . The increase of $5.9 million was primarily the result of an increase in net income primarily due to an increase in operating income in the E&C segment mainly offset by a decrease in billings in excess of contract revenue due to progress made on several large E&C system orders in backlog during 2012.

39



Cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $224.3 million and $59.7 million , respectively. In August 2012, the Company used $182.5 million in cash to fund the AirSep acquisition as compared to $37.7 million used for acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2011 . Capital expenditures for 2012 were $43.7 million compared with $22.4 million for 2011 . Major capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2012 included capacity expansion projects in D&S and E&C in response to strong order intake and expected future growth. Also during the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company received $2.1 million in proceeds, which approximated the carrying amount, for the sale of assets previously held for sale.
Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $17.4 million compared to $67.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 . The Company received $21.4 million in proceeds from its Term Loan offset by $4.4 million in scheduled quarterly principal payments on the term loan portions of both the Prior Credit Facility and Senior Credit Facility. The Company also borrowed and repaid $73.0 million from its Revolving Credit Facility and used $4.8 million to repay a foreign facility. In addition, the Company had a $9.0 million tax benefit from the exercise of stock options and received $3.5 million in proceeds for stock option exercises which were offset by $4.5 million for common stock repurchases to cover tax withholding elections during the year ended December 31, 2012 . Other uses of cash during 2012 included $1.4 million in payments for financing fees and a $1.3 million contingent consideration payment related to the 2010 acquisition of Cryotech.
Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $256.9 million as of December 31, 2011, an increase of $91.7 million from the balance at December 31, 2010. Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $81.7 million compared to cash provided of $38.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase of $43.1 million was driven by increased net income of $44.2 million and increases in customer advances and billings in excess of contract revenue due to improved LNG related orders in both the E&C and D&S segments. These increases were partially offset by an increase in funds required for working capital in order to meet the improved backlog.
Cash used by investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $59.7 million and $64.2 million, respectively. Capital expenditures for 2011 were $22.4 million compared with $16.9 million for 2010. The 2011 capital expenditures were primarily for continued automation, process improvements and expansions at our existing facilities particularly in New Iberia, Louisiana and Changzhou, China and the continuing implementation of the new ERP system company-wide. We used $36.1 million, net of cash acquired, to acquire GOFA in August 2011 and $1.6 million of cash was used to acquire Clever Fellows Innovation Consortium, Inc. in April 2011. The 2010 capital expenditures were primarily for the completion of the new industrial gas equipment repair center in McCarran, Nevada, a new BioMedical manufacturing facility in Canton, Georgia and implementation of a new ERP system for the Company. During 2010, $43.8 million was used for three acquisitions: Covidien’s Japanese liquid oxygen therapy business, substantially all of the assets of Cryotech International, Inc., and SeQual Technologies, Inc. The final deferred purchase payments for the 2009 acquisition of Golden Phoenix of $4.1 million were paid in 2010. In 2010, we received $1.0 million in proceeds from the sale of certain operating equipment at the BioMedical segment’s Plainfield, Indiana facility.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, cash provided by financing activities was $67.7 million compared to cash used of $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In October 2011, $168.1 million was used to redeem the Subordinated Notes including a $5.0 million early redemption call premium. We received $242.7 million in proceeds, net of financing costs of $7.3 million, upon issuance of the Convertible Notes in August 2011. In addition, $66.5 million was paid for convertible note hedge and capped call transactions, and $48.8 million in proceeds were received from the related sale of warrants in connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes. Quarterly principal payments totaling $6.5 million were made on the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility and $4.8 million in proceeds from borrowings was received by one of the Company's subsidiaries in China during the year ended December 31, 2011. During 2010, principal debt payments of $18.3 million were made of which $15.0 million was a voluntary payment on the term loan portion of the Prior Credit Facility as part of a refinancing. Financing costs of $2.9 million related to that refinancing were also paid during 2010. The exercise of stock options provided $7.0 million and $1.1 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Tax benefits associated with the exercise of stock options provided $7.9 million in 2011 versus $0.8 million in 2010.
Cash Requirements
The Company does not anticipate any unusual cash requirements for working capital needs for the year ending December 31, 2013 . Management anticipates the Company will be able to satisfy cash requirements for its ongoing business for the foreseeable future with cash generated by operations, existing cash balances and, if necessary, borrowings under our credit facilities. We expect capital expenditures for 2013 to be in the range of $70.0 to $80.0 million primarily for expansions of the brazed aluminum heat exchanger facility in La Crosse, Wisconsin and the large tank manufacturing facility in New Prague, Minnesota.

40



In 2013 , the Company is forecasting to use approximately $6.8 million for scheduled interest payments under the Senior Credit Facility and Convertible Notes. We are also required to make quarterly principal payments of $0.9 million under the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, we are forecasting to use approximately $21.0 to $25.0 million of cash to pay U.S. and foreign income taxes and approximately $0.6 million of cash to fund our defined benefit pension plans under ERISA funding requirements.
Contractual Obligations
Our known contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012 and cash requirements resulting from those obligations are as follows (all dollar amounts in thousands):
 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
 
2013
 
2014-2015
 
2016-2017
 
2018 and
Thereafter
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt
$
322,188

 
$
3,750

 
$
10,313

 
$
58,125

 
$
250,000

Interest on long-term debt (1)
37,452

 
6,839

 
13,612

 
12,001

 
5,000

Operating leases
31,109

 
7,195

 
9,274

 
5,571

 
9,069

Purchase obligations (2)
8,787

 
8,787

 

 

 

Pension obligations (3)
8,635

 
635

 
3,600

 
4,400

 

Total contractual cash obligations
$
408,171

 
$
27,206

 
$
36,799

 
$
80,097

 
$
264,069

 _______________
(1)
The interest payments in the above table were estimated based upon our existing debt structure at December 31, 2012 , which included the Senior Credit Facility and Convertible Notes, less scheduled debt payments each year, and the interest rates in effect at December 31, 2012 .
(2)
Purchase obligations represent orders for metals to be consumed in the normal course of business.
(3)
The planned funding of the pension obligations was based upon actuarial and management estimates taking into consideration the current status of the plans.
Not included in the table above are unrecognized tax benefits of $3.3 million at December 31, 2012 and a contingent consideration arrangement from a prior acquisition with a maximum potential payout of $3.0 million.
Our commercial commitments as of December 31, 2012 , which include standby letters of credit and bank guarantees, represent potential cash requirements resulting from contingent events that require performance by us or our subsidiaries pursuant to funding commitments, and are as follows (all dollar amounts in thousands):
 
Total
 
Expiring in 2013
 
Expiring in 2014 and beyond
 
 
Standby letters of credit
$
14,663

 
$
7,480

 
$
7,183

Bank guarantees
18,234

 
9,954

 
8,280

Total commercial commitments
$
32,897

 
$
17,434

 
$
15,463

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Contingencies
We are involved with environmental compliance, investigation, monitoring and remediation activities at certain of our operating facilities or formerly owned manufacturing facilities, and accrue for these activities when commitments or remediation plans have been developed and when costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Historical annual cash expenditures for these activities have been charged against the related environmental reserves. Future expenditures relating to these environmental remediation efforts are expected to be made over the next 14 years as ongoing costs of remediation programs. Management believes that any additional liability in excess of amounts accrued, which may result from the resolution of such matters should not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.

41



We are occasionally subject to various legal claims related to performance under contracts, product liability, taxes, employment matters, environmental matters, intellectual property and other matters, several of which claims assert substantial damages, in the ordinary course of our business. Based on our historical experience in litigating these claims, as well as our current assessment of the underlying merits of the claims and applicable insurance, if any, we believe the resolution of these legal claims will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations. Future developments may, however, result in resolution of these legal claims in a way that could have a material adverse effect. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and Item 3. “Legal Proceedings” for further information.
Foreign Operations
During 2012 , we had operations in Australia, Asia and Europe, which accounted for approximately 29.9% of consolidated sales and 34.7% of total assets at December 31, 2012 . Functional currencies used by these operations include the Chinese yuan, the euro, Japanese yen, and the British pound. We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as a result of transactions by these subsidiaries in currencies other than their functional currencies, and from transactions by our domestic operations in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The majority of these functional currencies and the other currencies in which we record transactions are fairly stable. The use of these currencies, combined with the use of foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts, has enabled us to be sheltered from significant gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions. This situation could change if these currencies experience significant fluctuations or the volume of forward contracts changes.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and are based on the selection and application of significant accounting policies, which require management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Management believes the following are the more critical judgmental areas in the application of its accounting policies that affect its financial position and results of operation.
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts.   We evaluate the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filings, substantial downgrading of credit scores), a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the receivable to the amount we believe will be collected. We also record allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due and historical experience. If circumstances change (e.g., higher than expected defaults or an unexpected material adverse change in a customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations), our estimates of the collectibility of amounts due could be changed by a material amount.
Inventory Valuation Reserves.   We determine inventory valuation reserves based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific problem in the valuation of a certain item, a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the item to its net realizable value. We also recognize reserves based on the actual usage in recent history and projected usage in the near-term. If circumstances change (e.g., lower than expected or higher than expected usage), estimates of the net realizable value could be changed by a material amount.
Long-Lived Assets.   We monitor our long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets) for impairment indicators on an ongoing basis. If impairment indicators exist, we perform the required analysis and record impairment charges in accordance with accounting guidance. In conducting our analysis, we compare the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the long-lived assets to the related net book values. If the undiscounted cash flows exceed the net book value, the long-lived assets are not impaired. If the net book value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. An impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value and the fair value of the long-lived assets. Fair value is estimated based upon either discounted cash flow analyses or estimated salvage values. Cash flows are estimated using internal forecasts as well as assumptions related to discount rates. Changes in economic or operating conditions impacting these estimates and assumptions could result in the impairment of long-lived assets.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets.   We evaluate goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis, as of October 1 or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an evaluation should be completed. The reporting units are the same as our operating segments, which are also our reportable segments: Energy & Chemicals, Distribution & Storage, and BioMedical. We first evaluate relevant events and circumstances, such as macroeconomic conditions and the Company's overall financial performance to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. We then evaluate how significant each of the identified factors could be to the fair value or carrying amount of a reporting unit and weigh these factors in totality in forming a conclusion whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

42



If we determine that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the first and second steps of the goodwill impairment test are not necessary. Otherwise, we would perform the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. As of October 1, 2012 and based on our qualitative assessment, we determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying amount of each reporting unit and, therefore, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not necessary.
With respect to indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company first evaluates relevant events and circumstances to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, in weighing all relevant events and circumstances in totality, the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, no further action is necessary. Otherwise, the Company would determine the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and perform a quantitative impairment assessment by comparing an asset's fair value to its carrying amount in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Subtopic 350-30. As of October 1, 2012 , and based on the Company's qualitative assessment, the Company determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of each indefinite-lived intangible asset was less than its carrying amount, therefore, no further action was necessary.
Prior to the qualitative assessment, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $3.1 million during the second quarter of 2012 resulting in the elimination of in-process research & development (IPR&D) indefinite-lived intangible assets related to a prior BioMedical segment acquisition. Higher forecasted costs and project delays represented impairment indicators requiring the Company to re-evaluate the fair value of the IPR&D indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company conducted an impairment test based on the multi-period excess earnings valuation method which determines fair value based on the present value of the prospective net cash flow attributable to the intangible asset.  The Company determined that the fair value of the IPR&D indefinite-lived intangible assets was zero and impaired the intangible assets by a value equal to their carrying amount.
Pensions. We sponsor one defined benefit pension plan which has been frozen since February 2006. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation. The Company recognizes the change in the funded status of the plan in the year in which the change occurs through accumulated other comprehensive income. Our funding policy is to contribute at least the minimum funding amounts required by law. We have chosen policies according to accounting guidance that allow the use of a calculated value of plan assets (which is further described below), which generally reduces the volatility of pension expense (income) from changes in pension liability discount rates and the performance of the pension plans’ assets.
A significant element in determining our pension expense in accordance with accounting guidance is the expected return on plan assets. We have assumed that the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 will be 7.75% . The expected return assumptions were developed using a simple averaging formula based upon the plans’ investment guidelines, mix of asset classes, historical returns of equities and bonds, and expected future returns. We believe our assumptions for expected future returns are reasonable. However, we cannot guarantee that we will achieve these returns in the future. The assumed long-term rate of return on assets is applied to the market value of plan assets. This produces the expected return on plan assets that reduces pension expense. The difference between this expected return and the actual return on plan assets is deferred. The net deferral of past asset gains or losses affects the calculated value of plan assets and, ultimately, future net periodic pension expense.
At the end of each year, we determine the rate to be used to discount plan liabilities. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year. In estimating this rate, we look to rates of return on high quality, fixed-income investments that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating agency and the expected timing of benefit payments under the plan. At December 31, 2012 , we determined this rate to be 3.75% as compared to 4.5% in 2011 . Changes in discount rates over the past three years have not materially affected pension expense (income), and the net effect of changes in the discount rate, as well as the net effect of other changes in actuarial assumptions and experience, have been deferred and amortized over the expected future service of participants.
At December 31, 2012 , our consolidated net pension liability recognized was $19.3 million , an increase of $3.4 million from December 31, 2011 . This increase in liability was largely due to a lower discount rate used on the interest cost for the projected benefit obligation as a result of lower interest rates. Employer contributions to the plan of $1.7 million were offset by benefit payments of $1.7 million . For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , we recognized approximately $0.5 million , $0.2 million , and $0.4 million of net periodic pension expense, respectively. See Note G to our financial statements included elsewhere in this report for further information.

Environmental Remediation Obligations.   Our obligations for known environmental problems at our current and former manufacturing facilities have been recognized on an undiscounted basis on estimates of the cost of investigation and

43



remediation at each site. Management along with our consultants reviews our environmental remediation sites quarterly to determine if additional cost adjustments or disclosures are required. The characteristics of environmental remediation obligations, where information concerning the nature and extent of clean-up activities is not immediately available and changes in regulatory requirements frequently occur, result in a significant risk of increase to the obligations as they mature. Expected future expenditures are not discounted to present value and potential insurance recoveries are not recognized until realized.
Product Warranty Costs.   The Company provides product warranties with varying terms and durations for the majority of its products. We estimate product warranty costs and accrue for these costs as products are sold. The warranty reserve includes both a general reserve component, calculated based upon historical experience over the warranty period for each product and a specific reserve component for any specifically identified warranty issues. Due to the uncertainty and potential volatility of these warranty estimates, changes in assumptions including expected warranty claims and costs to satisfy those claims or specifically identified issues could materially affect net income.
Revenue Recognition — Long-Term Contracts.  We recognize revenue and gross profit as work on certain long-term contracts progresses using the percentage of completion method of accounting, which relies on estimates of total expected contract revenues and costs. We follow this method since reasonably dependable estimates of the revenue and costs applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. Since the financial reporting of these contracts depends on estimates, which are assessed continually during the term of the contract, recognized revenues and profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses toward completion. Revisions in profit estimates are reflected in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. Accordingly, favorable changes in estimates result in additional profit recognition, and unfavorable changes will result in the reversal of previously recognized revenue and profits. When estimates indicate a loss is expected to be incurred under a contract, cost of sales is charged with a provision for such loss. As work progresses under a loss contract, revenue and cost of sales continue to be recognized in equal amounts, and the excess of costs over revenues is charged to the contract loss reserve. Change orders resulting in additional revenue and profit are recognized upon approval by the customer based on the percentage that incurred costs to date bear to total estimated costs at completion. Pre-contract costs relate primarily to salaries and benefits incurred to support the selling effort and, accordingly, are expensed as incurred. Certain contracts include incentive-fee arrangements clearly defined in the agreement and are not recognized until earned. We use the percentage of completion method of accounting primarily in the E&C segment.
Share-based Employee Compensation.   Share-based compensation expense is calculated based on the estimated fair value of our stock options, restricted stock awards, performance stock units and leveraged restricted stock units. Fair value of stock options is calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model. Fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the Company's market price on the date of grant. Fair value of performance stock units is valued based on performance condition targets as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and vest at the end of three years. Fair value of leveraged restricted stock units is based on market conditions and calculated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The grant date fair value calculation requires the use of variables such as exercise term of the option, future volatility, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate. Share-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the share-based award after consideration of the estimated forfeiture rates.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
Effective October 1, 2012, the Company early adopted new guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) regarding qualitative impairment assessments of indefinite-lived intangible assets. The guidance permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether further impairment testing is necessary. If an entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, no further action is necessary. Otherwise, the entity is required to determine the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and perform a quantitative impairment assessment in accordance with Subtopic 350-30. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact of the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Effective 2012, the Company adopted the new guidance issued by the FASB regarding the presentation of comprehensive income. This guidance revises the manner in which entities present comprehensive income in their financial statements. The new guidance removes the presentation options in Topic 220 and requires entities to report components of comprehensive income in either (1) a continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact of the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Effective 2012, the Company adopted the new guidance issued by the FASB regarding fair value disclosures. This guidance aims to align the principles for fair value measurements and the related disclosure requirements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). This Accounting Standard Update (ASU) mainly contains clarifications such as the specification that the "highest and best use"

44



valuation concept for fair value measurements is relevant only when measuring the fair value of nonfinancial assets and is not relevant when measuring the fair value of financial assets or of liabilities. The ASU also requires new disclosures under U.S. GAAP such as quantitative information about the unobservable inputs used in a fair value measurement that is categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact of the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Forward-Looking Statements
The Company is making this statement in order to satisfy the “safe harbor” provisions contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements include statements relating to our business. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “continue” or the negative of such terms or comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements contained herein (including future cash contractual obligations, liquidity, cash flow, orders, results of operations, projected revenues from new acquisitions, and trends, among other matters) or in other statements made by us are made based on management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future events impacting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those matters expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. We believe that the following factors, among others (including those described under Item 1A. “Risk Factors”), could affect our future performance and the liquidity and value of our securities and cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf:
the cyclicality of the markets which we serve and the vulnerability of those markets to economic downturns;
the loss of, or a significant reduction or delay in purchases by our largest customers;
the fluctuations in energy prices;
the potential for negative developments in the natural gas industry related to hydraulic fracturing;
governmental energy policies could change, or expected changes could fail to materialize;
competition in our markets;
economic downturns and deteriorating financial conditions;
our ability to manage our fixed-price contract exposure;
our ability to successfully manage our planned operational expansions;
our reliance on the availability of key supplies and services;
degradation of our backlog as a result of modification or termination of orders;
changes in government health care regulations and reimbursement policies;
general economic, political, business and market risks associated with our global operations including instability in North Africa and the Middle East;
our ability to successfully acquire or integrate companies that provide complementary products or technologies, including the successful integration of the AirSep acquisition;
the loss of key employees;
litigation and disputes involving us, including the extent of product liability, warranty, contract, employment and environmental claims asserted against us;
our warranty reserves may not adequately cover our warranty obligations;
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates;
financial distress of third parties;
United States Food and Drug Administration and comparable foreign regulation of our products;
the pricing and availability of raw materials;
our ability to control our costs while maintaining customer relationships and core business resources;
the impairment of our goodwill or other intangible assets;
the cost of compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and responding to potential liabilities under these laws;
our ability to protect our intellectual property and know-how;
claims that our products or processes infringe intellectual property rights of others;

45



technological security threats and our reliance on information systems;
labor costs and disputes and the deterioration of our relations with our employees;
additional liabilities related to taxes;
our ability to continue our technical innovation in our product lines;
the underfunded status of our pension plans;
increased government regulation;
disruptions in our operations due to severe weather;
potential violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
regulations governing the export of our products and other regulations applicable to us as a supplier of products to the U.S. government;
risks associated with our indebtedness, leverage, debt service and liquidity;
potential dilution to existing holders of our common stock as a result of the conversion of our convertible debt;
fluctuations in the price of our stock; and
other factors described herein.
There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.
All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this Annual Report and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the filing date of this document or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

46



Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
In the normal course of business, the Company's operations are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency values and interest rates that can affect the cost of operating and financing. Accordingly, the Company addresses a portion of these risks through a program of risk management.
Interest Rate Risk: The Company's primary interest rate risk exposure results from the Senior Credit Facility’s various floating rate pricing mechanisms. If interest rates were to increase 200 basis points (2 percent) from December 31, 2012 rates, and assuming no changes in debt from the December 31, 2012 levels, our additional annual expense would be approximately $1.4 million on a pre-tax basis.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk: The Company has assets, liabilities and cash flows in foreign currencies creating exposure to foreign currency exchange fluctuations in the normal course of business. Chart’s primary exchange rate exposures are with the euro, the British pound, the Czech koruna, the Japanese yen, and the Chinese yuan. Monthly measurement, evaluation and forward exchange rate contracts are employed as methods to reduce this risk. The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge anticipated and firmly committed foreign currency transactions. Chart does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. The terms of the contracts are generally one year or less. At December 31, 2012 , a hypothetical 10% weakening of the U.S. dollar would not materially affect the Company’s financial statements.
Market Price Sensitive Instruments
In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into privately-negotiated convertible note hedge and capped call transactions with affiliates of certain of the underwriters (the Option Counterparties). The convertible note hedge and capped call transactions relate to, collectively, 3.6 million shares, which represents the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the Convertible Notes, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the Convertible Notes. These convertible note hedge and capped call transactions are expected to reduce the potential dilution with respect to the Company’s common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Notes and/or reduce the Company’s exposure to potential cash or stock payments that may be required upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, except, in the case of the capped call transactions, to the extent that the market price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds the cap price of the capped call transactions.
The Company also entered into separate warrant transactions with the Option Counterparties initially relating to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the convertible note hedge transactions, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. The warrant transactions will have a dilutive effect with respect to the Company’s common stock to the extent that the price per share of the Company's common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants unless the Company elects, subject to certain conditions, to settle the warrants in cash. The cap price of the capped call transactions and the strike price of the warrant transactions was initially $84.96 per share. Further information is located in Note C to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Covenant Compliance
We believe that our Senior Credit Facility is a material agreement, that the covenants are material terms of the agreement and that information about the covenants is material to an investor’s understanding of our financial condition and liquidity. The breach of covenants in the Senior Credit Facility that are tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA, as defined below, could result in a default under the Senior Credit Facility and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. Additionally, under the Senior Credit Facility, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is also tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA.
Covenant levels and pro forma ratios for the four quarters ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:
 
 
Covenant Level
 
Four Quarters Ended
December 31, 2012
Ratio
Senior Credit Facility (1) (2)
 
 
 
Minimum Adjusted EBITDA* to cash interest ratio
3.00x
 
27.26x
Maximum funded indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA* ratio
3.25x
 
1.12x
_______________

47



(1)
Failure to satisfy these ratio requirements would constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facility. If lenders under the Senior Credit Facility failed to waive any such default, repayment obligations under the Senior Credit Facility could be accelerated, which would also constitute a default under the indenture for the Convertible Notes.
(2)
The ratio is calculated giving pro forma effect to our acquisition of AirSep and Term Loan principal payments during 2012.
*
Adjusted EBITDA as used herein is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization and further adjusted to exclude non-recurring items, non-cash items and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenants contained in the related Senior Credit Facility.
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Our Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes that are filed as part of this Annual Report are listed under Item 15. “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” and are set forth beginning on page F-1 immediately following the signature page of this Form 10-K and are incorporated into this Item 8 by reference.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of December 31, 2012 , an evaluation was performed, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, such officers concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is set forth on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which is set forth in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” on page F-3 under the caption “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and incorporated herein by reference.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company’s most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
The Company did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of AirSep Corporation, which constituted $246.8 million and $181.5 million of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, and $40.3 million and $3.9 million of revenues and net loss, respectively, for the year then ended.
Item 9B.
Other Information
Not applicable.

48



PART III
 
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information required by this item as to the Directors of the Company appearing under the caption “Election of Directors” in the Company’s 2013 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Information required by this item as to the Executive Officers of the Company is included as Item 4A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as permitted by Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K. Information required by Item 405 is set forth in the 2013 Proxy Statement under the heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” which information is incorporated herein by reference. Information required by Items 406 and 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K is set forth in the 2013 Proxy Statement under the headings “Information Regarding Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors,” “Code of Ethical Business Conduct and Officer Code of Ethics” and “Stockholder Communications with the Board,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
The Charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and the Corporate Governance Guidelines, Officer Code of Ethics and Code of Ethical Business Conduct are available on the Company’s website at www.chartindustries.com and in print to any stockholder who requests a copy. Requests for copies should be directed to Secretary, Chart Industries, Inc., One Infinity Corporate Centre Drive, Suite 300, Garfield Heights, Ohio 44125. The Company intends to disclose any amendments to the Code of Ethical Business Conduct or Officer Code of Ethics, and any waiver of the Code of Ethical Business Conduct or Officer Code of Ethics granted to any Director or Executive Officer of the Company, on the Company’s website.
 
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K is set forth in the 2013 Proxy Statement under the heading “Executive and Director Compensation,” which information is incorporated herein by reference. The information required by Items 407(e)(4) and 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K is set forth in the 2013 Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report,” respectively, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item is set forth in the 2013 Proxy Statement under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is set forth in the 2013 Proxy Statement under the headings “Related Party Transactions” and “Director Independence,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this item is set forth in the 2013 Proxy Statement under the heading “Principal Accounting Fees and Services,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.


49



PART IV
 
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K:
1.  Financial Statements.  The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and the reports of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm are incorporated by reference in Item 8:
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2012 and 2011
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2.  Financial Statement Schedules .  The following additional information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements:
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
All other financial statement schedules have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or the information is otherwise included.
3.  Exhibits .  See the Index to Exhibits at page E-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


50



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
C HART  I NDUSTRIES , I NC .
 
 
 
By:
 
/ S /    S AMUEL  F. T HOMAS        
 
 
Samuel F. Thomas
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Date: February 28, 2013
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature and Title
  
 
 
 
 
/ S /    S AMUEL  F. T HOMAS
  
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
President and a Director
Samuel F. Thomas
 
 
 
 
/ S /    M ICHAEL  F. B IEHL
  
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)
Michael F. Biehl
 
 
 
 
/ S /    K ENNETH  J. W EBSTER        
  
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
Kenneth J. Webster
 
 
 
 
/ S /    W. D OUGLAS  B ROWN        
  
Director
W. Douglas Brown
 
 
 
 
/ S /    R ICHARD  E. G OODRICH        
  
Director
Richard E. Goodrich
 
 
 
 
/ S /    S TEVEN  W. K RABLIN        
  
Director
Steven W. Krablin
 
 
 
 
/ S /    M ICHAEL  W. P RESS        
  
Director
Michael W. Press
 
 
 
 
/ S /    J AMES  M. T IDWELL        
  
Director
James M. Tidwell
 
 
 
 
/ S /    T HOMAS  L. W ILLIAMS        
  
Director
Thomas L. Williams
 
Date: February 28, 2013


51




INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:
  
 
 
 
 
  
F-1
 
 
 
  
F-2
 
 
 
  
F-4
 
 
 
  
F-5
 
 
 
 
F-6
 
 
 
  
F-7
 
 
 
  
F-8
 
 
 
  
F-9




MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER
FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management of Chart Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and financial officers to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:
Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of the Company; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 based on the framework established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Management did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of AirSep Corporation, which constituted $246.8 million and $181.5 million of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, and $40.3 million and $3.9 million of revenues and net loss, respectively, for the year then ended.
Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2012 .
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing below, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 .
 
/ S /    S AMUEL  F. T HOMAS        
 
/ S /    M ICHAEL  F. B IEHL        
Samuel F. Thomas
 
Michael F. Biehl
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer


F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15(a) 2. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
February 28, 2013

F-2



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries' management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As indicated in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management's assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of AirSep Corporation, which is included in the December 31, 2012 consolidated financial statements of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries and constituted $246.8 million and $181.5 million of total and net assets, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, and $40.3 million and $3.9 million of revenues and net loss, respectively, for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of AirSep Corporation.

In our opinion, Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 and our report dated February 28, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Cleveland, Ohio
February 28, 2013


F-3




CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
(Dollars in thousands,
except per share amounts)
ASSETS
 
 
 
Current Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
141,498

 
$
256,861

Accounts receivable, net
150,296

 
131,904

Inventories, net
196,501

 
149,822

Unbilled contract revenue
25,302

 
25,247

Prepaid expenses
11,560

 
7,088

Deferred income taxes
15,282

 
14,004

Other current assets
15,985

 
12,703

Total Current Assets
556,424

 
597,629

Property, plant and equipment, net
169,776

 
137,301

Goodwill
398,941

 
288,770

Identifiable intangible assets, net
189,463

 
140,553

Other assets
13,237

 
10,222

TOTAL ASSETS
$
1,327,841

 
$
1,174,475

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
Current Liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
100,528

 
$
84,297

Customer advances and billings in excess of contract revenue
89,081

 
102,996

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
30,815

 
29,108

Current portion of warranty reserve
19,131

 
13,181

Short-term debt

 
4,758

Current portion of long-term debt
3,750

 
6,500

Other current liabilities
30,470

 
24,653

Total Current Liabilities
273,775

 
265,493

Long-term debt
252,021

 
223,224

Long-term deferred tax liabilities
46,285

 
43,945

Long-term portion of warranty reserve
25,355

 

Accrued pension liabilities
19,327

 
15,905

Other long-term liabilities
11,295

 
12,357

Equity
 
 
 
Common stock, par value $.01 per share — 150,000,000 shares authorized, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, 30,041,584 and 29,612,684 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively
300

 
296

Additional paid-in capital
348,526

 
333,034

Retained earnings
346,011

 
274,716

Accumulated other comprehensive income
1,641

 
2,993

Total Chart Industries, Inc. Shareholders’ Equity
696,478

 
611,039

Noncontrolling interest
3,305

 
2,512

Total Equity
699,783

 
613,551

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
$
1,327,841

 
$
1,174,475

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars and shares in thousands,
except per share amounts)
Sales
$
1,014,152

 
$
794,585

 
$
555,455

Cost of sales
708,989

 
549,139

 
390,156

Gross profit
305,163

 
245,446

 
165,299

Selling, general and administrative expenses
165,488

 
140,535

 
104,973

Amortization expense
14,792

 
13,376

 
11,049

Impairment of intangible assets
3,070

 

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 
1,541

 
1,773

Operating expenses
183,350

 
155,452

 
117,795

Operating income
121,813

 
89,994

 
47,504

Other expense (income):
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, net
15,679

 
23,371

 
16,196

Amortization of deferred financing costs
1,530

 
4,383

 
3,063

Foreign currency loss (gain)
1,498

 
(734
)
 
871

Gain on acquisition of business

 

 
(1,124
)
Other expense, net
18,707

 
27,020

 
19,006

Income before income taxes
103,106

 
62,974

 
28,498

Income tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
Current
35,300

 
21,221

 
17,338

Deferred
(4,518
)
 
(2,491
)
 
(9,345
)
Income tax expense, net
30,782

 
18,730

 
7,993

Net income
72,324

 
44,244

 
20,505

Noncontrolling interest, net of taxes
1,029

 
168

 
345

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc.
$
71,295

 
$
44,076

 
$
20,160

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc. per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
2.39

 
$
1.51

 
$
0.71

Diluted
$
2.36

 
$
1.47

 
$
0.69

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
29,786

 
29,165

 
28,534

Diluted
30,194

 
29,913

 
29,255

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Net income
$
72,324

 
$
44,244

 
$
20,505

Other comprehensive income (loss):
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
1,575

 
(2,169
)
 
(2,573
)
Defined benefit pension plan:
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial loss on remeasurement
(5,597
)
 
(7,513
)
 
(1,280
)
Less: amortization of prior service cost included in net periodic pension cost
974

 
365

 
270

Defined benefit pension plan
(4,623
)
 
(7,148
)
 
(1,010
)
Other comprehensive loss, before tax
(3,048
)
 
(9,317
)
 
(3,583
)
Income tax benefit related to defined benefit pension plan
1,699

 
2,633

 
470

Other comprehensive loss, net of taxes
(1,349
)
 
(6,684
)
 
(3,113
)
Comprehensive income
70,975

 
37,560

 
17,392

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of taxes
(1,032
)
 
(302
)
 
(525
)
Comprehensive income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc.
$
69,943

 
$
37,258

 
$
16,867

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.



F-6



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
 
 
Common Stock
 
Additional Paid-in Capital
 
 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Non-controlling Interest
 
 
 
Shares
Outstanding
 
Amount
 
 
Retained
Earnings
 
 
 
Total
Equity
 
(Dollars and shares in thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2010
28,482

 
$
285

 
$
251,692

 
$
210,480

 
$
13,104

 
$
1,685

 
$
477,246

Net income

 

 

 
20,160

 

 
345

 
20,505

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

 

 
(3,293
)
 
180

 
(3,113
)
Share-based compensation expense

 

 
4,933

 

 

 

 
4,933

Common stock issued from share-based compensation plans
350

 
1

 
1,062

 

 

 

 
1,063

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 
796

 

 

 

 
796

Other

 
2

 
(58
)
 

 

 

 
(56
)
Balance at December 31, 2010
28,832

 
288

 
258,425

 
230,640

 
9,811

 
2,210

 
501,374

Net income

 

 

 
44,076

 

 
168

 
44,244

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

 

 
(6,818
)
 
134

 
(6,684
)
Equity component of convertible notes issuance, net of deferred financing fees and deferred taxes

 

 
48,521

 

 

 

 
48,521

Proceeds from issuance of warrants

 

 
48,848

 

 

 

 
48,848

Purchase of call options net of deferred taxes

 

 
(41,993
)
 

 

 

 
(41,993
)
Share-based compensation expense

 

 
5,433

 

 

 

 
5,433

Common stock issued from share-based compensation plans
814

 
8

 
7,019

 

 

 

 
7,027

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 
7,879

 

 

 

 
7,879

Common stock repurchases
(33
)
 

 
(1,099
)
 

 

 

 
(1,099
)
Other

 

 
1

 

 

 

 
1

Balance at December 31, 2011
29,613

 
296

 
333,034

 
274,716

 
2,993

 
2,512

 
613,551

Net income

 

 

 
71,295

 

 
1,029

 
72,324

Other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

 

 
(1,352
)
 
3

 
(1,349
)
Share-based compensation expense

 

 
7,461

 

 

 

 
7,461

Common stock issued from share-based compensation plans
499

 
5

 
3,515

 

 

 

 
3,520

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

 

 
8,972

 

 

 

 
8,972

Common stock repurchases
(70
)
 
(1
)
 
(4,484
)
 

 

 

 
(4,485
)
Other

 

 
28

 

 

 
(239
)
 
(211
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
30,042

 
$
300

 
$
348,526

 
$
346,011

 
$
1,641

 
$
3,305

 
$
699,783

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
72,324

 
$
44,244

 
$
20,505

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
32,196

 
27,915

 
23,577

Interest accretion of convertible notes discount
9,109

 
3,589

 

Financing costs amortization
1,530

 
4,383

 
3,063

Call premium related to redemption of long-term debt

 
4,964

 

Employee share-based compensation expense
7,461

 
5,433

 
4,933

Loss on disposal of assets

 
1,541

 
1,773

Impairment of intangible assets
3,070

 

 

Gain on acquisition of business

 

 
(1,124
)
Unrealized foreign currency transaction loss (gain)
96

 
(180
)
 
(341
)
Deferred income tax benefit
(4,518
)
 
(2,491
)
 
(9,345
)
Reversal of contingent consideration liability
(4,620
)
 

 

Other non-cash operating activities
6,165

 
(536
)
 
3,236

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
3,422

 
(34,359
)
 
(1,447
)
Inventory
(15,777
)
 
(31,628
)
 
(13,717
)
Unbilled contract revenues and other current assets
(7,465
)
 
(10,479
)
 
(2,554
)
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
2,936

 
18,129

 
10,550

Deferred income taxes
663

 
138

 
(337
)
Customer advances and billings in excess of contract revenue
(18,951
)
 
50,995

 
(198
)
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities
87,641

 
81,658

 
38,574

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
(43,685
)
 
(22,380
)
 
(16,939
)
Proceeds from sale of assets
2,073

 

 
989

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
(182,450
)
 
(37,680
)
 
(47,865
)
Other investing activities
(285
)
 
388

 
(400
)
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
(224,347
)
 
(59,672
)
 
(64,215
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from long-term debt
21,375

 

 

Borrowings on revolving credit facilities
73,012

 
4,758

 

Repayments on revolving credit facilities
(77,770
)
 

 

Principal payments on long-term debt
(4,438
)
 
(6,500
)
 
(18,250
)
Payment of deferred financing costs
(1,445
)
 
(7,277
)
 
(2,857
)
Retirement of long-term debt, including call premium

 
(168,139
)
 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes

 
250,000

 

Proceeds from issuance of warrants

 
48,848

 

Payment for call options related to convertible notes

 
(66,486
)
 

Payment of contingent consideration
(1,300
)
 
(1,300
)
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options
3,519

 
7,027

 
1,063

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
8,972

 
7,879

 
796

Common stock repurchases
(4,484
)
 
(1,099
)
 
(54
)
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities
17,441

 
67,711

 
(19,302
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
3,902

 
2,052

 
(1,113
)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(115,363
)
 
91,749

 
(46,056
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
256,861

 
165,112

 
211,168

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
$
141,498

 
$
256,861

 
$
165,112


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8




CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)



NOTE A — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations:   Chart Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (herein referred to as the Company), is a leading global manufacturer of standard and custom-engineered products and systems serving a wide variety of low-temperature and cryogenic applications. The Company has developed an expertise in medical respiratory equipment and cryogenic systems and equipment, which operate at low temperatures sometimes approaching absolute zero. The majority of the Company’s products, including vacuum insulated containment vessels, heat exchangers, cold boxes and other cryogenic components, are used throughout the liquid-gas supply chain for the purification, liquefaction, distribution, storage and end-use of industrial gases and hydrocarbons. The Company has domestic operations located across the United States, including the principal executive offices located in Ohio, and an international presence in Asia, Australia and Europe.
Principles of Consolidation:   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in affiliates where the Company’s ownership is between 20  percent and 50  percent, or where the Company does not have control but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operations or financial policy, are accounted for under the equity method.
Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. They may also affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumption.
Reclassifications: Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2011 consolidated balance sheet, 2011 consolidated statement of equity and the 2011 and 2010 consolidated statements of cash flows in order to conform to the 2012 presentation.
Cash and Cash Equivalents:  The Company considers all investments with an initial maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
Concentrations of Credit Risks:   The Company sells its products to gas producers, distributors and end-users across the industrial gas, hydrocarbon, chemical processing and medical industries in countries all over the world. Approximately 56% , 58% and 57% of sales were to foreign countries in 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. No single customer exceeded ten percent of consolidated sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010 . Sales to the Company’s top ten customers accounted for 38% , 36% and 38% of consolidated sales in 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The Company’s sales to particular customers fluctuate from period to period, but the large gas producer and distributor customers of the Company tend to be a consistently large source of revenue for the Company. To minimize credit risk from trade receivables, the Company reviews the financial condition of potential customers in relation to established credit requirements before sales credit is extended and monitors the financial condition of customers to help ensure timely collections and to minimize losses. Additionally, for certain domestic and foreign customers, particularly in the Energy and Chemicals (E&C) segment, the Company requires advance payments, letters of credit and other such guarantees of payment. Certain customers also require the Company to issue letters of credit or performance bonds, particularly in instances where advance payments are involved, as a condition of placing the order.
The Company is also subject to concentrations of credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. To minimize credit risk from these financial instruments, the Company enters into arrangements with major banks and other quality financial institutions and invests only in high-quality instruments. The Company does not expect any counterparties to fail to meet their obligations in this area.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:   The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filings, or substantial downgrading of credit scores), a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the receivable to the amount the Company believes will be collected. The Company also records allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due and historical experience. If circumstances change (e.g., higher than expected defaults or an unexpected material adverse change in a customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations), our estimates of the collectibility of amounts due could be changed by a material amount. The allowance for doubtful accounts balance at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $4,080 and $2,360 , respectively.

F-9



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Inventories:  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost being determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The components of inventory are as follows:
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Raw materials and supplies
$
85,726

 
$
64,832

Work in process
40,945

 
36,045

Finished goods
69,830

 
48,945

Total inventories, net
$
196,501

 
$
149,822

The Company determines inventory valuation reserves based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific problem in the valuation of a certain item, a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the item to its net realizable value. The Company also recognizes reserves based on the actual usage in recent history and projected usage in the near-term. If circumstances change (e.g., lower-than-expected or higher-than-expected usage), estimates of the net realizable value could be changed by a material amount. The allowance for excess and obsolete inventory balance at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $4,078 and $3,191 , respectively.
Property, Plant and Equipment:   Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas major improvements are capitalized. The cost of applicable assets is depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. Depreciation expense was $17,404 , $14,539 and $12,528 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The following table summarizes the components of property, plant and equipment:
 
 
 
 
December 31,
Classification
 
Estimated Useful Life
 
2012
 
2011
Land and buildings
 
20-35 years
 
$
107,410

 
$
96,984

Machinery and equipment
 
3-12 years
 
96,362

 
79,173

Computer equipment, furniture and fixtures
 
3-7 years
 
20,238

 
16,043

Construction in process
 
 
 
25,070

 
8,175

 
 
 
 
249,080

 
200,375

Less: accumulated depreciation
 
 
 
(79,304
)
 
(63,074
)
Total property, plant and equipment, net
 
 
 
$
169,776

 
$
137,301

The Company monitors its property, plant and equipment, and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment indicators on an ongoing basis. If impairment indicators exist, the Company performs the required analysis and records impairment charges. In conducting its analysis, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the long-lived assets to the related net book values. If the undiscounted cash flows exceed the net book value, the long-lived assets are considered not to be impaired. If the net book value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. An impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value and the fair value of the long-lived assets. Fair value is estimated based upon either discounted cash flow analyses or estimated salvage values. Cash flows are estimated using internal forecasts as well as assumptions related to discount rates. Changes in economic or operating conditions impacting these estimates and assumptions could result in the impairment of long-lived assets.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets:   Goodwill is recognized as the excess cost of an acquired entity over the net amount assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company does not amortize goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets, but reviews them for impairment annually as of October 1 or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an evaluation should be completed. The Company amortizes intangible assets that have finite lives over their estimated useful lives.
With respect to goodwill, the Company assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The reporting units are the same as our operating segments, which are also the reportable segments: Energy & Chemicals, Distribution & Storage, and BioMedical. The Company first evaluates relevant events and circumstances, such as macroeconomic conditions and the Company's overall financial performance to determine whether it is

F-10



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company then evaluates how significant each of the identified factors could be to the fair value or carrying amount of a reporting unit and weighs these factors in totality in forming a conclusion whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the first and second steps of the goodwill impairment test are not necessary. Otherwise, the Company would perform the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. As of October 1, 2012 and based on our qualitative assessment, we determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying amount of each reporting unit and, therefore, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not necessary.
The following table represents the changes in goodwill:
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Beginning balance
$
288,770

 
$
275,252

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other
408

 
(1,067
)
Goodwill acquired during the year
109,763

 
14,585

Ending balance
$
398,941

 
$
288,770

Similar to the goodwill impairment testing screen, the Company first evaluates relevant events and circumstances to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, in weighing all relevant events and circumstances in totality, the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, no further action is necessary. Otherwise, the Company would determine the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and perform a quantitative impairment assessment by comparing an asset's fair value to its carrying amount. As of October 1, 2012 , and based on the Company's qualitative assessment, the Company determined that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of each indefinite-lived intangible asset was less than its carrying amount, therefore, no further action was necessary.
Prior to the qualitative assessment, the Company recorded an impairment loss of $3,070 during the second quarter of 2012 resulting in the elimination of in-process research & development (IPR&D) indefinite-lived intangible assets related to a prior BioMedical segment acquisition. Higher forecasted costs and project delays represented impairment indicators requiring the Company to re-evaluate the fair value of the IPR&D indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company conducted an impairment test based on the multi-period excess earnings valuation method which determines fair value based on the present value of the prospective net cash flow attributable to the intangible asset (Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy).  The Company determined that the fair value of the IPR&D indefinite-lived intangible assets was zero and impaired the intangible assets by a value equal to their carrying amount.
The following table displays the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for finite-lived intangible assets and indefinite-lived intangible assets (exclusive of goodwill):
   
Weighted-average
Estimated
Useful Life
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
Finite-lived intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unpatented technology
9.0 years
 
$
45,078

 
$
(11,286
)
 
$
18,113

 
$
(9,024
)
Patents
10.0 years
 
9,880

 
(6,664
)
 
9,080

 
(5,434
)
Product names
14.0 years
 
9,068

 
(2,712
)
 
5,638

 
(1,818
)
Customer relations
13.0 years
 
158,005

 
(59,668
)
 
130,488

 
(48,840
)
Total finite-lived intangible assets
12.1 years
 
$
222,031

 
$
(80,330
)
 
$
163,319

 
$
(65,116
)
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trademarks and trade names
 
 
$
47,762

 
 
 
$
39,280

 
 
In-process research and development
 
 

 
 
 
3,070

 
 
Total indefinite-lived intangible assets
 
 
$
47,762

 
 
 
$
42,350

 
 

F-11



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Information regarding intangible assets acquired during 2012 is presented below:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Weighted-average Estimated Useful Life
 
Amount
Unpatented technology
20.0 years
 
$
26,900

Product names
2.5 years
 
3,400

Customer relations
9.0 years
 
28,100

Total finite-lived intangible assets acquired
13.7 years
 
58,400

Indefinite-lived trademarks and trade names
 
 
8,600

Total intangible assets acquired
 
 
$
67,000

Amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was $14,792 , $13,376 and $11,049 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The Company estimates amortization expense to be recognized during the next five years as follows:
For the Year Ending December 31,
 
2013
$
19,000

2014
17,500

2015
15,900

2016
14,000

2017
13,100

Financial Instruments:   The fair values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short term bank debt approximate their carrying amount because of the short maturity of these instruments.
Derivative Instruments:   The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments to enhance its ability to manage foreign currency risk that exists as part of ongoing business operations. Derivative instruments are entered into for periods consistent with related underlying exposures and do not constitute positions independent of those exposures. The Company does not enter into contracts for speculative purposes, nor is it a party to any leveraged derivative instrument.
The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as a result of transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries. The Company utilizes foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts to manage the volatility associated with foreign currency purchases and certain intercompany transactions in the normal course of business. Contracts typically have maturities of less than one year. Principal currencies include the euro, the British pound, the Czech koruna, the Japanese yen, and the Chinese yuan. The Company’s foreign currency forward contracts do not qualify as hedges as defined by accounting guidance. Foreign currency forward contracts are measured at fair value, which is based on valuations provided by the transaction counterparties, and recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as other current liabilities or assets. Changes in their fair value are recorded in the consolidated statements of income as foreign currency gains or losses. The Company's foreign currency forward contracts are not exchange traded instruments and, accordingly, are classified as being valued using Level 2 inputs as defined in Note E. The changes in fair value generated net losses of $780 and $630 for the years ended December 2012, and 2010, respectively, and a net gain of $1,233 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

F-12



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Product Warranties:   The Company provides product warranties with varying terms and durations for the majority of its products. The Company calculates its warranty reserve by considering historical warranty experience and specifically identified warranty issues. The Company records warranty expense in cost of sales. Product warranty claims not expected to occur within one year are recorded in long-term portion of warranty reserve in the consolidated balance sheets. Actual experience could differ from the amounts estimated requiring adjustments to the liability in future periods. The changes in the Company’s consolidated warranty reserve are as follows (see Note D for further details on the 2012 acquired warranty reserves):  
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Beginning balance
$
13,181

 
$
12,101

 
$
8,764

Warranty expense
12,494

 
7,420

 
5,893

Warranty usage
(18,222
)
 
(8,085
)
 
(3,827
)
Acquired warranty reserves
37,033

 
1,745

 
1,271

Ending balance
$
44,486

 
$
13,181

 
$
12,101

Convertible Debt: The Company determined that the embedded conversion feature within the Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes (Convertible Notes) was clearly and closely related to the Company’s common stock and therefore exempt from separate accounting treatment. Convertible Notes exempt from derivative accounting are recognized by bifurcating the principal balance into a liability component and an equity component where the fair value of the liability component is estimated by calculating the present value of its cash flows discounted at an interest rate that the Company would have received for similar debt instruments that have no conversion rights (the “straight-debt rate”), and the equity component is the residual amount, net of tax, which creates a discount on the Convertible Notes. The Company recognizes non-cash interest accretion expense related to the carrying amount of the Convertible Notes which is accreted back to its principal amount over the expected life of the debt, which is also the stated life of the debt.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income: The components of accumulated other comprehensive income are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Foreign currency translation adjustments
$
14,207

 
$
12,635

Pension liability adjustments, net of taxes
(12,566
)
 
(9,642
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
$
1,641

 
$
2,993

Revenue Recognition:   For the majority of the Company’s products, revenue is recognized when products are shipped, title has transferred and collection is reasonably assured. For these products, there is also persuasive evidence of an arrangement and the selling price to the buyer is fixed or determinable. For brazed aluminum heat exchangers, cold boxes, liquefied natural gas fueling stations and engineered tanks, the Company primarily uses the percentage of completion method of accounting. Earned revenue is based on the percentage of incurred costs to date compared to total estimated costs at completion after giving effect to the most current estimates. Earned revenue on contracts in process for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , totaled $218,318 , $219,315 and $240,239 , respectively. Timing of amounts billed on contracts varies from contract to contract and could cause significant variation in working capital needs. Amounts billed on percentage of completion contracts in process for the years December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 totaled $237,119 , $265,686 and $239,600 , respectively.
The cumulative impact of revisions in total cost estimates during the progress of work is reflected in the period in which these changes become known. Earned revenue reflects the original contract price adjusted for agreed upon claims and change orders, if any. Losses expected to be incurred on contracts in process, after consideration of estimated minimum recoveries from claims and change orders, are charged to operations as soon as such losses are known. Pre-contract costs relate primarily to salaries and benefits incurred to support the selling effort and are expensed as incurred. Change orders resulting in additional revenue and profit are recognized upon approval by the customer based on the percentage of incurred costs to date compared to total estimated costs at completion. Certain contracts include incentive-fee arrangements. The incentive fees in

F-13



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

such contracts can be based on a variety of factors, but the most common are the achievement of target completion dates, target costs, and/or other performance criteria. Incentive-fee revenue is not recognized until it is earned.
The Company reports sales net of tax assessed by qualifying governmental authorities.
Cost of Sales: Manufacturing expenses associated with sales are included in cost of sales. Cost of sales includes all materials, direct and indirect labor, inbound freight, purchasing and receiving, inspection, internal transfers and distribution and warehousing of inventory. In addition, shop supplies, facility maintenance costs, manufacturing engineering, project management and depreciation expense for assets used in the manufacturing process are included in cost of sales on the consolidated statements of income.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (SG&A): SG&A includes selling, marketing, customer service, product management, design engineering, and other administrative expenses not directly supporting the manufacturing process as well as depreciation and amortization expense associated with non-manufacturing assets. In addition, SG&A includes corporate operating expenses for executive management, accounting, tax, treasury, human resources, information technology, legal, internal audit, risk management and share-based compensation expense.
Shipping and Handling Costs:   Amounts billed to customers for shipping are classified as sales, and the related costs are classified as cost of sales on the consolidated statements of income. Shipping revenue of $10,111 , $8,595 and $6,537 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively, are included in sales. Shipping costs of $13,344 , $11,443 , and $8,488 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively, are included in cost of sales.
Advertising Costs:   The Company incurred advertising costs of $4,828 , $4,548 and $3,268 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Such costs are expensed as incurred and included in SG&A on the consolidated statements of income.
Research and Development Costs:   The Company incurred research and development costs of $14,398 , $11,253 and $5,969 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Such costs are expensed as incurred and included in SG&A on the consolidated statements of income.
Foreign Currency Translation:   The functional currency for the majority of the Company’s foreign operations is the applicable local currency. The translation from the applicable foreign currencies to U.S. dollars is performed for asset and liability accounts using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using a weighted-average exchange rate during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are charged to operations as incurred.
Income Taxes:   The Company and its U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between financial reporting and the consolidated tax return in accordance with the liability method. A valuation allowance is provided against net deferred tax assets when conditions indicate that it is more likely than not that the benefit related to such assets will not be realized.
The Company utilizes a two-step approach for the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position and determine whether it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not of being realized upon settlement.
Interest and penalties related to income taxes are accounted for as income tax expense on the consolidated statements of income.
Share-based Compensation:   The Company measures share-based compensation for all share-based payments to employees and directors, including grants of employee stock options, at fair value on the date of grant. Compensation for share-based awards is recognized on a ratable basis over the vesting period. The total cost of a share-based payment award is reduced by estimated forfeitures expected to occur over the vesting period which generally is equivalent to the required service period of the award. During the year, the Company may repurchase shares of common stock from equity plan participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations relating to the vesting or payment of equity awards. All such repurchased shares are subsequently retired during the period in which they occur. See Note H for further discussions regarding stock options and other share-based awards.

F-14



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Earnings Per Share:   The following table presents calculations of income per share of common stock:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc.
$
71,295

 
$
44,076

 
$
20,160

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc. per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
2.39

 
$
1.51

 
$
0.71

Diluted
$
2.36

 
$
1.47

 
$
0.69

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic
29,786

 
29,165

 
28,534

Incremental shares issuable upon assumed conversion and exercise of stock options
408

 
748

 
721

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding shares — diluted
30,194

 
29,913

 
29,255

As of December 31, 2012, certain common shares that may be issuable upon the vesting of share-based awards and potential settlements under convertible note hedge and capped call transactions used to offset the dilutive effect of the Convertible Notes were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as they were anti-dilutive. There were 109 , 107 and 362 anti-dilutive shares for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
New Accounting Pronouncement
In July 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2012-02, "Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment." The amendments in the ASU allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether further impairment testing is necessary. If an entity determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, no further action is necessary. Otherwise, the entity is required to determine the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets and perform a quantitative impairment assessment in accordance with Subtopic 350-30. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2012. The Company early adopted the new guidance, and its adoption did not have a material impact of the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-15



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE B — Balance Sheet Components
The following table summarizes the components of other current assets, other assets, other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 :
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Other current assets:
 
 
 
Deposits
$
244

 
$
338

Assets held for sale
650

 
2,824

Income taxes receivable

 
3,063

Other receivables
15,091

 
6,478

Other current assets
$
15,985

 
$
12,703

Other assets:
 
 
 
Deferred financing costs
$
6,546

 
$
6,631

Cash value of life insurance
1,488

 
1,426

Other
5,203

 
2,165

Other assets
$
13,237

 
$
10,222

Other current liabilities:
 
 
 
Accrued interest
$
2,170

 
$
2,099

Accrued other taxes
2,556

 
2,005

Accrued income taxes
2,244

 

Accrued rebates
7,242

 
7,969

Accrued employee separation and plant closure costs
1,102

 
1,113

Accrued other
15,156

 
11,467

Other current liabilities
$
30,470

 
$
24,653

Other long-term liabilities:
 
 
 
Accrued environmental
$
4,586

 
$
4,745

Accrued contingent consideration (1)
1,898

 
6,150

Accrued contingencies and other
4,811

 
1,462

Other long-term liabilities
$
11,295

 
$
12,357

(1)
Represents the long-term portion of accrued contingent consideration.


F-16



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE C — Debt and Credit Arrangements
Summary of Outstanding Borrowings
The following table shows the components of the Company’s borrowings:
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Convertible notes, due August 2018, effective interest rate of 7.9%
$
183,583

 
$
174,474

Term loan, due April 2017, average interest rate of 2.46%
72,188

 
55,250

Foreign facilities

 
4,758

Total debt
255,771

 
234,482

Less: current maturities
(3,750
)
 
(11,258
)
Long-term debt
$
252,021

 
$
223,224

Convertible Notes
The outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Company's Convertible Notes is $250,000 . The Convertible Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.00% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, and will mature on August 1, 2018. The effective interest rate at issuance was 7.9% .
The Convertible Notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company and are not guaranteed by any of the Company's subsidiaries. The Convertible Notes are subordinated in right of payment to the Company's existing and future senior indebtedness, including indebtedness under the Company's existing credit agreement, and rank equally in right of payment with any future senior subordinated debt. The Convertible Notes rank senior in right of payment to the Company's future subordinated debt.
Prior to May 1, 2018, the Convertible Notes will be convertible at the option of the holders thereof only under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter commencing after September 30, 2011 (and only during such fiscal quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price (currently approximately $69.03 ) for the Convertible Notes on each applicable trading day); (2) during the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period (the “Measurement Period”) in which, as determined following a request by a holder of Convertible Notes as provided in the bond indenture (the “Indenture”), the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes for each trading day of such Measurement Period was less than 97% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate for the Convertible Notes on each such trading day; or (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. On or after May 1, 2018, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date of the Convertible Notes, holders of the Convertible Notes may convert their Convertible Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be converted and pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election, in respect of the remainder, if any, of the Company’s conversion obligation in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes being converted. It is the Company’s intention to settle any excess conversion value in shares of the Company’s common stock.
The conversion rate on the Convertible Notes will be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events, but will not be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, following the occurrence of a make-whole fundamental change, the Company will, in certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for a holder that converts its Convertible Notes in connection with such make-whole fundamental change. The Company may not redeem the Convertible Notes prior to maturity. If the Company undergoes a fundamental change, subject to certain conditions, holders may require the Company to purchase the Convertible Notes in whole or in part for cash at a fundamental change purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change purchase date. For purposes of calculating earnings per share, if the Company's market price exceeds the applicable conversion price, shares contingently issuable under the Convertible Notes will have a dilutive effect with respect to the Company’s common stock. At December 31, 2012 , the Convertible Notes were not subject to conversion.

F-17



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into privately-negotiated convertible note hedge and capped call transactions with affiliates of certain of the underwriters (the “Option Counterparties”). The convertible note hedge and capped call transactions relate to, collectively, 3,622 shares, which represents the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the Convertible Notes, subject to anti-dilution adjustments substantially similar to those applicable to the Convertible Notes. These convertible note hedge and capped call transactions are expected to reduce the potential dilution with respect to the Company’s common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Notes and/or reduce the Company’s exposure to potential cash or stock payments that may be required upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, except, in the case of the capped call transactions, to the extent that the market price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds the cap price of the capped call transactions. The Company also entered into separate warrant transactions with the Option Counterparties initially relating to the number of shares of the Company’s common stock underlying the convertible note hedge transactions, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. The warrant transactions will have a dilutive effect with respect to the Company’s common stock to the extent that the price per share of the Company common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants unless the Company elects, subject to certain conditions, to settle the warrants in cash. These warrants were exercisable as of the issuance date of the Convertible Notes. The cap price of the capped call transactions and the strike price of the warrant transactions was initially $84.96 per share. Proceeds received from the issuance of the warrants totaled approximately $48,848 and were recorded as an addition to additional paid-in-capital. The net cost of the convertible note hedge and capped call transactions, taking into account the proceeds from the issuance of the warrants, was approximately $17,638 .
In accordance with ASC 815, contracts are initially classified as equity if (1) the contract requires physical settlement or net-share settlement, or (2) the contract gives the entity a choice of net-cash settlement in its own shares (physical settlement or net-share settlement). The Company concluded that the settlement terms of the convertible note hedge, capped call and warrant transactions permit net-share settlement. As such, the convertible note hedge, capped call and warrant transactions were recorded in equity.
At the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company bifurcated the $250,000 principal balance of the Convertible Notes into a liability component of $170,885 which was recorded as long-term debt and an equity component of $79,115 which was recorded as additional paid-in-capital. The liability component was recognized at the present value of its associated cash flows using a 7.9% straight-debt rate which represents the Company’s interest rate for similar debt instruments at that time without a conversion feature and is being accreted to interest expense over the term of the Convertible Notes.
For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , interest expense for the Convertible Notes was $14,109 and $5,672 , respectively, which included $5,000 and $2,083 of contractual 2.00% coupon interest, respectively, and $9,109 and $3,589 of non-cash interest accretion expense related to the carrying amount of the Convertible Notes, respectively. In accordance with ASC 470-20, which requires issuers to separately account for the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, the Company allocated debt issuance costs to the liability and equity components in proportion to their allocated value. Debt issuance costs were $7,277 with $2,303 recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in-capital. This balance of $4,974 is being amortized over the term of the Convertible Notes. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , total expense associated with the amortization of debt issuance costs was $711 and $296 , respectively.
The following table represents certain information regarding the Convertible Notes:
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Principal balance of liability component
$
250,000

 
$
250,000

Unamortized discount
(66,417
)
 
(75,526
)
Carrying amount of liability component
$
183,583

 
$
174,474

Carrying amount of equity component
$
79,115

 
$
79,115

Senior Credit Facility
On April 25, 2012, the Company entered into an amended and restated Senior Credit Facility which replaced the prior senior secured credit facility (Prior Credit Facility) with a five -year $375,000 senior secured credit facility (Senior Credit Facility), which consists of a $75,000 term loan (Term Loan) and a $300,000 revolving credit facility (Revolving Credit Facility), and the maturity date was extended two years until April 25, 2017. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $25,000

F-18



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

sub-limit for the issuance of swingline loans and a $100,000 sub-limit to be used for letters of credit. There is a foreign currency limit of $50,000 under the Revolving Credit Facility which could be used for foreign currency denominated letters of credit and borrowings in a foreign currency, in each case in currencies agreed upon with the lenders. In addition, the facility permits borrowings up to $50,000 under the Revolving Credit Facility made by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Chart Industries Luxembourg S.à r.l.
The Company recorded $1,445 in deferred financing costs related to the Senior Credit Facility which are being amortized over the five-year term of the loan. In accordance with loan modification accounting guidance, the Company recorded a $232 charge to write off a portion of the remaining deferred financing fees associated with the Prior Credit Facility. The Senior Credit Facility also includes an expansion option permitting the Company to add up to an aggregate of $150,000 in term loans or revolving credit commitments from its existing and potential new lenders.
Loans under the Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at the applicable Borrower's election, at either LIBOR or the greatest of (a) the JPMorgan prime rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% or (c) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined in the Senior Credit Facility) for a one month interest period on such day (or if such day is not a business day, the immediately preceding business day) plus 1%, plus a margin that varies with the Company's net debt to EBITDA ratio. In addition, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of between 0.25% and 0.40% of the unused Revolver balance and a letter of credit participation fee equal to the daily aggregate letter of credit exposure at the rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurocurrency Revolving Facility Borrowings (ranging from 1.5% to 3.0% , depending on the leverage ratio calculated at each fiscal quarter end). A fronting fee must be paid on each letter of credit that is issued equal to 0.125% per annum of the stated dollar amount of the letter of credit. Under the terms of the Senior Credit Facility, 5% of the $75,000 Term Loan is payable annually in quarterly installments over the first three years , 10% is payable annually in quarterly installments over the final two years , and the remaining balance is due on April 25, 2017.
The Senior Credit Facility contains a number of customary covenants, including but not limited to restrictions on the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens or other encumbrances, sell assets, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make certain payments, investments, loans, advances or guarantees, make acquisitions and engage in mergers or consolidations, pay dividends or distributions, and make capital expenditures. Significant financial covenants for the Senior Credit Facility include a maximum net debt to EBITDA ratio of 3.25 and a minimum interest coverage to EBITDA ratio of 3.0 , which are the same limits that applied under the Prior Credit Facility. At December 31, 2012 , the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
At December 31, 2012 , there was $72,188 outstanding under the Term Loan and $28,199 in letters of credit issued. Although there were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2012 , the Company had borrowed against this facility to fund working capital needs during the year, and incurred additional interest on interim amounts outstanding. At December 31, 2012 , availability under the Revolving Credit Facility was $271,801 . The obligations under the Senior Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its U.S. subsidiaries and secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company and its U.S. subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of the Company’s material non-U.S. subsidiaries (as defined by the Senior Credit Facility) that are owned by U.S. subsidiaries.
Foreign Facilities – China
Chart Cryogenic Engineering Systems (Changzhou) Co., Ltd. (CCESC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, maintained three separate banking facilities (Foreign Facilities) which included a bonding/guarantee facility, a revolving line of credit, and an overdraft facility with 30,000 , 60,000 , and 10,000 Chinese yuan (in thousands) in borrowing capacity, respectively. The Foreign Facilities were guaranteed by the Company. On November 11, 2012, the facilities matured and the outstanding principal and interest due of 30,000 and 1,110 Chinese yuan (in thousands), respectively, were paid in full by CCESC.
As of December 31, 2012 , Chart Cryogenic Distribution Equipment (Changzhou) Company Limited, a joint venture of the Company, and CCESC has $1,295 and $844 in bank guarantees, respectively.
Foreign Facilities – Ferox
Chart Ferox, a.s. (Ferox), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, maintains secured credit facilities with capacity of up to 175,000 thousand Czech koruna. Ferox maintains two separate facilities. Both of the facilities allow Ferox to request issuance of bank guarantees and letters of credit. None of the facilities allow revolving credit borrowings, including overdraft protection. Under this first facility Ferox must pay letter of credit and guarantee fees equal to: (i) 0.70% p.a. on the face amount of each guarantee or letter of credit for maturities of up to 1 year, (ii) 0.80% p.a. for maturities between 1 and 3 years,

F-19



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

and (iii) 1.20% p.a. for maturities between 3 and 5 years. Under the second facility Ferox must pay letter of credit and guarantee fees equal to 0.70% p.a. on the face amount of each guarantee or letter of credit. Ferox is not required to pay a commitment fee to the lender under the second facility. Ferox’s land, buildings and accounts receivable secure the credit facilities. At December 31, 2012 there were bank guarantees of $2,559 supported by the Ferox credit facilities.
Scheduled Annual Maturities
The scheduled annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 , are as follows:  
Year
Amount
2013
$
3,750

2014
3,750

2015
6,563

2016
7,500

2017
50,625

Thereafter
250,000

 
$
322,188

Less: Convertible notes unamortized discount
(66,417
)
 
$
255,771

Cash paid for interest during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $6,604 , $16,608 and $16,774 , respectively.
Fair Value Disclosures
The fair value of the Company’s term loan portions of both the Senior Credit Facility and the Prior Credit Facility was estimated based on the present value of the underlying cash flows discounted using market interest rates. Under this method, the fair value of the Company’s Term Loan approximated its carrying amount as of December 31, 2012 , and the fair value of the term loan portion of the Prior Credit Facility approximated its carrying amount as of December 31, 2011 . The Company’s Term Loan and term loan portion of the Prior Credit Facility were valued using observable inputs and, accordingly, are classified as being valued using Level 2 inputs as defined in Note E.
The fair value of the Convertible Notes exceeded its par value by approximately 124% as of December 31, 2012 and approximately 108% as of December 31, 2011 . The Convertible Notes are actively quoted instruments and, accordingly, are classified as being valued using Level 1 inputs as defined in Note E.
NOTE D — Business Combinations
2012 Acquisition
On August 30, 2012, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of AirSep Corporation (AirSep) for an aggregate cash purchase price of $182,450 (including approximately $2,800 in acquisition-related tax benefits acquired and $10,000 of debt which was retired upon completion of the acquisition). AirSep, located in Amherst, New York, designs, manufactures, sells and services stationary, transportable, or portable oxygen concentrators and self-contained generators, standard generators, and packaged systems for industrial and medical oxygen generating systems. AirSep's results are included in the Company’s BioMedical segment.
The fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the date of acquisition were $72,687 and $109,763 , respectively. The allocation of the purchase price is based on the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and the related income tax impact of the acquisition adjustments. The acquisition was made and goodwill was established due to the benefits that will be derived from the expansion of the Company's BioMedical segment oxygen concentrator business in the U.S., Europe and Asia and growth potential for the commercial oxygen generation systems business.

F-20



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the AirSep acquisition on August 30, 2012. The Company is in the process of finalizing certain analyses; thus, these provisional measurements are subject to change:
Net assets acquired:
 
Accounts receivable, net
$
24,280

Inventories, net
34,553

Prepaid expenses
615

Other current assets
3,837

Property, plant and equipment
5,342

Other assets
976

Accounts payable
(13,728
)
Customer advances and billings in excess of contract revenue
(4,782
)
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
(1,837
)
Other current liabilities
(254
)
Current portion of warranty reserve
(10,562
)
Long-term portion of warranty reserve
(26,471
)
    Net tangible assets acquired
11,969

Deferred income tax assets
9,262

Goodwill
109,763

Identifiable intangible assets
67,000

Long-term deferred tax liability
(15,544
)
    Net assets acquired
$
182,450

AirSep provides warranties on certain of its products, generally for periods of five years or less. The warranty reserve is calculated considering historical warranty experience (general portion of the reserve) and specifically identified warranty issues (specific portion of the reserve). To calculate the required general reserve, actual warranty claims are used to calculate an average experience rate to be applied against sales. This experience rate is used to record an estimated accrual at the time of the sale. The accrual is reviewed and adjusted periodically to reflect current information including costs to repair or replace the units. The Company reviews other factors to determine if there are any specific factors which could change the reserve. AirSep has experienced a significant number of warranty claims in one of its product lines. To calculate the specific reserve associated with this product line, the Company isolated the specific units which were being returned at significantly higher rates than normal. The entire population of these units was excluded from the general reserve and is considered in a specific reserve. The specific reserve considers the population identified less units already returned to estimate potential units that will be returned. Management then estimated the expected number of additional product returns based on historical returns experience for this product line. Expected future returns were multiplied by the estimated cost to replace the unit to establish a specific warranty reserve. This analysis is in process and, therefore, the reserve is subject to change.
The Company continues to analyze the data as of the acquisition date relative to AirSep's historical warranty experience for this specific warranty issue and as such is keeping the measurement period open.
AirSep's identifiable intangible assets mainly include customer relationships and technology and are also comprised of product names, trademarks and trade names.
For the period August 31, 2012 through December 31, 2012, AirSep added $40,317 to sales. For the same period, the acquisition of AirSep also reduced operating income by $4,026 which included $3,270 recorded in cost of goods sold to amortize a portion of the write-up of inventory to fair value, $2,285 of intangible asset amortization expense and $1,111 in management retention expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recognized $1,164 of AirSep acquisition related costs, respectively, that were expensed in the current year. These costs are included in the consolidated statements of income in selling, general and administrative expenses.

F-21



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

2011 Acquisitions
In August 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of GOFA Gocher Fahrzeugbau GmbH and related companies (GOFA) for a total purchase price of €26,261 , net of cash acquired, including a final working capital adjustment of €947 . The fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the date of acquisition were $28,372 and $11,438 , respectively. GOFA, located in Goch, Germany, designs, manufactures, sells and services cryogenic and noncryogenic mobile equipment. GOFA's results are included in the Company’s Distribution & Storage segment.
In April 2011, the Company completed the acquisition of Clever Fellows Innovation Consortium, Inc. (CFIC) for a total potential purchase price of $5,000 in cash, of which $2,000 has been paid. The remaining portion of the potential total purchase price represents contingent consideration to be paid over three years based on the attainment of certain revenue targets. The fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the date of acquisition were $732 and $2,938 , respectively. CFIC is located in Troy, New York and develops and manufactures thermoacoustic technology products for cryogenic, heat transfer and related applications. CFIC’s results are included in the Company’s BioMedical segment.
2010 Acquisitions
In December 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of SeQual Technologies, Inc. (SeQual) for a total potential purchase price of $60,000 in cash, of which $38,312 was paid after working capital adjustments. The majority of the remaining potential total purchase price represents contingent consideration to be paid over two years which began in 2012 based on the achievement of certain gross profit targets. The fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the date of acquisition were $36,202 and $7,210 , respectively. SeQual is located in San Diego, California and develops, manufactures and markets products for numerous applications utilizing pressure swing adsorption technology for air separation with its primary focus on medical oxygen concentrators. SeQual’s results are included in the Company’s BioMedical segment.
In August 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of Cryotech International, Inc. (Cryotech) for a potential total purchase price of $6,653 in cash, of which $4,053 was paid at closing. The remaining portion of the potential total purchase price represented contingent consideration which was paid in 2011 and 2012 based on the achievement of certain revenue targets. The fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the date of acquisition were $1,626 and $4,227 , respectively. Cryotech is located in San Jose, California and designs, manufactures, sells, and services cryogenic injectors, vacuum insulated piping systems, and manifolds, and also repairs liquid cylinders. Cryotech’s results are included in the Company’s Distribution & Storage segment.
In April 2010, Chart Japan Co., Ltd. completed the acquisition of Covidien Japan Inc.’s liquid oxygen therapy business for $1,008 in cash. The fair value of the assets acquired at closing was $2,132 which exceeded the cash paid and, accordingly, resulted in a gain on acquisition of business of $1,124 during the second quarter of 2010.
Pro-forma information related to these acquisitions has not been presented because the impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations is not material.
Contingent Consideration
The estimated fair value of total contingent consideration relating to acquisitions in prior years was valued using a discounted cash flow approach, which includes assumptions for the probabilities of achieving gross sales or gross profit targets and the discount rate applied to the projected payments. The majority of the decrease in fair value during 2012 was caused by an adjustment to a contingent consideration obligation related to a prior BioMedical segment acquisition; as a result of higher forecasted costs and project delays of certain BioMedical projects as noted in the Goodwill and Intangible Assets paragraph in Note A, the Company determined that the acquired business would no longer meet the forecasted gross profit target required to satisfy its contingent consideration obligation. Therefore, the contingent consideration obligation was adjusted to zero. Changes in fair value of contingent consideration are recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. Based on achieving gross sales targets, the remaining maximum potential payout related to a prior BioMedical acquisition is $3,000 .

F-22



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

The changes in the Company's contingent consideration liabilities are summarized below:
 
Distribution & Storage
 
BioMedical
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2011
$

 
$
5,100

 
$
5,100

Fair value of contingent consideration at inception
1,800

 
1,650

 
3,450

Increase (decrease) in contingent consideration liabilities
341

 
(524
)
 
(183
)
Payment
(1,300
)
 

 
(1,300
)
Balance at December 31, 2011
841

 
6,226

 
7,067

Increase (decrease) in contingent consideration liabilities
459

 
(4,236
)
 
(3,777
)
Payment
(1,300
)
 

 
(1,300
)
Balance at December 31, 2012
$

 
$
1,990

 
$
1,990

NOTE E — Fair Value Measurements
The Company measures its financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis in three levels of input. The three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies, is:
Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 — Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 — Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and presented in the Company's consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
 
December 31, 2012
 
Total
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Foreign currency forward contracts
$
31

 
$
31

 
$

Total financial assets
$
31

 
$
31

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency forward contracts
$
433

 
$
433

 
$

Contingent consideration liabilities
1,990

 

 
1,990

Total financial liabilities
$
2,423

 
$
433

 
$
1,990

 
December 31, 2011
 
Total
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Foreign currency forward contracts
$
489

 
$
489

 
$

Total financial assets
$
489

 
$
489

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency forward contracts
$
202

 
$
202

 
$

Contingent consideration liabilities
7,067

 

 
7,067

Total financial liabilities
$
7,269

 
$
202

 
$
7,067

Refer to Note A for further information regarding foreign currency forward contracts, and refer to Note D for further information regarding contingent consideration liabilities.

F-23



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE F — Income Taxes
Income Before Income Taxes
Income before income taxes consists of the following:
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
United States
$
79,812

 
$
42,429

 
$
18,415

Foreign
23,294

 
20,545

 
10,083

Income before income taxes
$
103,106

 
$
62,974

 
$
28,498

Provision
Significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:  
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
28,076

 
$
14,369

 
$
12,673

State and local
1,768

 
876

 
900

Foreign
5,456

 
5,976

 
3,765

Total current
35,300

 
21,221

 
17,338

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
(3,477
)
 
(962
)
 
(8,603
)
State and local
(684
)
 
(66
)
 
77

Foreign
(357
)
 
(1,463
)
 
(819
)
Total deferred
(4,518
)
 
(2,491
)
 
(9,345
)
Total provision
$
30,782

 
$
18,730

 
$
7,993

Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation
The reconciliation of income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to income tax expense is as follows:  
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Income tax expense at U.S. federal statutory rate
$
36,087

 
$
22,041

 
$
9,974

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
711

 
810

 
976

Foreign income, net of credit on foreign taxes
48

 
137

 
176

Effective tax rate differential of earnings outside of U.S.
(4,983
)
 
(1,901
)
 
(1,221
)
Foreign investment tax credit
(406
)
 
(777
)
 
(305
)
Non-taxable gain on acquisition of business

 

 
(394
)
Non-deductible (taxable) items
2,885

 
74

 
(144
)
(Income) provision for tax contingencies
(394
)
 
(28
)
 
2

Domestic production activities deduction
(2,490
)
 
(1,626
)
 
(1,071
)
Other differences
(676
)
 

 

Income tax expense
$
30,782

 
$
18,730

 
$
7,993


F-24



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Deferred Taxes
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Accruals and reserves
$
27,625

 
$
14,036

Pensions
7,019

 
5,562

Inventory
2,775

 
1,630

Share-based compensation
5,220

 
4,539

Tax credit carryforwards
2,662

 
1,070

Foreign net operating loss carryforwards
1,440

 
1,405

State net operating loss carryforward
1,517

 
1,442

Other — net
1,331

 
1,138

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
49,589

 
30,822

Valuation allowance
(1,766
)
 
(1,869
)
Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
$
47,823

 
$
28,953

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
$
15,705

 
$
16,392

Intangibles
59,396

 
38,888

Convertible notes
3,071

 
3,613

Total deferred tax liabilities
$
78,172

 
$
58,893

Net deferred tax liabilities
$
30,349

 
$
29,940

Tax Credit Carryforwards : At December 31, 2012 , the Company had a gross deferred tax asset for tax credit carryforwards of $2,662 . These credit carryforwards are subject to expiration beginning in 2015.
Federal, State and Local Net Operating Loss Carryforwards : As a result of the SeQual acquisition, the Company has $23,149 of state net operating losses.  California tax law will limit the use of these state net operating losses. The remaining state net operating losses expire between 2013 and 2030. In addition, the Company has state net operating losses in various other states which begin to expire in 2027. The gross deferred tax asset for the state net operating losses of $1,517 is partially offset by a valuation allowance of $426 .
Foreign Net Operating Loss Carryforwards : As of December 31, 2012 , cumulative foreign operating losses of $6,188 generated by the Company were available to reduce future taxable income. Approximately $3,908 of these operating losses expire between 2014 and 2017. The remaining $2,280 can be carried forward indefinitely. The gross deferred tax asset for the foreign operating losses of $1,440 is partially offset by a valuation allowance of $1,194 .
Other Tax Information
The Company has not provided for income taxes on approximately $120,347 of foreign subsidiaries' undistributed earnings as of December 31, 2012 , since the earnings retained have been reinvested indefinitely by the subsidiaries. It is not practicable to estimate the additional income taxes and applicable foreign withholding taxes that would be payable on the remittance of such undistributed earnings.
Cash paid for income taxes during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $19,193 , $17,130 and $15,266 , respectively.

F-25



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Unrecognized Income Tax Benefits
The reconciliation of beginning to ending unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of the year
$
2,440

 
$
2,468

 
$
1,470

Additions for tax positions of prior years
1,921

 
128

 
2,170

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 
(22
)
 
(22
)
Reductions for settlements
(905
)
 

 

Lapse of statutes of limitation
(117
)
 
(134
)
 
(1,150
)
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of the year
$
3,339

 
$
2,440

 
$
2,468

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $851 and $1,265 , respectively, of income tax benefits which, if ultimately recognized, would impact the Company’s annual effective tax rate.
The Company had accrued approximately $106 and $77 for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company accrued approximately $42 , $42 and $50 for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 , and 2010 respectively, in additional interest associated with uncertain tax positions.
The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state and foreign jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2009.
Due to the potential resolution of the federal examination and the expiration of various statutes of limitation, it is reasonably possible the Company's unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 may decrease within the next twelve months by approximately $777 .
NOTE G — Employee Benefit Plans
Defined Benefit Plan
The Company has a defined benefit pension plan which is frozen, that covers certain U.S. hourly and salary employees. The defined benefit plan provides benefits based primarily on the participants’ years of service and compensation.
The following table sets forth the components of net periodic pension expense as follows
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Interest cost
$
2,206

 
$
2,409

 
$
2,447

Expected return on plan assets
(2,648
)
 
(2,575
)
 
(2,353
)
Amortization of net loss
974

 
365

 
269

Total net periodic pension expense
$
532

 
$
199

 
$
363


F-26



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table sets forth changes in the projected benefit obligation and plan assets, the funded status of the plans and the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Change in projected benefit obligation:
 
 
 
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
49,925

 
$
44,693

Interest cost
2,206

 
2,409

Benefits paid
(1,710
)
 
(1,641
)
Actuarial losses
6,847

 
4,464

Projected benefit obligation at year end
$
57,268

 
$
49,925

Change in plan assets:
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
34,020

 
$
33,210

Actual return (loss)
3,899

 
(473
)
Employer contributions
1,732

 
2,924

Benefits paid
(1,710
)
 
(1,641
)
Fair value of plan assets at year end
$
37,941

 
$
34,020

Funded status (Accrued pension liabilities)
$
(19,327
)
 
$
(15,905
)
 
 
 
 
Unrecognized actuarial loss recognized in other comprehensive income
$
19,978

 
$
15,355

The estimated net loss for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $1,348 .
The actuarial assumptions used in determining pension plan information are as follows:  
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at year end:
 
 
 
 
 
  Discount rate
3.75
%
 
4.50
%
 
5.50
%
Assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
 
 
 
 
 
  Discount rate
4.50
%
 
5.50
%
 
6.00
%
  Expected long-term weighted-average rate of return on plan assets
7.75
%
 
7.75
%
 
7.75
%
The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled at year end. In estimating this rate, the Company looks to rates of return on high quality, fixed-income investments that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating agency and the expected timing of benefit payments under the plan.
The expected return assumptions were developed using a simple averaging formula based upon the plans’ investment guidelines, mix of asset classes, historical returns of equities and bonds, and expected future returns. The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of short and long-term plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed-income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements and periodic asset/liability studies.

F-27



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

The plan assets are invested in pooled separate accounts. The fair values of participation units held in pooled separate accounts are based on their net asset values, as reported by the managers of the pooled separate accounts as supported by the unit prices of actual purchase and sale transactions occurring as of or close to the financial statement date. Therefore, the Company’s plan assets are valued using Level 2 inputs. The target asset allocations and fair values by asset category at December 31 are as follows:  
 
 
 
Fair Value
Assets:
Target
 
2012
 
2011
Pooled separate accounts - Equity
55
%
 
$
21,265

 
$
19,109

Pooled separate accounts - Fixed income funds
43
%
 
16,650

 
14,909

Pooled separate accounts - Cash and cash equivalents
2
%
 
26

 
2

Total
100
%
 
$
37,941

 
$
34,020

The Company’s funding policy is to contribute at least the minimum funding amounts required by law. Based upon current actuarial estimates, the Company expects to contribute $635 to its defined benefit pension plan in 2013. The following benefit payments are expected to be paid by the plan in each of the next five years and in the aggregate for the subsequent five years:  
2013
$
1,900

2014
2,000

2015
2,100

2016
2,200

2017
2,400

In aggregate during five years thereafter
14,400

Multi-Employer Plan
The Company contributes to a multi-employer plan for certain collective bargaining U.S. employees. The risks of participating in this multi-employer plan are different from a single employer plan in the following aspects:
(a)
Assets contributed to the multi-employer by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.
(b)
If a participating employer ceases contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be inherited by the remaining participating employers.
(c)
If the Company chooses to stop participating in the multi-employer plan, the Company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.
The Company has assessed and determined that the multi-employer plan to which it contributes is not significant to the Company's financial statements. The Company does not expect to incur a withdrawal liability or expect to significantly increase its contribution over the remainder of the current contract period which ends February 2018. The Company made contributions to the bargaining unit supported multi-employer pension plan resulting in expense of $760 , $518 and $391 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
Defined Contribution Savings Plan
The Company has a defined contribution savings plan that covers most of its U.S. employees. Company contributions to the plan are based on employee contributions, and a Company match and discretionary contributions. Expenses under the plan totaled $8,011 , $6,241 and $4,949 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
Voluntary Deferred Income Plan
The Company provides additional retirement plan benefits to certain members of management under the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Income Plan; this is an unfunded plan. The Company recorded $507 of expense associated with this plan for the year ended December 31, 2012.


F-28



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE H — Share-based Compensation
Under the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (Stock Incentive Plan) which became effective in October 2005, the Company could grant stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock units (RSUs), stock awards and performance based stock awards to employees and directors. The Stock Incentive Plan had reserved 3,421 shares of the Company's common stock for issuance. As of December 31, 2012 , 351 options were outstanding under the Stock Incentive Plan. The Company no longer grants stock options or awards under this plan.
Under the Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (Omnibus Equity Plan) which was originally approved by the shareholders in May 2009 and reapproved by shareholders in May 2012 as amended and restated, the Company may grant stock options, SARs, RSUs, restricted stock, performance shares, leveraged restricted shares, and common shares to employees and directors. The maximum number of shares available for grant is 3,350 , which may be treasury shares or unissued shares. As of December 31, 2012 , 398 options, 132 restricted stock awards, 68 performance stock units, and 18 leveraged restricted share units were outstanding under the Omnibus Equity Plan.
The Company recognized share-based compensation expense of $7,461 , $5,433 and $4,933 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. This expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. The Company also recognized related tax benefits of $8,972 , $7,879 and $796 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. As of December 31, 2012 , total share-based compensation of $7,578 is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of approximately 2.1 years assuming units are earned at their maximum payout potential.
Stock Options
The Company uses a Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options. The expected volatility and expected term of the options are based on historical information. The risk free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant. Weighted-average grant date fair values of stock options and the assumptions used in estimating the fair values are as follows:  
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Weighted-average grant date fair value per share
$
35.69

 
$
24.33

 
$
12.03

Expected term (years)
6.25

 
6.25

 
6.25

Risk-free interest rate
1.15
%
 
2.43
%
 
2.46
%
Expected volatility
70.71
%
 
72.47
%
 
77.84
%
Under the terms of the Omnibus Equity Plan and the Stock Incentive Plan, stock options generally have either a 4 or 5  year graded vesting period, an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, and a contractual term of 10 years . The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted-average
Exercise
Price
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
 
Weighted- average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding at beginning of year
978

 
$
16.69

 
 
 
 
Granted
103

 
56.06

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(316
)
 
11.13

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
(16
)
 
31.25

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at end of year
749

 
$
24.21

 
$
31,816

 
6.2 years
Exercisable at end of year
441

 
$
16.36

 
$
22,188

 
5.0 years
As of December 31, 2012 , total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of approximately 2.6 years is $2,432 .

F-29



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $18,310 , $28,784 and $3,327 , respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $2,216 , $1,957 and $1,755 , respectively.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
Restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards generally vest ratably over a three -year period and are valued based on the Company's market price on the date of grant. Restricted stock awards are recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The following table summarizes the Company’s unvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards activity:
 
December 31, 2012
 
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year
171

 
$
23.53

Granted
44

 
60.80

Forfeited
(7
)
 
35.06

Vested
(76
)
 
21.89

Unvested at end of year
132

 
$
36.60

As of December 31, 2012 , total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of approximately 2.2 years is $1,625 .
Performance Units
Performance unit awards granted in 2012 and 2011 are earned over a three -year period beginning on January 1, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Based on the attainment of pre-determined performance condition targets as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, units earned may be in the range of between 0% and 200% for 2012 awards and 0% and 150% for 2011 awards. The probability of any units being earned is evaluated each reporting period, and the fair value of the awards, which are valued based on the market price on the date of grant, is adjusted accordingly. The following table summarizes the Company’s performance unit awards activity:
 
December 31, 2012
 
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Grant-Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year
187

 
$
18.70

Granted
15

 
55.93

Forfeited
(6
)
 
21.56

Vested
(128
)
 
11.02

Unvested at end of year
68

 
$
41.07

As of December 31, 2012 , total unrecognized compensation cost related to performance unit awards expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of approximately 1.6 years is $2,460 assuming units are earned at their maximum payout potential.

F-30



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Leveraged Restricted Share Units
Leveraged restricted share unit awards granted in 2012 vest based solely on the attainment of pre-determined market condition targets as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors over a three -year performance period beginning on January 1, 2012. Units earned may be in the range of between 50% and 150% . The Company valued the leverage restricted share unit awards based on market conditions using a Monte Carlo Simulation model that was performed by an outside valuation firm. The following table summarizes the Company’s leveraged restricted share unit awards activity:
 
December 31, 2012
 
Number
of Shares
 
Weighted-average
Grant-Date Fair Value
Unvested at beginning of year

 
$

Granted
18

 
67.05

Unvested at end of year
18

 
$
67.05

As of December 31, 2012 , total unrecognized compensation cost related to leveraged restricted share awards expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of approximately 2.0 years is $1,061 , assuming units are earned at their maximum payout potential.
Directors' Stock Grants
In 2012, 2011 and 2010 , the Company granted the non-employee directors stock awards covering 5 , 8 and 18 shares of common stock, respectively, that had fair market values of $368 , $360 and $330 , respectively. These stock awards were fully vested on the date of grant.
NOTE I — Lease Commitments
The Company incurred $9,980 , $8,817 , and $8,481 of rental expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses and lease concessions that require additional rental payments in the later years of the term. Rent expense for these types of leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. In addition, the Company has the right, but no obligation, to renew certain leases for various renewal terms.
The following table summarizes the future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2012 :
2013
$
7,195

2014
5,248

2015
4,026

2016
3,056

2017
2,515

Thereafter
9,069

Total future minimum lease payments
$
31,109


NOTE J — Contingencies
Environmental
The Company is subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other matters, waste water effluents, air emissions and handling and disposal of hazardous materials such as cleaning fluids. The Company is involved with environmental compliance, investigation, monitoring and remediation activities at certain of its owned and formerly owned manufacturing facilities and at one owned facility that is leased to a third party, and, except for these continuing remediation efforts, believes it is currently in substantial compliance with all known environmental regulations. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company had undiscounted accrued environmental reserves of $4,586 and $4,745 , respectively, recorded in other long-term liabilities. The Company accrues for certain environmental remediation-related

F-31



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

activities for which commitments or remediation plans have been developed and for which costs can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are determined based upon currently available facts and circumstances regarding each facility. Actual costs incurred may vary from these estimates due to the inherent uncertainties involved. Future expenditures relating to these environmental remediation efforts are expected to be made over the next 14 years as ongoing costs of remediation programs.
Although the Company believes it has adequately provided for the cost of all known environmental conditions, the applicable regulatory agencies could insist upon different and more costly remediation than those the Company believes are adequate or required by existing law or third parties may seek to impose environmental liabilities on the Company. The Company believes that any additional liability in excess of amounts accrued which may result from the resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
Legal Proceedings
In November 2012, Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. (CEC), a subsidiary of the Company, filed a declaratory judgment action in the United States District Court for the Western District of Oklahoma seeking a judgment that certain claims for damages alleged by Enogex Holdings LLC, Enogex Gathering & Processing, LLC and affiliated companies with respect to a December 2010 fire at the Enogex natural gas processing plant in Cox City, Oklahoma were barred based on multiple defenses, including Oklahoma's statute of repose. This action was precipitated by the receipt of a letter from Enogex alleging that CEC was responsible for damages in excess of $75,000 with respect to the fire as result of the alleged failure of CEC's equipment that was a component of the unit involved in the fire. Subsequent to the filing of CEC's declaratory judgment action, in December 2012, Enogex filed suit in the District Court of Tulsa County, State of Oklahoma against the Company, CEC and its predecessors, a former employee of a predecessor of CEC, as well as other entities and an individual not affiliated with the Company, formalizing the allegations and claims contained in the November demand letter. Each party has filed a motion to dismiss the other's lawsuit and it is likely that one of the existing actions will ultimately be dismissed or stayed given the commonality of facts underlying each lawsuit. The Company does not believe that the allegations against the Company, CEC or their affiliates in Enogex's complaint have merit. The Company in any event believes that it, CEC and their affiliates have strong factual and legal defenses to Enogex's claims and intends to vigorously assert such defenses. Accordingly, a n accrual related to any damages that may result from the lawsuit has not been recorded because a potential loss is not currently probable. Furthermore, the Company believes that its existing product liability insurance is adequate for potential losses associated with these claims. While the Company cannot predict with certainty the ultimate result of these proceedings, the Company does not believe that the final outcome of these proceedings will have a material adverse affect on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
The Company is occasionally subject to various legal actions related to performance under contracts, product liability, taxes, employment matters, environmental matters, intellectual property and other matters incidental to the normal course of its business. Based on the Company’s historical experience in litigating these actions, as well as the Company’s current assessment of the underlying merits of the actions and applicable insurance, if any, management believes that the final resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse affect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations. Future developments may, however, result in resolution of these legal claims in a way that could have a material adverse effect.
NOTE K — Segment and Geographic Information
The structure of the Company’s internal organization is divided into the following reportable segments, which are also the Company's operating segments: Energy and Chemicals (E&C), Distribution and Storage (D&S) and BioMedical. The Company’s reportable segments are business units that are each managed separately because they manufacture, offer and distribute distinct products with different production processes and sales and marketing approaches. The E&C segment sells brazed aluminum and air-cooled heat exchangers and cold boxes to natural gas, petrochemical processing and industrial gas companies who use them for the liquefaction and separation of natural and industrial gases. The D&S segment sells cryogenic bulk storage systems, cryogenic packaged gas systems, cryogenic systems and components, beverage liquid CO 2 systems, cryogenic flow meter systems and cryogenic services to various companies for the storage and transportation of both industrial and natural gases. The BioMedical segment sells medical respiratory products, biological storage systems and other oxygen products. Due to the nature of the products that each segment sells, there are no intersegment sales. Corporate includes operating expenses for executive management, accounting, tax, treasury, human resources, information technology, legal, internal audit, risk management and share-based compensation expenses that are not allocated to the reporting segments.

F-32



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on operating income or loss from continuing operations before interest expense, net, amortization of deferred financing costs, foreign currency gain (loss), income taxes and noncontrolling interest. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note A.
Segment Financial Information
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
Energy and
Chemicals
 
Distribution
and
Storage
 
BioMedical
 
Corporate
 
Total
Sales from external customers
$
323,676

 
$
475,576

 
$
214,900

 
$

 
$
1,014,152

Depreciation and amortization expense
7,877

 
12,599

 
10,204

 
1,516

 
32,196

Operating income (loss)
64,931

 
79,175

 
24,079

 
(46,372
)
 
121,813

Total assets (1)
203,044

 
607,252

 
447,792

 
69,753

 
1,327,841

Capital expenditures
9,519

 
30,048

 
2,717

 
1,401

 
43,685

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
Energy and
Chemicals
 
Distribution
and
Storage
 
BioMedical
 
Corporate
 
Total
Sales from external customers
$
205,033

 
$
390,332

 
$
199,220

 
$

 
$
794,585

Depreciation and amortization expense
7,417

 
11,767

 
7,588

 
1,143

 
27,915

Operating income (loss)
27,489

 
61,415

 
35,911

 
(34,821
)
 
89,994

Total assets (1)
203,067

 
556,688

 
226,729

 
187,991

 
1,174,475

Capital expenditures
5,228

 
7,808

 
6,692

 
2,652

 
22,380

 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
Energy and
Chemicals
 
Distribution
and
Storage
 
BioMedical
 
Corporate
 
Total
Sales from external customers
$
137,801

 
$
269,293

 
$
148,361

 
$

 
$
555,455

Depreciation and amortization expense
7,338

 
10,474

 
5,197

 
568

 
23,577

Operating income (loss)
6,121

 
41,934

 
30,698

 
(31,249
)
 
47,504

Total assets (1)
188,407

 
513,215

 
227,138

 
26,079

 
954,839

Capital expenditures
973

 
8,563

 
4,594

 
2,809

 
16,939

 _______________
(1)
Corporate assets consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and deferred income taxes.
The following table represents the changes in goodwill by segment:
 
Energy and
Chemicals
 
Distribution & Storage
 
BioMedical
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2011
$
83,215

 
$
148,010

 
$
44,027

 
$
275,252

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

 
(1,067
)
 

 
(1,067
)
Goodwill acquired during the year

 
11,438

 
3,147

 
14,585

Balance at December 31, 2011
83,215

 
158,381

 
47,174

 
288,770

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

 
408

 

 
408

Goodwill acquired during the year

 

 
109,763

 
109,763

Balance at December 31, 2012
$
83,215

 
$
158,789

 
$
156,937

 
$
398,941


F-33



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

A reconciliation of the total of the reportable segments’ operating income to consolidated income before income taxes is presented below:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Operating income
$
121,813

 
$
89,994

 
$
47,504

Other expense (income):
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, net
15,679

 
23,371

 
16,196

Amortization of deferred financing costs
1,530

 
4,383

 
3,063

Foreign currency loss (gain)
1,498

 
(734
)
 
871

Gain on acquisition of business

 

 
(1,124
)
Income before income taxes
$
103,106

 
$
62,974

 
$
28,498

 
Product Sales Information
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
Energy and Chemicals Segment
 
 
 
 
 
Heat exchangers – Brazed aluminum
$
146,110

 
$
92,013

 
$
62,597

Heat exchangers – Air cooled
69,977

 
66,962

 
50,716

Cold boxes
107,589

 
46,058

 
24,488

 
$
323,676

 
$
205,033

 
$
137,801

Distribution and Storage Segment
 
 
 
 
 
Cryogenic bulk storage systems
$
153,372

 
$
153,518

 
$
102,876

Cryogenic packaged gas systems and beverage liquid CO 2  systems
143,548

 
142,262

 
97,976

LNG applications
107,231

 
35,678

 
20,184

Cryogenic systems, components and services
71,425

 
58,874

 
48,257

 
$
475,576

 
$
390,332

 
$
269,293

BioMedical Segment
 
 
 
 
 
Medical respiratory products
$
150,451

 
$
138,411

 
$
95,666

Biological storage systems
64,449

 
60,809

 
52,695

 
214,900

 
199,220

 
148,361

Total Sales
$
1,014,152

 
$
794,585

 
$
555,455

Geographic Information
Net sales by geographic area are reported by the destination of sales, which is reflective of how the Company operates it segments. Net property, plant and equipment by geographic area are reported by country of origin.
 
Sales for the Year Ended December 31,
 
Property, plant and equipment, net as of December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2012
 
2011
United States
$
710,891

 
$
503,011

 
$
391,691

 
$
98,425

 
$
75,848

Czech Republic
70,660

 
87,285

 
72,486

 
21,559

 
21,805

China
126,161

 
71,752

 
45,203

 
34,158

 
23,410

Germany
93,973

 
122,001

 

 
14,402

 
14,672

Other Non-U.S. Countries
12,467

 
10,536

 
46,075

 
1,232

 
1,566

Total
$
1,014,152

 
$
794,585

 
$
555,455

 
$
169,776

 
$
137,301


F-34



CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Note L — Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
Selected quarterly data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
Total
Sales (1)
$
216,106

 
$
239,939

 
$
254,249

 
$
303,858

 
$
1,014,152

Gross profit
67,557

 
74,129

 
78,012

 
85,465

 
305,163

Operating income
23,861

 
33,083

 
32,032

 
32,837

 
121,813

Net income
14,152

 
18,136

 
18,885

 
21,151

 
72,324

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc.
14,083

 
17,936

 
18,516

 
20,760

 
71,295

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc. per share—basic
$
0.48

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.62

 
$
0.69

 
$
2.39

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc. per share—diluted
$
0.47

 
$
0.59

 
$
0.61

 
$
0.69

 
$
2.36

(1)
During the fourth quarter of 2012, AirSep added sales of $31,679 .
 
Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
First
Quarter
 
Second
Quarter
 
Third
Quarter
 
Fourth
Quarter
 
Total
Sales
$
162,941

 
$
200,698

 
$
211,311

 
$
219,635

 
$
794,585

Gross profit
52,486

 
62,330

 
66,631

 
63,999

 
245,446

Operating income
14,307

 
21,489

 
29,043

 
25,155

 
89,994

Net income
7,403

 
11,020

 
17,505

 
8,316

 
44,244

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc.
7,530

 
10,591

 
17,540

 
8,415

 
44,076

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc. per share—basic
$
0.26

 
$
0.36

 
$
0.60

 
$
0.29

 
$
1.51

Net income attributable to Chart Industries, Inc. per share—diluted
$
0.25

 
$
0.35

 
$
0.59

 
$
0.28

 
$
1.47





F-35


CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Additions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance
at
beginning
of period
 
Charged to
costs and
expenses
 
Charged
to other
accounts
 
 
Deductions
 
 
Translations
 
Balance
at end
of
period
Year Ended December 31, 2012:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
2,360

 
$
3,067

 
$
930

(1)
 
$
(2,289
)
(2) 
 
$
12

 
$
4,080

Allowance for obsolete and excess inventory
3,191

 
2,507

 
1,085

(1)
 
(2,732
)
(3) 
 
27

 
4,078

Year Ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
3,008

 
$
4,205

 
$
52

(1)
 
$
(4,919
)
(2) 
 
$
14

 
$
2,360

Allowance for obsolete and excess inventory
3,181

 
3,331

 

 
 
(3,398
)
(3) 
 
77

 
3,191

Year Ended December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$
1,727

 
$
3,326

 
$
489

(1)
 
$
(2,552
)
(2) 
 
$
18

 
$
3,008

Allowance for obsolete and excess inventory
4,184

 
1,800

 
201

(1)
 
(2,965
)
(3) 
 
(39
)
 
3,181

_______________
(1)
Reserves at date of acquisition of subsidiary or subsidiaries.
(2)
Reversal of amounts previously recorded as bad debt and uncollectible accounts written off.
(3)
Inventory items written off against the allowance.

F-36



INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.
  
Description
2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 2, 2005 by and among Chart Industries, Inc., certain of its stockholders, First Reserve Fund X, L.P. and CI Acquisition, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-133254)).
 
 
3.1
 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-133254)).
 
 
3.2
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 19, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
4.1
 
Form of Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-133254)).
 
 
 
4.2
 
Indenture, dated August 3, 2011 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 5, 2011 (File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
 
4.3
 
Supplemental Indenture, dated August 3, 2011 by and between Chart Industries, Inc, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 5, 2011(File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
 
4.4
 
Form of 2.00% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 5, 2011 (File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
 
10.1
 
Form of Amended and Restated Management Stockholders Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-133254)).
 
 
10.2
 
Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.2.1
 
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2005 and 2006 grants) under the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-133254)).*
 
 
10.2.2
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for non-employee directors) under the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-133254)).*
 
 
10.2.3
 
Form of 2009 Performance Unit Agreement under the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.2.4
 
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2007 and 2008 grants) under the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 7, 2007 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.2.5
 
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2009 grants) under the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.7 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
 
10.2.6
 
Forms of Stock Award Agreement and Deferral Election Form (for non-employee directors) (2008 grants) under the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.2.7
 
Forms of Stock Award Agreement and Deferral Election Form (for non-employee directors) (2009 grants) under the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.3
 
Chart Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 10, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).*

E-1



10.3.1
 
Amendment No. 1 to the Chart Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.3.2
 
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2010 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.3.3
 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (2010 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.3.4
 
Forms of Stock Award Agreement and Deferral Election Form (for eligible directors) under the Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.3.5
 
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2011 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
 
10.3.6
 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (2011 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.3.7
 
Form of Performance Unit Agreement (2011 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
 
10.3.8
 
Form of Leveraged Restricted Share Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 5, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
 
10.3.9

 
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2012 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 001-11442)).*

 
 
 
10.3.10
 
Form of Performance Unit Agreement (2012 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
 
10.3.11
 
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (2013 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan.* (x)
 
 
 
10.3.12
 
Form of Performance Unit Agreement (2013 grants) under the Chart Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan.* (x)
 
 
10.4
 
Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Income Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 28, 2010 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.5
 
Chart Industries, Inc. 2009 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2009 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.6
 
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 25, 2012, among Chart Industries, Inc., Chart Industries Luxembourg S.à r.l., the lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s amended Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 26, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
 
10.7
 
Amended and Restated Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated April 25, 2012, among Chart Industries, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Chart Industries, Inc., and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 26, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
10.8
 
Employment Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Registrant and Samuel F. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.8.1
 
Amendment No. 1, effective January 1, 2009, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Registrant and Samuel F. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 

E-2



10.8.2
 
Amendment No. 2, effective January 1, 2010, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Registrant and Samuel F. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
 
10.8.3
 
Amendment No. 3, dated January 1, 2012, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Samuel F. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 5, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)). *
10.8.4
 
Amendment No. 4, dated January 1, 2013, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Samuel F. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2013 (File No. 001-11442)). *
 
 
10.9
 
Employment Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Registrant and Michael F. Biehl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.9.1
 
Amendment No. 1, effective January 1, 2009, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Registrant and Michael F. Biehl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.9.2
 
Amendment No. 2, dated January 1, 2012, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Michael F. Biehl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 5, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).*
10.9.3
 
Amendment No. 3, dated January 1, 2013, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Michael F. Biehl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2013 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.10
 
Employment Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Registrant and Matthew J. Klaben (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.10.1
 
Amendment No. 1, effective January 1, 2009, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Registrant and Matthew J. Klaben (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.10.2
 
Amendment No. 2, dated January 1, 2012, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Matthew J. Klaben (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 5, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).*
10.10.3
 
Amendment No. 3, dated January 1, 2013, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Matthew J. Klaben (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2013 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.11
 
Employment Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Registrant and Kenneth J. Webster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.11.1
 
Amendment No. 1, effective January 1, 2009, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Registrant and Kenneth J. Webster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
 
10.11.2
 
Amendment No. 2, effective January 1, 2010, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Registrant and Kenneth J. Webster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.11.3
 
Amendment No. 3, dated January 1, 2012, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Kenneth J. Webster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 5, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).*
10.11.4
 
Amendment No. 4, dated January 1, 2013, to the Employment Agreement dated February 26, 2008 by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Kenneth J. Webster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 4, 2013 (File No. 001-11442)).*
 
 
10.12
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-133254)).
 
 
10.13
 
IAM Agreement 2010-2013, effective February 6, 2010, by and between Chart Energy & Chemicals, Inc. and Local Lodge 2191 of District Lodge 66 of the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, AFL-CIO (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (File No. 001-11442)).

E-3



10.14
 
IAM Agreement 2013-2018, effective February 3, 2013, by and between Chart Energy & Chemicals, Inc. and Local Lodge 2191 of District Lodge 66 of the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, AFL-CIO. (x)
 
 
10.15
 
Base Call Option Transaction Confirmation, dated as of July 28, 2011, by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2011(File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
10.15.1
 
Base Call Option Transaction Confirmation, dated as of July 28, 2011, by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2011(File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
10.15.2
 
Base Warrants Transaction Confirmation, dated as of July 28, 2011, by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2011 (File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
10.15.3
 
Base Warrants Transaction Confirmation, dated as of July 28, 2011, by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2011(File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
10.15.4
 
Base Capped Call Option Transaction Confirmation, dated as of July 28, 2011, by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2011(File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
10.15.5
 
Base Capped Call Option Transaction Confirmation, dated as of July 28, 2011, by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 3, 2011(File No. 001-11442)).
 
 
 
10.16
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of July 23, 2012 by and among Chart Inc., Bison Corp., AirSep Corporation, Joseph L. Priest, as Representative, for purposes of Section 4.10 only, Joseph L. Priest and Ravinder K. Bansal, and for purposes of Section 9.14 only, Chart Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on 8-K filed with the SEC on July 23, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).

 
 
 
10.16.1
 
Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 30, 2012 by and among Chart Inc., Bison Corp., AirSep Corporation, Joseph L. Priest, as Representative, for purposes of Section 4.10 only, Joseph L. Priest and Ravinder K. Bansal, and for purposes of Section 9.14 only, Chart Industries, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012 (File No. 001-11442)).

 
 
21.1
 
List of Subsidiaries. (x)
 
 
23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. (x)
 
 
31.1
 
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. (x)
 
 
31.2
 
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. (x)
 
 
32.1
 
Section 1350 Certification of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. (xx)
 
 
32.2
 
Section 1350 Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. (xx)
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document (xxx)
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (xxx)
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (xxx)
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document (xxx)
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document (xxx)
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (xxx)
_______________
(x)
Filed herewith.
(xx)
Furnished herewith.
(xxx)
In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL related information in Exhibit 101 to this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be part of any registration statement or other document filed under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

E-4

Exhibit 10.4
OCTOBER 15, 2012 DRAFT FOR REVIEW

IAM
AGREEMENT
2013 – 2018


ARTICLE I - RECOGNITION

1
Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc., (hereinafter referred to as the "Company") recognizes Local Lodge 2191 of District Lodge 66 of The International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, AFL-CIO (hereinafter referred to as the "Union") as the sole and exclusive bargaining agent for its employees at its La Crosse, Wisconsin manufacturing facility for the purpose of collective bargaining with respect to the wages, hours and working conditions of said employees.

2
As used in this Agreement, the terms "employee" and "employees" shall include all production and maintenance employees, including all craters, receiving clerks and tool room employees, but shall exclude all administrative employees, factory office clerical employees, engineers and technical employees, standards and factory cost department employees, professional employees, guards, safety inspectors, nurses, student trainees and all supervisory employees as defined in the Labor Management Relations Act.

3
Employees in the above excluded jobs are not covered by this Agreement; but if employees currently in such jobs subsequently take other jobs within the coverage of this Agreement, then such employees shall be eligible to membership in the Union upon such notification to them by the Company.

4
This Agreement shall be binding on any and all successors and assigns, who by purchase, lease, transfer of stock or merger, acquire control of the Company's manufacturing facility in La Crosse, Wisconsin.
    
ARTICLE II - UNION SECURITY

5
Employees eligible for Union membership as defined in this Agreement shall be required at the expiration of their probationary period to become and remain members of the Union in good standing with respect to the payment of uniformly levied initiation fee and periodic dues as a condition of employment.

ARTICLE III – NON-DISCRIMINATION

6
The Company or the Union shall not discriminate against employees because of color, race, sex, religious affiliation, nationality, age, handicap or status as a disabled veteran or Vietnam era veteran, as prescribed by applicable state or federal law. Pronouns in the male gender appearing in this Agreement are intended to include the female gender.

1

    



ARTICLE IV - HOURS

Regular Work Day and Week

7
Eight (8) hours shall constitute a regular day's work and not more than forty (40) hours shall constitute a regular week's work. The regular workweek will begin at 11:00 p.m. on Sunday and will end on Friday.

Shift Hours

8
The shifts may consist of one day and two night shifts. The regular working hours are as follows:

3rd Shift    11:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M.
1st Shift     7:00 A.M. to 3:00 P.M.
2nd Shift     3:00 P.M. to 11:00 P.M.

Third shift weekly start will be 11:00 P.M., Sunday.

9
Employees shall be provided during their shift a lunch period not to exceed (15) minutes in accordance with operational requirements. Normally, the break times will be as specified below:

1st Shift    12:00 Noon
2nd Shift     8:00 p.m.
3rd Shift     4:00 a.m.

An alternative 15 minute lunch period, due to production requirements, at the request of the Company may occur between:

1st Shift    11:45 a.m. and 12:15 p.m.
2nd Shift     7:45 p.m. and 8:15 p.m.
3rd Shift     3:45 a.m. and 4:15 a.m.


10
Employees shall also be provided during their shift one (1) rest period not to exceed ten (10) minutes in accordance with operational requirements. Normally, the break times will be as specified below:

     1 st shift: 9:30 am to 9:40 am
2 nd shift: 5:30 pm to 5:40 pm
3 rd shift: 1:30 am to 1:40 am

11
The consumption of food items and visits to the lunch room shall be limited to designated lunch and break periods and will not be permitted during other work hours. Beverages will be allowed at the work stations.

2

    



12
All employees are assigned to a three-shift basis and will have a paid 15-minute lunch period starting at one of the times listed above in this paragraph.


Article V - Weekend Shift

13
The Company will have the right to establish a supplemental weekend shift. This schedule will consist of a day and night shift, each of 12 hours in accordance with the times outlined below and shall be of no less than three (3) months duration.

14
The three (3) shifts on a five (5) day Monday through Friday schedule shall continue to be the main shift in the plant.

15      Notification and Selection
A minimum of one (1) month advance notice shall be given to the employees before the implementation of the weekend shift.

16
The opportunity for this shift is strictly voluntary . Employees selected from the volunteer list will be assigned to the shift for a 3-month period. For each 3-month period (if the weekend shift is still required), a new volunteer list will be posted. The senior qualified employee volunteers on the list will be selected to work the shift. Bumping in accordance with Article XI, paragraph 113 will not apply to this shift because each 3 months, a new volunteer list is required.

17
The maximum number of employees assigned to each shift shall be thirty-two (32) for the entire plant. No more than eight (8) employees per department, per shift will be assigned.

18     Rate of Pay
Employees working the Weekend Schedule shifts will be paid at a rate equivalent to forty (40) hours pay for thirty-six (36) hours worked for all hours worked during their regular thirty-six (36)-hour work schedule.

19
The pay period for weekend shift employee remains Monday through Sunday.

a.     Shift Hours will be:
Shift 4 –     
Saturday Shift beginning on Friday evening 7:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.
Sunday Shift beginning on Saturday evening 7:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.
Monday Shift beginning on Sunday evening 7:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.

b.    Shift 5 -     
Saturday Shift beginning on Saturday morning 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
Sunday Shift beginning on Sunday morning 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
Monday Shift beginning on Monday morning 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.


3

    



20     Overtime:
a. At the rate of time and one-half for hours paid for:
any hours on a workday other than their shift in any given workweek.

b. At the rate of double time for hours worked
(1) In excess of twelve (12) hours in the employee’s workday; or
(2)
On the day a holiday is observed by all employees
(3)
All overtime hours worked which exceed sixteen (16) hours in any one workweek.

21     Break Times:
a. There will be two (2) paid rest periods of fifteen (15)
minutes duration each.
b. There will be a fifteen (15) minute paid lunch period.


22     Vacation
The 3-day x 12-hour shift employees will be entitled to the same number of vacation hours as all other employees. Observed vacation is charged at the applicable rate (1.112 for each hour of observed vacation).

23     Holidays
All Weekend employees will:
(a)
Observe Holidays and Holiday time that falls on their shift schedule.
(b)
Receive Holiday pay at the rate of 12 hours times your base rate including applicable premiums for all Holidays that fall upon the weekend shift schedule (totaling 13.33 hours of pay) and receive their entire shift off on that day.
(c)
Receive Holiday pay at the rate of 8 hours times your base rate including applicable premiums for all holidays that fall off of the weekend shift schedule as an addition to your pay that week. Holiday pay under this provision is not to be used in overtime rate calculations.
(d)
All holiday qualifiers apply for those Holidays that fall on the shift.
(e)
For the weekend shift only, the Good Friday Holiday will be moved to Easter Sunday each year.
(f)
Holidays observed are in accordance with Paragraph 53

24     Transition to Weekend Shift
Upon notification to or from the Weekend Shift, the transition will take place on the 2 nd Monday following notification.

(a) On to the Shift:
In the week the employee goes to the weekend shift, the employee is required to work the Monday, Saturday, and Sunday of the shift.

(b) Off of the Shift:

4

    


In the week the employee goes off of the shift, the employee must request an opportunity to work Monday, or take Monday as a day of rest. This is optional for the employee and no attendance considerations will apply if the employee observes a day of rest and does not work 40 hours in that week.

25     Overtime Notification
Weekly overtime offered to the weekend shift that is offered after the midpoint of their Monday shift, will not be charged if refused, however, will be charged only if worked.

26
A weekend employee that was on a day-at-a-time vacation, when overtime is scheduled, that is eligible and qualified to work overtime, will be eligible to work the overtime, provided the employee notifies their supervisor of their intent to work such overtime. If such employee replaces another employee, the employee being replaced is not charged for that overtime.

27
Mandatory overtime language will not apply to the weekend shift employees.


ARTICLE VI - OVERTIME

General

28
Union members will cooperate in working of necessary overtime; however, an employee shall have the right to refuse to perform overtime work where the Company is able to secure someone else who is experienced to perform the work. If an employee has been farmed from their department for more than 2 (two) days they will not be required to work overtime (forced) in the same week.

29
An employee shall have the right to refuse to accept overtime work whenever they have a reasonable excuse or where the length of time is so excessive so as to endanger their health.

30
Employer requests for daily overtime shall be made before 12:00 pm for the day shift or before 9:00 pm for the second shift and the day before for the third shift. In no event shall a first or second shift employee be required to work Saturday or Sunday when notification is given later than the end of the employee's Thursday shift nor where the Saturday shift is more than five (5) hours. For first and second shift employees, the Company will schedule consecutive 5-hour shifts on Saturday and/or Sunday except when production needs require another schedule. When two shifts are being scheduled, the first and second shifts will be scheduled for the same number of hours. Third shift employees will not be required to work Saturday or Sunday when notification is given later than the end of the employee’s Thursday shift. The normal Saturday or Sunday shift for third shift employees is eight (8) consecutive hours. The employee may, at their option, work five (5) hours. If a change in schedule is necessary, the Shop Committee will be notified and given the reason for such deviation - this will be done before the deviation whenever possible. 1st and 2nd shifts will have the right to work five (5) hours starting on their regular Saturday and Sunday shift, since the regular shift on weekends is five (5) hours.


5

    


31
In no event shall an employee be forced to work more than three (3) consecutive weekend days(Saturday or Sunday).

32          Overtime Bank Days

a.
An Employee who works their full scheduled overtime shift on a Saturday in the same classification held at the time that Saturday overtime was requested, will accumulate one (1) bank day for every three (3)overtime Saturdays worked.

b.
Bank days shall not be accumulated by an employee who volunteers to work overtime outside of their department.

c.
An employee could only accumulate and hold up to two (2) bank days maximum at anytime.

d.
An accumulated bank day would allow an employee who is required to work overtime (Saturday or Sunday) to request to be excused from the overtime requirement. The employee must indicate the intent to use the bank day at the time the required overtime is requested by the Supervisor.

e.
If a bank day is accepted, it is considered used and will deduct from the Employee’s total of bank days. (In cases where the bank day is accepted and the employee decides to work the overtime, the bank day is not restored)

f.
An Employee may use an overtime bank day at the time of their choosing. The Company will consider the number of requests to be excused received and the number of employees needed to meet operational requirements. If more requests to be excused are made than can be accommodated, the least senior employee(s) will be required to work. Those employees required to work will retain the overtime bank day for future use.

g.
Bank days expire at the termination of the Collective Bargaining Agreement.

h.
Bank days are non-transferable to other employees

i.
Transferred employees shall carry accumulated bank day(s) with them.


Overtime Premium

33
All hours worked in excess of eight (8) in a work day will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the regular straight time hourly rate.

34
When an employee works hours prior to or after their normal shift they will be paid overtime at time and one-half. The exception to this is when an employee requests earlier starting and stopping time and the Management agrees, then the Company is not obligated to pay overtime hours before or after their regularly scheduled shift.


6

    


35
The Management has agreed to pay double time for all overtime hours worked which exceed sixteen (16) hours in any one week with the understanding with the Shop Committee that the Management has a right to replace the employee that is working and has put in sixteen (16) hours overtime. The Management will make the transfers in such cases. The Management will replace the employee with an employee from within the department as follows:

a.    With an employee from the same department and shift.

b.    If possible with an employee from the same department on another shift.

c.    Where employees for replacement are not available within the department, employees capable of performing the work will be transferred in from other Departments.

36
Hours worked on a day observed, as a holiday under this Agreement will be included in such sixteen (16) hours under this paragraph.


Saturday and Holiday Pay

37
All Saturday work shall be paid for at the rate of one and one-half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate including third shift Saturday work which starts at 11:00 p.m. on Friday. All work done on Sunday and legal holidays shall be paid for at the rate of double time except where a regular third shift starts on a Sunday or a holiday and then the regular working hours shall be compensated at the applicable regular rate.



Overtime Charging

38
An employee's overtime record shall be credited with overtime when they are asked whether they work or not. If the department works overtime, an absent employee's overtime record shall be charged with any overtime (excluding those employees off work due to a work related injury) for which they would have been eligible had they not been absent, including an employee on vacation or sick leave.

39
An employee that was on a day-at-a-time vacation, when overtime is scheduled, that is eligible and qualified to work overtime, will be eligible to work the overtime, provided the employee notifies his supervisor of their intent to work such overtime. If such employee replaces another employee, the employee being replaced is not charged for that overtime. An employee's absence on Thursday will not jeopardize that employee's rights to weekend overtime if they return to work on Friday. However, it will be the employee's responsibility to communicate with management no later than the start of the lunch period of their Friday shift to determine if weekend overtime is available.


7

    


40
Where the applicable rate of pay is time and one-half, the employee will be charged with one and one-half hours overtime for each overtime hour.

41
Where the applicable rate of pay is double time, the employee will be charged with two hours overtime for each overtime hour.

42
An employee asked to work overtime additional after the deadlines defined in Paragraph 30, where the overtime is in a department or shift other than their own, will not be charged with such overtime refused but will be charged if they work such overtime.

43
An employee, who is asked to work additional overtime while working a weekend overtime shift, will not be charged for such additional overtime if refused, but will be charged if they work such additional overtime.

44
Telephone offers of overtime where management reaches the employee are charged whether or not the overtime is worked. Where a message is left with someone other than the employee, and the employee fails to work, the overtime will not be charged. All work, or refusal of work, on a day observed as a holiday under this Agreement is charged.

45
An employee accepting an overtime assignment on Thursday is then committed to working the overtime on Saturday or Sunday unless a cancellation is made by one hour after the lunch period on Thursday.

An employee who declines overtime on Thursday can request an overtime assignment on Friday if an opening is available.

An employee who accepts five (5) hours of overtime can request an additional three (3) hours on Saturday or Sunday if an opening is available and the employee makes the request within the first 30 minutes of their shift.

An employee who accepts an overtime assignment but fails to report for and work such assignment without being excused by management will be recorded with an unexcused absence.

46
No employee will be subject to an unexcused absence being recorded for an overtime assignment missed due to hospitalization of the employee or death or hospitalization of a member of the employee's immediate family.

47
When an employee is transferred to a different Department, they will get the average overtime for that Department. When they are transferred back to their Home Department, they will receive the overtime average of their Home Department. If overtime is not offered in an employee’s transfer department for which they would be eligible they may request overtime in the home department from which they were transferred if there is an opening for which they are qualified. Such requests must be made by the employee’s lunch period on Thursday.

Overtime Distribution

8

    



48
The supervisor will keep daily records of all overtime worked by the employees. In order that the overtime within the department is distributed as evenly as possible, those with the least amount of overtime shall be asked to work first among those qualified to do the work. It is recognized that an employee may be qualified to do the overtime work without holding the applicable job classification. If an employee is eligible for overtime but declines the hours that are offered, the overtime may be offered to the next qualified employee. The supervisor's copy of the overtime record will be posted at the supervisor's desk and kept as current as possible. The names and work centers, where applicable, of those scheduled for weekend overtime work in the department and shift will be displayed in the department area by the supervisor prior to the overtime work to permit checking by employees so they may determine before the overtime is worked if any errors in selection have been made. This information is to be used by employees to point out any overtime assignment errors to the supervisor before the overtime is worked, wherever possible. When an entire shift in a department is scheduled for weekend work, a notice displayed to that effect need not include names and work centers.

49
The Company will continue its practice of distributing overtime as equally as possible on the shift in a department.

50
It is further agreed that the Company will maintain as close a balance of overtime hours among the shifts within a department as production necessities and individual skills allow.

Overtime Entitlement on Transfer or Probation

51
A transferred employee shall have to work five (5) days before they are entitled to overtime. However, they may work if all other people in the Department have been asked.

52
Probationary employees will not be asked to work until all employees with seniority working in the department and on the shift, including transferred employees, have been asked to work; except that when all employees in the department on all shifts who are qualified for the work involved have been asked to work and more employees are needed, qualified probationary employees may be asked.



ARTICLE VII - HOLIDAYS

Paid Holidays

53
All employees on the seniority list shall receive eight (8) hours pay at their regular straight time hourly rate inclusive of shift premiums for the following holidays: New Year's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Fourth of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, day after Thanksgiving Day, December twenty-fourth, Christmas Day and December thirty-first, providing the employee has worked a major part of their last scheduled work day before and the major part of their first scheduled work day after the holiday, providing such days are in the same work week as the

9

    


holiday; except where this work requirement is specifically waived by the Company for reasons of personal urgency.
Note: See Weekend Shift language (Article V) for specifics on Weekend shift Holiday observance and pay provisions.

54
When December twenty-fourth and December thirty-first fall on Saturday or Sunday, the holidays will be observed on the preceding Friday. When any other holiday listed above falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday.

55
With the approval of the company and the majority consensus of the 3 rd shift employees, a holiday may be moved for the 3 rd shift to the following day of the holiday.

On Layoff and Sick or Military Leave

56
Employees who have been laid off work in a reduction of force during the workweek prior to or during the week in which the holiday falls shall receive pay for such holiday.

57
In the event one of the paid holidays falls during an employee's vacation, they have the option of substituting the day(s) before or the day(s) after their vacation for said holiday(s).

58
Employees who go on sick leave during the workweek prior to or during the week in which the holiday falls shall receive pay for such holiday.

59
Employees who go on military leave during the first or second workweek prior to or during the week in which the holiday falls shall receive pay for such holiday.

ARTICLE VIII - OTHER PAY PROVISIONS

Call Back Pay

60
Any employee called back for work outside their regularly scheduled hours shall receive not less than three (3) hours pay at their applicable rate.

Reporting Pay

61
When an employee reports for work and no work is available, they shall be paid up to four (4) hours at their regular straight time rate for the time lost during the first half of their shift unless they were notified twenty(20) minutes in advance of the starting time of their shift not to report for work. However, if stoppage of work is due to fire, lightning, failure of power lines or other causes beyond the Company's control no payment for lost time shall be made.

62
An employee shall be notified not to report for work by either, the supervisor of their department, the Human Resources Department or other supervisory personnel, provided the employee has furnished the correct phone number to the Company. If the correct phone number is not provided and the employee cannot be contacted, no reporting pay will be paid.

10

    



Time Lost Due to Injury

63
If it has been established that an injury to an employee has arisen out of and in the course of their employment with the Company, and the employee is instructed by the Company to receive outside treatment for the injury during the current shift, they will be paid for time necessary to obtain such treatment. If follow-up outside treatment is required which cannot be scheduled outside the employee's regular working hours, the employee will be paid up to three (3) hours at their regular straight time hourly rate for time lost from their regular working hours for any such follow-up visits.

64
In the event an employee is instructed by the Company to receive subsequent outside treatment during their regular shift because of their inability to continue work due to the original injury, they will be paid for time necessary to obtain such treatment.

65
In any case in which an employee believes outside treatment for the injury is necessary during their regular working hours even though the Company has refused to instruct them to receive such outside treatment, the employee may at their option leave work to receive outside treatment. Should it be determined that the treatment was necessary in order for the employee to continue work or if it is determined that they are unable to continue work, the employee will be paid for the time lost from their regular working hours in accordance with Paragraphs 63, 64, and 66.

66
If the employee loses time and the attending physician determines they are physically unable to work the balance of the shift on which they received outside treatment due to the severity of the injury, they shall be paid for the balance of that regular shift, but not to exceed eight (8) regular hours, upon furnishing proof of the physician's determination. If an employee is injured while working in the plant and such injury arises out of and in the course of their employment, and the injury is of such nature as to prevent the employee's return to work for an initial period of three (3) or more consecutive calendar days excluding Sunday or paid holiday or vacation following the day of injury, then the Company will pay such employee a sum equal to the current sickness and accident daily benefit rate for each of such three (3) days; provided however, that such payment shall not be made if the Workmen's Compensation carrier of the Company is required to pay the employee Workmen's Compensation for the three (3) day period following the day of injury.

67
Under the following circumstances the Company will pay for up to two and one-half (2-1/2) hours for working time lost by an employee on Monday:

a.    An employee is injured at work on a Saturday and obtains outside treatment.

b.    An injured employee is instructed by their doctor to report for medical evaluation on the following Monday morning before going to work.

c.    The employee notifies their supervisor in advance that they won't be in on time.


11

    


d.    The employee reports for work on the Monday involved before 9:30 a.m.

Bereavement

68
An employee with seniority, who is working at the time, will be granted three (3) regular working days off with pay in the event of a death in the employee's immediate family. Immediate family is defined as the employee's wife, husband, father, mother, son, daughter, step-child (up to and including age 21), brother, sister, father-in-law or mother-in-law. An employee may take the time off with pay later than the day of death or funeral if circumstances warrant and are a direct result of the death. An employee with seniority, who is working at the time, will be granted one (1) regular workday off with pay to attend the funeral of a grandparent or grandchild of the employee.

Jury Duty

69
An employee with seniority shall be excused from work on a work day on which they are called to perform jury service in a court of record, provided they give prior notice to the Company.

70
An employee with seniority who is excused from work for jury service and who furnishes the Company with a statement from the court with regard to jury pay received and time spent on jury service will be reimbursed by the Company as follows:

a.    All employees will receive eight (8) hours pay at their regular straight time rate including all applicable premium pay less the amount received as jury pay for each day they are called to serve as a juror.

b.
A day of jury duty is defined as any day for which the employee is required to appear regardless of having served, certified by written statement from the court.

c.
Hourly rate of pay shall be limited to sixty (60) workdays annually commencing with the first day of jury service paid.

ARTICLE IX - SENIORITY

71
It shall be the policy of the Company to recognize seniority. To accomplish this, there shall be one seniority list covering all employees in all production departments. Where two or more employees gain seniority on the same day, their relative seniority shall be determined by last name alphabetical sequence with, for example, an employee whose last name begins with "A" being regarded as senior to one whose last name begins with "B". Last name changes due to marriage, etc., which occur after the day on which employee gains seniority, shall not affect seniority.

72
In the event that, before June 1, 1988, a person who, as of the effective date of this agreement, is an employee of the Trane Company temporarily assigned to ALBRAZE International (Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc.) the ALBRAZE (Chart E&C) seniority date of said person will be

12

    


January 5, 1986. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 71, above, the relative seniority of employees whose ALBRAZE (Chart E&C) seniority date is January 5, 1986 shall be determined by the amount of Trane Company seniority which they possessed as of the effective date of this Agreement.

Probationary Period

73
An employee shall have no seniority rights until the completion of their probationary period. The probationary period shall consist of sixty (60) actual days worked. This calculation does not include overtime outside the normal schedule. The date given the employee for their seniority standing will be the day following the end of their probationary period. For probationary employees working the weekend schedule, each day worked would equal 1.67 days worked toward the probationary period.

74
An employee shall lose their seniority rights for the following reasons:

a.    If they voluntarily terminate their employment with the Company.

b.    If they have been discharged for just cause.

c.    After being laid off, if an employee fails to report for work within five (5) days after being notified through the Company Human Resources department. Notification to return to work will be confirmed by certified letter to the employee. However, no employee shall lose their seniority rights if their failure to report is the result of sickness or causes beyond their control, in which case the employee shall furnish written proof as to that fact.

d.    If for any reason an employee has had twenty-four (24) consecutive months of unemployment with the Company or a period equal to one-half (1/2) of their seniority, whichever is greater.

Layoff

75
When it becomes necessary to reduce the working forces, the last employee on the plant seniority list shall be the first employee laid off, etc., and the last employee laid off shall be the first employee recalled, etc., except as hereinafter provided. Before any layoffs or recalls of any employees occur, a list of employees to be laid off or recalled will be presented to the Shop Committee as to the employees laid off or recalled and the effect on seniority; but this shall not in any way interfere with the right of the Company to reduce its force.

Voluntary Layoff

76
a.    Senior employees not affected by the layoff will be allowed to volunteer to replace the most senior people on the layoff list. Employees volunteering for layoff status are required to accept the layoff for two (2) months unless the employees involved are recalled before that time.
    

13

    


b.
An employee opting for and receiving voluntary status may exercise this option one (1) time per calendar year, unless all employees identified on the list with less seniority have been asked for voluntary layoff, they could be asked again.

c.
This voluntary layoff procedure will be administered through one (1) list per layoff date. When an employee on a two (2) month voluntary layoff returns to work, the junior employee will be laid off unless another senior employee has signed the list for the specific layoff or until the list is exhausted.

d.
A new list will be used for each successive layoff date and the procedure stated above will apply. The previous list will be cancelled at this time. Employees not receiving voluntary layoff on previous lists or on voluntary layoff (at the time) will be allowed to sign these new lists to determine the availability and opportunity for voluntary layoff status.

e.
The Company retains the right to recall those on a voluntary layoff at any time based on production needs or if the skills of the volunteer are required. The Company also retains the right to deny voluntary layoff if the volunteer’s skill is needed at the time of layoff.

f.
The Company agrees to pay their share of all insurance premiums for any employee on voluntary layoff. Also, the employee agrees to pay their share of all insurance premiums. All other benefit restrictions will apply as for employees on normal layoff. Insurance payments are due the first of the month of applicable coverage.

Exemptions and Deviations From Layoff

77
All welders, electricians, and tool room employees are exempt from the seniority clause as to layoff as long as they are needed on their exempted jobs. It is understood that an exempted employee must have demonstrated the capability to perform the required job. If the Company replaces an employee exempted in one of the above jobs with an older qualified employee, the exempted employee will be laid off.

78
Deviations from straight plant seniority in addition to those listed above can only be made for justifiable reasons, that is, when an employee's qualifications are essential on available work and no senior employee not subject to layoff has the necessary qualifications. The Company will specify such exemptions to the Shop Committee sufficiently in advance of the layoff giving the specific reasons for such deviations in each case. The Company will endeavor to find alternate qualified employees not subject to layoff for such exempted employees to replace those so exempted. The Company will not be required to make more than two transfers to replace one employee under this paragraph.

79
The parties may discuss from time to time the problem of deviations from seniority on layoff.

80
If the Union does not agree with certain exemptions, the Company and the Shop Committee shall make every effort to resolve their differences before resorting to the grievance procedure.


14

    


Layoff Notice

81
When layoffs, because of lack of work, are in accordance with straight seniority, the employees affected shall be given five (5) working days notice before being laid off for a period of two (2) weeks or more. It is further agreed that in case of material shortages resulting from conditions beyond the Company's control, the five (5) days' notice provision will be waived. Employees exempted from layoff who are to be laid off because they are no longer needed on the work for which they are exempted may be laid off without notice. However, first and second shift exempted employees will work to the end of the shift in which layoff notice is given. Paragraph 61 will apply to third shift exempt employees who are to be laid off without notice.

One-Day Layoffs

82
Layoffs, due to lack of work or material shortages, will be made by seniority in a department, provided such a layoff does not exceed eight (8) hours in any one week. For any layoff in excess of eight (8) hours in any one-week, the procedure set forth in Paragraphs 75-79 will be followed. This paragraph is not intended to be used to establish a regular work week of less than five (5) days for the employees in any department, and shall be applied in such a way that no employee is affected in their department more than six (6) times nor more than three (3) consecutive weeks in a twelve (12) month period. The Shop Committee will be notified in advance of any layoff under this paragraph.

Inventory

83
In the event that production is interrupted due to the taking of inventory, the parties will meet to discuss appropriate work assignments.

ARTICLE X - TRANSFER

Requests for Transfer

84
All requests for permanent transfers by employees may be granted by the mutual consent of the Shop Committee and Management. The selection of employees shall be based upon the Job Selection Guidelines.

85
When an employee is granted a job or department transfer at their own request they shall have a trial period of up to thirty (30) days. The exception to the foregoing sentence is in cases where an extension of a trial period, due to skills is requested by the Company or the Union, and such extension is agreed to by the Company and the Union. They will receive the rate of the job they are performing while on transfer if they are qualified. If it is decided to make the transfer permanent, the employee will be given a rating for which they are qualified.

a.    When such request is made, the Union and the employee and the supervisor will receive a written notification.


15

    


b.    In the event that an employee is accepted for training on a job with a labor grade higher than their present job they shall, when they complete the trial period, be paid the time and grade rate of the new job but not less than their time and grade rate on their former job.

c.    In a posting requesting multiple employees for the same labor grade and classification, the senior employee will not be paid less than the time and grade rate of the junior employee(s).

Temporary/Forced Transfers

86
Employees will be considered as temporarily transferred until notified of being forced to accept a permanent job or department transfer due to shortage of work, material, manpower, etc. Said employee shall carry their present classification and pay rate for a period not less than six (6) months. Employees will receive the rate of the job they are performing while on transfer if they are qualified and if the rate is higher than their current rate. After six (6) months the employee will be given a rating in the new department for which they are qualified.

87
If, up to three (3) months from the employee's date of forced transfer a position opens up in their home department, the employee will have the option to return to their home department, if they are qualified for the position.

Seniority Principle

88
It shall be the policy of the Company to follow the principle of seniority whenever skill is not a consideration when moving transferred employees out and returning employees to their home department. Employees will be transferred from their home department by inverse seniority regardless of shift assignment provided the remaining employees are qualified to perform the work.

89
When it is necessary to transfer employees and the position to be transferred to is a job of a higher labor grade than in the department, employees are to be transferred by seniority. Senior employees will be offered said transfer prior to junior employees being forced to transfer, provided the remaining employees are qualified to perform the work. Transferred employees will be returned to their home department on the basis of seniority whenever skill is not a consideration.

Exception for Union Representatives

90
a.    A department steward or a member of the Shop Committee may be transferred or farmed, by inverse seniority, from their home department, but not subject to being replaced on their shift. This provision shall not be construed to give extra seniority to such representative in the event of a layoff, nor to prevent such Union Representative from exercising their seniority.

b.    In the event the selection of “a” safety steward is other than a department steward, the language of paragraph a. above will apply to said safety stewards.


16

    


Calling Back Transferred Employees

91
When it is established that there is a need for additional personnel for ten (10) working days or more in a Department, with employees out on transfer such employees will be returned to their Home Department to fill the need in accordance with Paragraph 86 unless such need is being met temporarily by an employee with physical limitations who is unable to perform their normal duties. Such needed employees will be returned to their home department as soon as possible but not later than thirty (30) calendar days. Presence of a physically limited employee in a Department will not result in a senior employee on transfer losing their rate or job.

92
Except where production needs reasonably require otherwise, employees shall not be placed in a department where employees are transferred out prior to returning those on transferred back to their home department by seniority.

93
It is recognized that in order to use the work force efficiently and keep people working in so far as possible, the company requires flexibility in farming or transferring employees for a period of time, due to the reduction of work in the Home Department, or their specific skill is needed in another department, or because of the production need of another department. The farming of an employee shall be by inverse seniority by shift, and will not exceed thirty (30) working days.

Wage Rate Handling

94
When an employee is transferred into a job classification they previously carried, they shall receive the rate for that job retroactively, after accumulating three (3) full days, provided such a rate is higher than they are carrying. If they continue on the job for a period of six (6) months, their short-term rate shall become their new classification.

Notice of Transfer

95
The Company will endeavor to give each employee a Notice to Report Form on the day preceding the transfer or shift change by 12:00 P.M. (noon) on the first shift, 9:00 P.M. on the second shift and 4:45 A.M. on the third shift.

New Technology, Product Transfer or Discontinuance

96
The Company and the Union agree that it is to both their mutual benefit and a sound economic and social goal to utilize the most efficient machines, processes, methods and/or materials. In this way, the Company will be able to compete effectively in the market place and, thereby, provide economically secure jobs for its employees.

97
When the Company changes technology, transfers a product line or a portion thereof from La Crosse, or discontinues the manufacture of a product line or portion thereof at La Crosse, or merges two or more departments and as a result of such action a department is dissolved or a major portion of the regular employees in such department are no longer needed on their jobs,

17

    


each employee in the department whose job is abolished because of this action will be subject to the following procedure:

a.    Prior to the implementation of any of the above, the Company will meet with the Union to discuss the impact.

b.    The Company agrees to train displaced employees within a reasonable period of time (6 months or less) for available positions.

c.    Employees in classifications and areas will be handled in a manner consistent with marginal paragraph 85 of the agreement.

New Department

98
A new department is created when a new product line is originally manufactured in a separate plant area, and such department is assigned a new department number. When a new department is created, the Company and the Union will agree upon a procedure for the distribution of information regarding the department and the minimum requirements therefore. The selection of the employees will be made in accordance with Paragraphs 84 and 108 and the provisions of Paragraph 85 shall also apply.

99
The Job Selection Guidelines will be the determining factor when making the selection.



Upgrading

100
a.    The Company will continue to upgrade employees to higher skilled jobs where possible to do so. The fact that an employee is proficient on their current job will not in itself be the cause to prevent their being upgraded to a higher skilled job.

b.    When a successful bidder is selected to report to the posted/notice job they can be held up to thirty (30) days in their current job. If it is necessary to hold the employee beyond the thirty (30) days, the employee will be reimbursed for any monetary loss upon the successful completion of the training/trial period for the new job.


Transfer to Lighter Work and Incapability

101
When a senior employee, who is at the time working, requests a transfer to light work, or the Company determines that such an employee can no longer perform their job due to advanced age, physical incapacity or is incapable of performing their regular job, the Company and the Union will discuss the problem with the intent of:


18

    


a.    Assigning them to available work which they are able to perform and which needs to be performed, and

b.    Paying for such work at the wage rate of the job they would be performing.

102
It is understood that the above does not obligate the Company to make-work for an employee or to assign an employee to work which they cannot perform satisfactorily.

Leaving or Returning to Bargaining Unit

103
Any member of the bargaining unit who has been promoted or transferred or is promoted or transferred to a position outside the bargaining unit described to a position outside the bargaining unit described in Article I shall maintain the amount of seniority they had at the time of such promotion or transfer and will not continue to accumulate seniority within the bargaining unit.

104
Should such employee request to return to the bargaining unit or should the Company decide to return such employee to the bargaining unit, they will be reinstated with the amount of seniority they maintained at the time of their promotion or transfer. The Company agrees that it will not return employees to the bargaining unit for the purpose of temporarily reducing the staff of non-bargaining unit employees. When such employee returns to the bargaining unit, their job and department assignment will be at the discretion of the Company. The Union will be notified of the job and department assignment five (5) days prior to such assignment wherever possible. However, they will not be placed in a department where their assignment would cause the transfer of a regular department employee then working in the department or where there are employees out of such department on transfer, or where there is not a need for them in the department for at least ten (10) working days. Furthermore, upon return to the bargaining unit, such an employee will be assigned a labor grade no higher than the highest they held in the three-year period just prior to their promotion from the bargaining unit.

105
Nothing, however, contained in Paragraph 104 shall be construed as limiting the Company's right to discharge any employee promoted or transferred from the bargaining unit for cause.

106
Should any employee who has been promoted or transferred from the bargaining unit and then returned to the bargaining unit under the above procedures, be subsequently again promoted or transferred from the bargaining unit, they will lose all seniority status in the bargaining unit on the date of such promotion or transfer.

107
An initial temporary vacation replacement assignment of up to 3 months outside the bargaining unit will not be counted toward the limitations of this paragraph.

Transfers Not Covered

108
All transfers not covered elsewhere in this Agreement shall be discussed with the Shop Committee before such transfers are made.


19

    


ARTICLE XI - SHIFT TRANSFERS

Voluntary Shift Exchange (up to 1 week)

109
Voluntary shift exchanges, which are approved by management, will be permitted between two (2) employees in the same department on a temporary basis (up to 1 week) if such exchange conforms to the Walsh-Healey Act and does not cause overtime payments. No changes in night shift premium will be made for either employee involved in temporary shift exchange under this paragraph.

110
For all voluntary shift exchanges, both employees must report to the department and shift from which they intend to switch for a minimum of one (1) week.

Voluntary Shift Exchange (more than 1 week)

111
A request for an exchange of shifts - for up to one (1) year by two employees in the same department will be permitted providing:

a.    Neither employee puts in more than eight (8) hours in a 24-hour period in making the exchange, to conform with the Walsh-Healey Act.

b.    Neither of the employees making the exchange may do so more than three (3) times within a year.

a.
The qualifications and experience of both employees are relatively equal.
    
112    Relatively equal is defined as:
a. Two (2) employees who can perform similar job(s).
b. An employee that is not from the department must be approved by the cell leader (engineer) and department supervisor affected to determine what job(s) they can perform or have working knowledge of, before any trade with a Home Department employee.
c. Such request must be in writing to the Company, signed by the employees involved, specifying the duration of the voluntary shift exchange, with a copy to the Union.

d.
With respect to this paragraph, all other provisions of this Agreement shall apply.

e.
For all voluntary shift exchanges, both employees must report to the department and shift from which they intend to switch for a minimum of one (1) week.

Shift Preference

113
An employee upon attaining seniority may replace a junior employee in the same skill on a different shift in the same department subject to the following:


20

    


a.    When an employee gains seniority they can be replaced by a senior employee.

b.    Where the senior employee is replacing an employee in the same or a lower rated labor grade, the Company will in all instances where possible train a replacement within three (3) months for the senior employee so that they will be able to exercise their shift transfer. The training period will start within a one (1) week period after the employee's written request is acted on at the regular meeting.

c.    Employees shall have the right to change shifts under this Section no more than four (4) times within each calendar year.

b.
The selection day will be the Tuesday before the first Saturday of every month.

Transfer to Night Shift

114
When it is necessary to transfer a first shift worker to the second or third shift or a second shift worker to the third shift or the starting of a second or third shift, the youngest employee by seniority in the department capable of doing the work involved shall be so transferred, unless a senior employee has preference to be transferred to the shift involved.

ARTICLE XII - POSTED VACANCIES

115
Should a vacancy occur within the Department due to retirement, termination, promotion, etc., the Company will discuss with the Union if said vacancy needs to be filled.

a.    Employees from within the department where the opening is will be offered said openings by seniority before moving to step b of this paragraph.

b.    When a vacancy exists, the posting shall indicate the department, shift and for information purposes only, an identification of the major department functions(s), and a listing of typical labor grades in the department.

c.    If the posted vacancy is filled by an employee from the posted department from another shift, this transfer may result in a vacancy on their shift, which in that event will be posted. No further transfer or postings will be made.

d.    If the posted vacancy is not filled by someone from the posted department, it may be filled by a bidder from another department.

e.    If an employee, after having received a posted vacancy, returns to their home department, a second employee from the original list of bidders may be selected to fill the vacancy.

f.    If an employee is selected for a posted vacancy and subsequently returns to their home department at their own request, they shall be restricted from bidding on another posting for a period of six (6) months from the date of transfer to the posted vacancy.

21

    



g.    Vacancies will be filled based on the Job Selection Guidelines established and agreed to by the Union and Company.

h.    In the event of a recall, new hire, or departmental opening when additional personnel are required the Company will post a notice.

i.    The Company and Union will review notices prior to publication.

j. When an employee is selected for a position and completes the training period, said employee will be restricted from bidding on another posting or notice for four (4) months. This is not intended to prevent an employee from bidding on a higher skilled job during this four (4) month period.

ARTICLE XIII - RULES AND REGULATIONS
116
a.     Stealing or taking away of any Company property, including
    scrap without the written permission of the Manager of
Manufacturing or other supervisory personnel is prohibited.

b.     Falsification by an employee of their own starting and stopping time is prohibited.

c.     Carelessness of an employee which contributes to the injury of a fellow employee; any act of an employee which does or might contribute to the serious injury of an employee, which includes fighting on Company property; or any intentional act which results in the destruction, the defacing of Company property, or the writing of indecent language, drawing obscene drawings on cards, bulletin boards, walls, or any other part of the Company property, is prohibited.

A VIOLATION OF ANY OF THE RULES 116a THROUGH 116c WILL BE CAUSE FOR IMMEDIATE DISCHARGE.

d.
Those employees who are capable of performing their assigned job efficiently and capably, but who fail to do so, will receive a written warning, a copy of which will be given to the Shop Committee. The employee will be given at least thirty 30) days to show satisfactory improvement. If following receipt of the written warning, the employee fails to show satisfactory improvement; they will, not earlier than thirty (30) days and not later than sixty (60) days following such receipt, be given a one (1) week suspension. Where an employee’s previous service record has been good, the length of suspension may be modified. If the employee receives a second written warning within six (6) months of the beginning of their suspension, they will be given at least thirty (30) additional days to show satisfactory improvement. If, following receipt of the second written warning, the employee fails to show satisfactory improvement, they may, not earlier than thirty (30) days and not later than sixty (60) days following such receipt, be discharged. In all cases under this rule, an employee’s previous Company service record shall be given consideration before the discharge penalty is invoked.

22

    



e.
Insubordination.

f.
The refusal of any employee to obey the work orders of their immediate supervisor(s) is prohibited.
 
g. Extreme insubordination will be cause for discharge.

h. Any employee who directly or indirectly willfully slows down
or limits production of himself or another employee, or
machine, will have violated these Rules.

117
ANY VIOLATION OF RULES 116e THROUGH 116h SHALL SUBJECT THE EMPLOYEE TO A ONE (1) WEEK SUSPENSION WITHOUT PAY FOR THE FIRST VIOLATION AND DISCHARGE FOR THE SECOND VIOLATION WITHIN A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF THE FIRST VIOLATION.

i. The employees agree not to loaf during regular working hours.

j.
Employees are prohibited from doing other than Company work during working hours or using Company machinery, tools, equipment or materials for personal use.


118
ANY VIOLATION OF RULES 117i OR 117j SHALL SUBJECT THE EMPLOYEE TO A ONE (1) WEEK SUSPENSION WITHOUT PAY FOR THE FIRST VIOLATION. A SECOND VIOLATION WITHIN THREE (3) MONTHS OF THE DATE OF THE FIRST VIOLATION OR THREE (3) VIOLATIONS WITHIN A YEAR OF THE DATE OF THE FIRST VIOLATION WILL SUBJECT THE EMPLOYEE TO DISMISSAL.

k.
Employees shall be at their work at the designated starting and stopping times. Washing up , except when designated by the supervisor or for safety or hygienic purposes , shall be done after the designated stopping times.

l.
Employees shall observe designated starting and stopping times.

m.    Leaving the plant without permission.

119
FOR THE FIRST VIOLATION OF THE RULES 118k THOUGH 118m THE EMPLOYEE WILL BE SUBJECT TO A WRITTEN WARNING. FOR A SECOND OFFENSE WITHIN SIX (6) MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF THE FIRST VIOLATION, THE EMPLOYEE WILL BE SUBJECT TO SUSPENSION FOR ONE (1) WEEK. FOR A THIRD OFFENSE WITHIN ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF THE FIRST VIOLATION, THE EMPLOYEE WILL BE SUBJECT TO DISCHARGE.


23

    


120
If an employee's attendance record is good, permission to leave for personal reasons will be granted by their supervisor provided the request is made not later than one-half (1/2) hour after the beginning of their work shift.

121
It is agreed that the intent of this paragraph is to enable an employee with a good attendance record to leave work to attend to pressing matters not readily attended to outside their regular working hours. Any abuse of this intent by an employee will be a violation of Rule 118m.

122
Permission to leave the plant shall be granted in cases of extreme emergency (death, serious illness or accident in family, etc.). However, in such emergency cases, the employee shall notify their supervisor or other company representative before their departure.

Reporting Absence

123
All employees must call into the Central Reporting System no later than twenty (20) minutes before the start of the employee’s shift when they are unable to report for work, unless their absence has been approved in advance by their supervisor. An employee who provides Medical Documentation for an Excused Absence with an estimated date of return shall not be required to report daily. It is the employee’s responsibility to provide the documentation prior to the absence. Employees calling into the Central Reporting System must clearly give the reason for their absence and when they expect to return to work.

Excused Absence Defined

124
The following absences will be excused when approved by the Company and will not be subject to the progressive discipline procedure:

a.    Jury duty, military duty, funeral leave, occupational illness/injury, supervisory pre-approved leaves of absence, vacation, paid holidays, not scheduled for work, Union business, sickness, (see (b) below) and situations that are caused by extenuating circumstances not preventable by the employee.

b.
Employees who notify the company in accordance with Paragraph 123 and have accumulated 40 hours or more of absence reporting (excluding Paragraph 120 and 121) in any rolling 6 month period(counting backwards), without proper documentation will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 126. In the case of illness, and employee without documentation as described in Paragraph 127-131 will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 126.

c.
Employee must provide proof acceptable to the Company upon return to work.


Unexcused Absence Defined

125
Unexcused absence is defined as:


24

    


a. Failure to notify the Company before the absence or failure to notify the Company in accordance with Paragraph 123 , except where the employee furnishes proof that it was impossible to give such required notice, the absence will be excused.

b.
Absence, which is not excused by the Company even though it is reported on time.

The following language will apply when an employee has reached the THIRD STEP of the Unexcused Absence Discipline as defined in Paragraph 126 of the current labor agreement

c.
An employee having an excessive absentee record must furnish proof acceptable to the Company that their absence was the result of sickness or causes beyond their control to be excused for such absence.

Unexcused Absence - Discipline

126
Unexcused absences will be subject to the following schedule of discipline:

Step 1: An unexcused absence for any violation for any regular workday will result in a documented verbal warning to the employee for the first violation.

Step 2: A second unexcused absence within a period of six (6) months from the date of the first violation will result in a second documented verbal warning.

Step 3:    A third unexcused absence within a period of six (6) months from the date of the second documented verbal warning will result in a written warning.

Step 4:    A fourth unexcused absence within a period of six (6) months from the second documented verbal warning will result in a three (3) day suspension without pay.

Step 5:    A fifth unexcused absence within a period of nine (9) months from the second documented verbal warning will result in a five (5) day suspension without pay.

Step 6:    A sixth unexcused absence within a period of one (1) year from the second documented verbal warning will subject the employee to immediate discharge.

MEDICAL DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED

127
Employees must obtain medical documentation from the attending physician, when they are requesting an excused absence(s). The documentation must state that it is medically necessary to be off work and must designate the date(s) the employee is requesting to be excused and a return to work date. Medical documentation that simply states that the employee was “seen and treated” will not be accepted.

128
Medical documentation should not include a diagnosis or details of the employee’s medical condition, unless the medical excuse is for a work related injury or illness. However, it is

25

    


important to provide documentation regarding any work limitations an employee may have upon return to work.
    
129    Documented medical appointments will be excused absences when notice is given to the employee’s supervisor by the end of the shift prior to the day of the appointment.

130
Medical excuses will not be accepted that retroactively excuse absences prior to the date the employee received medical care. If an employee cannot see a doctor on the first day due to the illness and they see a doctor on the second day, the previous sick day will be excused if acceptable documentation is provided. In these cases, the doctor must specifically identify that due to medical reasons, the employee was unable to work and missed the first day due to illness. The employee must see the doctor on their own time.

131
The intent of these guidelines is to insure the information provided the Company for excused time off is specific and necessary and is not intended to diminish an employee’s potential excessive absentee record.


Consecutive regular working days of unexcused absence will be considered as a separate violation.

Tardiness

132
If an employee is tardy, (reports to work within four (4) hours after the employee’s scheduled shift start time) they will be excused provided they have a reason for their tardiness acceptable to the Company and have called the CRS system as soon as possible to notify the Company that they will be tardy. An employee reporting to work after the four (4) hour tardy period will be recorded as absent. In deciding on the acceptability of such reason, the Company will not act in an arbitrary manner.

133
An employee who has an unexcused tardy two (2) times or more will receive a written warning slip from the Company. Receipt of three (3) warning slips within one (1) year will subject an employee to a three (3) day disciplinary suspension.

134
Receipt of three (3) warning slips within six (6) months of the date of the three (3) day suspension warning will result in a five (5) day suspension.

135
Receipt of three (3) warning slips within six (6) months of the five (5) day suspension warning will subject the employee to immediate discharge.

Discipline or Discharge

136
When it is necessary to discipline or discharge an employee for just cause, the Company will issue a written notification to the employee and to the Union within four (4) working days after the Manager of Manufacturing or designated Company representative has knowledge of the improper conduct or performance, unless special investigation is required and the Union is so

26

    


notified. A disciplined or discharged employee must file a written grievance within five (5) working days of the foregoing notification otherwise the discipline or discharge will be final.

When Union Representation is Required

137
If a Union employee is summoned into the office during an investigatory interview to answer a charge of violating the rules and regulations, they shall have Union representation.


ARTICLE XIV

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE AND ARBITRATION
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Preamble

138
It is the conviction of the Parties that prompt and fair handling of complaints of employees and charges of violation and provisions of this Agreement will lead to more efficient operations and more harmonious relations among the employees, the Union and the Company.

139
No resolution at any Step of the grievance procedure can be inconsistent with the provisions of this agreement. Furthermore, in investigating a grievance and in discussing it with the supervisor, the department Steward or Shop Committee Chairperson will take only such time as is reasonably necessary.

140
In order to be considered within the grievance procedure a complaint of an employee or a charge of violation of this Agreement must be brought to the attention of the employee’s supervisor within ten (10) calendar days of the event causing the complaint or charge or within ten (10) calendar days after the date on which such event should reasonably have become known.

Step 1
141
A complaint by an employee not resolved above shall be discussed in an attempt to resolve it, by the employee and Steward with the Supervisor, within five (5) regular working days following the initial meeting/discussion between the employee and Supervisor.

142
If the complaint is not presented to the Supervisor within the five (5) regular working day time limit, it shall be considered settled. If the Supervisor does not respond within five (5) regular working days, the complaint shall be considered settled in favor of the Union.

Step 2

143
If no resolution is met in Step 1, the Steward will present the matter to the Shop Committee Chairman who will within five (5) regular working days present the written grievance and discuss the matter with the Supervisor and Human Resource Manager.

144
If the grievance is not presented to the Supervisor or Human Resource Manager within the five (5) regular working day time limit, it shall be considered settled.

145
The Supervisor or Human Resource Manager will forward their written answer to the Shop Committee within five (5) regular working days after their discussion. If the written answer is

27

    


not presented to the Shop Chairman within the five (5) regular working day time limit, the grievance shall be considered settled in favor of the Union.

146
It is understood that no resolution at Step 2 can establish a precedent for future cases.

Step 3

147
If no resolution is met in Step 2: the Shop Committee will present the grievance to the Production Leader within five (5) regular working days after receipt of the Supervisor’s or Human Resource Manager’s answer.
    
148
If the grievance is not presented to the Production Leader within the five (5) regular working day time limit, it shall be considered settled.    

149
Within ten (10) regular working days, after the grievance is presented to the Production Leader, a meeting will be held between the Production Leader(s), the Human Resource Manager, and the Shop Committee. A representative of the IAMAW may be present and participate in this meeting.

150
The Production Leader, will forward a written answer on the grievance to the Shop Chairman within five (5) regular working days after the Step 3 meeting. If the written answer is not presented to the Shop Chairman within the five (5) regular working day time limit, the grievance shall be considered settled in favor of the Union.

151
Any grievance involving disciplinary time off or discharge may be initiated by the Shop Committee directly at Step 3.

Step 4

153     If no resolution is reached at Step 3, the following
will apply:

154
If the grievance involves a potentially continuing liability to the Company, a request for arbitration must be made within seven (7) regular working days following receipt by the Union of the Company’s Step 3 answer. The IAMAW representative must make such request in writing to the Human Resource Manager of the Company. If no such request is made within the seven (7) regular working day time limit, the grievance will be considered settled.

155
If the grievance does not involve a potentially continuing liability to the Company, a request for arbitration must be made within sixty (60) calendar days following receipt, by the Union, of the Production Leader’s Step 3 answer. The IAMAW representative must make such request in writing to the Human Resource Manager of the Company. If no such request is made within the sixty (60) calendar day time limit, the grievance will be considered settled.

Monetary Adjustment Limitation

156
If any complaint, grievance, or arbitration decision involves monetary adjustment, such adjustment shall be made effective on the date the complaint was presented to the supervisor at Step 1 or directly initiated at Step 3 and shall not be made retroactive for any period prior to said date.

Time Limits


28

    


157
The time limits set forth in the grievance procedure may be extended by mutual agreement.

ARBITRATION

Selection of Arbitrator

158
Following a request for arbitration, The Company and the Union shall within a twenty (20) calendar days of the request, jointly request the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service to submit a panel of seven (7) arbitrators. Each party shall have twenty (20) calendar days to accept or reject the first panel submitted. The twenty (20) calendar days may be extended by mutual agreement between the parties. If such panel is rejected, the parties shall immediately request a new panel, which must be used. Upon mutual acceptance of the first panel or receipt of a second panel, as the case may be, the company and the Union shall alternately strike a name from the panel until a single name remains and that person shall be the arbitrator. The Company shall first cross out a name on the first arbitration under this agreement and thereafter on the odd-numbered arbitration’s. The Union shall cross out a name on the second arbitration and thereafter on the even-numbered arbitration’s.

159
The cost of the panel of arbitrators will be done in the same manner as stated above. The cost for any second panel request shall be borne by the party requesting the second panel.

160
The Company will be responsible for the payment of the first arbitration panel and each odd-numbered panel thereafter and the Union will be responsible for the second arbitration panel and each even-numbered panel thereafter.

Arbitration Arrangements

161
The arbitrator chosen shall be notified of their selection by the parties. Expenses and charges by the arbitrator shall be borne equally by the Company and the Union.

162
A date mutually satisfactory to the parties shall be agreed upon and the dispute or grievance shall be submitted to the arbitrator.

General
163
A question raised by either party as to the arbitrability of a grievance shall be subject to arbitration. The function of the arbitrator shall be of judicial nature. The decision of the arbitrator will be final and binding upon the parties, but they shall not have the power to add to, subtract from or modify the terms of this Agreement and shall decide only the issues properly before him. An arbitrable grievance must involve a question of interpretation or application of the terms of this agreement. The decision of the arbitrator will be complied with as soon as possible.

Resolution of Grievances

164
The resolution of a grievance shall be recorded and signed by the parties.
    

29

    


ARTICLE XV - UNION REPRESENTATIVES

General

165
The Union will inform the Company of the names of all Union officials including stewards. The number of Union stewards may be adjusted by mutual agreement of the Company and Union. It is agreed that no employee will be discriminated against because of elected status in the Union.

166
The Company will agree to such arrangements as may be necessary for the Shop Chairman and/or Union stewards to carry on their Union duties. Such arrangements shall include permission for the Union representatives to leave their department and go to any other department within the bargaining unit to investigate and/or bring about a proper and expeditious disposition of a grievance or complaint.

167
The Company will pay the Shop Chairman and/or Union stewards for working time lost in processing grievances, and joint Union-Company conferences.

168
The view of the Company's agreement above to compensate Union representatives for working time lost, the Union agrees that such time will be limited to that which is reasonably necessary to accomplish the Union duties described above.

Absence for Union Business

169
Regular members of the Shop Committee who are to be absent on legitimate business of the Union will be excused for such absence, provided at least one (1)work day notice is given to their supervisor. Also, upon at least one (1) work day notice from a designated officer of the Union to the Production Leader or their designated representatives, employees other than Union representatives will be excused from work to perform legitimate Union business provided the number requested does not interfere with production requirements.

170
Any time spent on Union business in accordance with this paragraph is considered as time worked in qualifying for vacations, pension, profit sharing and holidays. It is understood that the Union will not abuse this privilege.
 
Pass Procedure

171
None of the department stewards nor representatives of the Union shall leave their department, except on Company business until they have notified their supervisor.

ARTICLE XVI - LEAVE OF ABSENCE

General


30

    


172
An employee must receive permission through their supervisor for time off up to one week. Any time off in excess of one week must be supported by a leave of absence. It is understood that an employee shall not deliberately falsify reasons for requesting a leave.

173
A leave of absence not to exceed (60) days in a year may be granted to any employee if the application for such leave of absence is approved by the Company prior to the time off requested. The Union will be notified of leaves approved by the Company. In case of sick leaves and emergencies, prior approval is not necessary.

174
Extension of a leave of absence may be granted by the Company for good cause shown.

175
Leave of absence not to exceed sixty (60) days in a year will be allowed for up to two (2) employees total at any one time for personal reasons providing such leaves of absence are approved in advance of the requested time off by the Company.

176
No employee will receive leave of absence for the purpose of trying another job.




Public Office or Union Position

177
Leave of absence will be granted to an employee elected or appointed to Public Office or elected or appointed to a Union position with the Local Lodge, the IAMAW, or such other labor organization as the parties may mutually agree, upon proper application of the Company. Such leave shall be granted for a period of one year, and will be extended from year to year, but only for the same purpose for which the leave was granted.

178
Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 74, an employee elected or appointed to Public Office may renew their leave from year to year for a period equal to their total seniority with the Company, except that they will not accrue seniority or service beyond a period equal to one-half their total seniority when they went on leave.

Educational Leave - Veteran

179
Leave of absence up to eighteen (18) cumulative months of such leave will be granted upon request to a military service veteran for the purpose of furthering their education providing they are eligible for such educational benefits under applicable law and has submitted proof of enrollment in an institution authorized to conduct such training.

180
Such leave of absence may be extended at the discretion of the Company for a period of up to an additional eighteen (18) cumulative months of such leave subject to the above conditions.

Returning From Leave


31

    


181
An employee who returns to work within the leave of absence shall be reinstated according to their position on the seniority list at their former rate of pay plus increases or minus decreases that may have become effective during their absence, provided they give at least three (3) days notice of their intention to return.

Returning From Sick Leave

182
An employee must present to the Human Resource Department, documentation acceptable to the Company for return from Sick Leave to full-time work at full capacity or part-time work at limited capacity as denoted, if warranted by the employee's seniority standing and qualifications, will be offered an assignment to return effective no later than the second regular working day following the date of such presentation of medical approval. Failure to meet such offer deadline will require the Company to pay the employee a sum equal to the current sickness and accident daily benefit rate for each regular working day following the date of presentation of such medical evidence and continuing until the date such offer of work is made available to the employee.

Physical Exam Requirement

183
When an employee who is on a leave of absence for medical reasons (non-industrial) desire to return to work, they may be required to take and pass a physical examination to prove that they are capable of performing their regular work or the equivalent thereof.


ARTICLE XVII - JOB RATING

184
The Job Rating Committee shall consist of two (2) members of the Union, and at least two (2) members of the Company. Continuity of experience in job rating is intended so that proper administration of the plan will result. When a new job develops, or the requirements of an old job change the job content, the job shall first be standardized as to methods of production, tooling and equipment etc. Within thirty (30) calendar days after the job is standardized and is functioning satisfactorily as to quality and quantity, the Job Rating Committee will rate out the job. The Job Rating Committee will schedule its regular meeting dates in advance on a monthly frequency. Based on the number and the urgency of pending ratings, the parties may schedule an interim meeting by mutual agreement.

Disagreement on Rating

185
In the event of a disagreement between the Company and Union members of the Job Rating Committee on the job content of a new job or the job content change of an existing job they will conduct a floor review within thirty (30) calendar days. If, after the floor review is completed, a disagreement still exists a grievance will be filed. Any grievance over a job rating to be considered timely must be filed in Step 2 of the grievance procedure within thirty (30) calendar days following the floor review. Any settlement of such a grievance will be effective on the date of the floor review.


32

    


Newly Created Job

186
On a newly-created job, no permanent assignment will be made until thirty (30) days after the date of the Committee's rating or the date the Company-determined rate is put into effect, whichever is the earlier. If the employee performing the job has a higher rate than that put into effect, they may accept the lower rate for the job or, within the thirty (30) days, decide to return to their previous job. However, the Company may retain them on the new job at their current rate for a period of time adequate for training a replacement.

Effective Date - Grievance

187
Where a job is re-rated and the labor grade is increased, an employee performing the job will receive the higher rate effective on the date of the floor review, provided a timely grievance concerning the rating of the job was presented to the Company and provided they have completed the job progression.

188
In the event that the labor grade of a job is to be decreased, the parties will meet to determine the appropriate means of handling the situation.

ARTICLE XVIII - VACATION

189
The vacation period will run from January 1 through December 31 of each year during the term of this Agreement. One week of vacation entitlement may be carried over from one year to the next; however, each year's vacation may not exceed the annual entitlement plus 1 week carryover and then only if the employee qualifying for and requesting such consideration meets the scheduling requirements of Paragraph 196. Accident and Sickness weekly benefits will not be paid for the same period as vacation except with advance Company approval.

Vacation Entitlement

190
Years of Service
as of January 1 Vacation Entitlement

1 but less than 4     2 weeks
4 but less than 8     2.5 weeks
8 but less than 12     3 weeks
12 but less than 16     3.5 weeks
16 or more     4 weeks

191
In the calendar year during which an employee reaches their 4 th, 8 th , 12 th and 16 th anniversary date they shall be entitled to an additional 1/2 week of vacation. With Company approval, said week may be taken up to one month prior to the employee's anniversary date.

Work Requirements


33

    


192
In order for an employee to qualify for a vacation in any vacation period they must have worked at least six (6) months during the previous vacation period. For the purpose only of calculating such work requirements, time lost from work due to a compensable work-related injury during the vacation period in which the injury occurs, will be considered as time worked.

193
An employee who has worked for the Company less than one year prior to January 1 of a given year shall, upon reaching their first anniversary date, become entitled to a two (2) week vacation during such year provided they have worked at least six (6) of the twelve (12) months preceding their first anniversary date. In the event that such employee's anniversary date falls between December 15 and December 31 their vacation may, with Company approval, be scheduled to commence up to one month prior to their first anniversary date.

If Work Requirements Not met

194
An employee who, as of the beginning of a vacation period has one (1) or more years' service and has worked during the preceding year but does not meet the six (6) months' work requirement set forth in marginal Paragraph 193 above shall not be entitled to a vacation during said vacation period, they shall, instead, receive an in-lieu-of vacation payment based upon the following formula:
                    
Years of Service # of Straight Time Earnings
as of January 1 During Preceding Year
1 but less than 4        4%
4 but less than 8        5%
8 but less than 12        6%
12 but less than 16        7%
16 or more        8%

Vacation Pay

195
An employee will be paid prior to their vacation of one week or more for the appropriate number of hours to be taken at this regular rate subject to the above requirements and appropriate advance scheduling. In order to receive vacation pay in advance of their vacation, notification must be received by the Company before 9:00 a.m. of the second Thursday, which precedes the week in which their vacation is to be taken.

Scheduling Procedure

196
The procedure to be followed in scheduling vacations shall include the following:

a.    The number of weeks of vacation eligibility is determined for each department.

b.    Based on this number, the vacation quota(s) are established for the departments. The Company follows the policy of allowing vacation weeks to be taken between January 1 and December 31.

34

    



c.    During December of each year, employees are asked their vacation preference for the coming vacation year. The principle of seniority in asking vacation preference is followed within each department and shift, insofar as possible.

d.    At Company option, operations may be shut down for vacation for up to four (4) working days each year and vacation pay will be given to employees who elect to take such time as vacation. Such days must be scheduled in conjunction with Christmas, and/or New Year's Day, and/or July 4 holidays.

e.    An employee may take a day at a time vacation up to their full entitlement of such vacation.

f.    Seven (7) existing days of current vacation can be taken in 1/2 day increments not to be coupled with personal business.

g.    Regular vacations plus day-at-a-time vacations on the last regular work day prior to and the first regular work day after a holiday(s) and the Friday prior to deer season cannot exceed the department or shift group established quota plus 50%.

h.    Requests for day-at-a-time/half day vacations should be made no later than twenty (20) minutes before the start of the employee’s shift on the day requested. A one (1) hour notification also applies for 2 nd half of shift vacation. If an employee is sick and calls in on time, they may specify that day as a day of vacation to a maximum of their full entitlement.

i.    The use of day-at-a-time/half day vacation cannot disrupt production operations.

Pay in Lieu of Vacation

197
An employee who is quitting or retiring will be entitled to pro-rate vacation pay based on the appropriate percentage for their length of service for all regular straight time earnings from the beginning of the vacation period until their termination if they satisfy the work requirements listed in Paragraph 192 and if they gives the Company at least five (5) working days notice of their intention to quit or retire.

198
Payment in lieu of vacation may be made to any employee for a vacation not taken by the individual, if they are eligible for a vacation in accordance with the above paragraphs, but has not actually worked ten (10) months during the qualifying period. Upon an employee's death, their beneficiary, as shown in the Group Life Insurance Record, will be entitled to pro-rate vacation pay based on the appropriate percentage for the employee's length of service for all regular straight-time earnings from the beginning of the vacation period until their death.

Return From Military Service

199
When an employee returns to work from a duly authorized leave of absence to the armed services, their vacation rights will be determined as follows:

35

    



a.    If the employee returns to work between January 1st and June 30th inclusive, they shall be entitled to full vacation rights for the vacation period in which they return and must take their vacation.

b.    If the employee returns to work between July 1st and December 31st inclusive, they shall be depending upon their years of service, entitled to 4%, 5%, 6%, or 8% of their regular straight time hourly earnings between July 1st and December 31st in lieu of a vacation for the vacation year during which they return.

c.    All time spent in the armed services which is supported by a duly authorized leave of absence shall be considered the same as work time for computing vacation rights for the vacation period which follows the vacation period during which the employee returns to work.

ARTICLE XIX - WAGES

New Hire Rate and Progression

200
The new hire rate shall be in accordance with the Wage Rate Schedule below; but, after consultation with the Shop Committee, the Company may employ applicants with significant experience at a higher rate than the new hire rate. Upon attaining seniority, an employee shall receive a seniority rate in accordance with the annual rate schedules following this paragraph, (unless they were employed at a higher rate) and be assigned a home department. The rate increases for twelve (12) months, twenty-four (24) months, etc., shown on the rate schedules below shall become effective once the employee in question has actually worked fifty-two (52) calendar weeks, one hundred and four (104) calendar weeks, etc. on the job in question. Layoffs of three (3) months or less will be considered as time worked in the above stated time frames. (The above applies to progression rates only).

36

    


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule A - Apprenticeship and Journeyman Effective February 4, 2013 through February 2, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
72 Mo
 
Tool and Die maker
J-C
14.30
15.47
16.69
18.70
20.72
22.74
24.64
27.63
 
Electronic Electrician
J-C
14.30
15.18
16.59
18.01
19.44
20.15
24.37
 
 
Maintenance Mechanic
J-C
14.30
15.18
16.59
18.01
19.44
20.15
24.37
 
 
Maintenance Electrician
I-C
14.30
15.18
16.59
18.01
19.44
20.15
22.37
 
 
Millwright
I-C
14.30
14.89
16.31
17.70
19.08
21.70
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule A - Apprenticeship and Journeyman Effective February 3, 2014 through February 8, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
72 Mo
 
Tool and Die maker
J-C
14.80
16.01
17.28
19.36
21.45
23.53
25.51
28.60
 
Electronic Electrician
J-C
14.80
15.71
17.17
18.64
20.12
20.86
25.23
 
 
Maintenance Mechanic
J-C
14.80
15.71
17.17
18.64
20.12
20.86
25.23
 
 
Maintenance Electrician
I-C
14.80
15.71
17.17
18.64
20.12
20.86
23.15
 
 
Millwright
I-C
14.80
15.41
16.88
18.32
19.74
22.46
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

37

    


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule A - Apprenticeship and Journeyman Effective February 9, 2015 through February 7, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
72 Mo
 
Tool and Die maker
J-C
15.25
16.50
17.80
19.94
22.09
24.24
26.27
29.46
 
Electronic Electrician
J-C
15.25
16.19
17.69
19.20
20.72
21.48
25.98
 
 
Maintenance Mechanic
J-C
15.25
16.19
17.69
19.20
20.72
21.48
25.98
 
 
Maintenance Electrician
I-C
15.25
16.19
17.69
19.20
20.72
21.48
23.84
 
 
Millwright
I-C
15.25
15.88
17.39
18.87
20.33
23.14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule A - Apprenticeship and Journeyman Effective February 8, 2016 through February 5, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
72 Mo
 
Tool and Die maker
J-C
15.71
16.99
18.33
20.54
22.75
24.97
27.06
30.34
 
Electronic Electrician
J-C
15.71
16.67
18.22
19.77
21.34
22.13
26.76
 
 
Maintenance Mechanic
J-C
15.71
16.67
18.22
19.77
21.34
22.13
26.76
 
 
Maintenance Electrician
I-C
15.71
16.67
18.22
19.77
21.34
22.13
24.56
 
 
Millwright
I-C
15.71
16.35
17.91
19.43
20.95
23.83
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

38

    


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule A - Apprenticeship and Journeyman Effective February 6, 2017 through February 3, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
72 Mo
 
Tool and Die maker
J-C
16.18
17.50
18.88
21.15
23.43
25.72
27.87
31.25
 
Electronic Electrician
J-C
16.18
17.17
18.76
20.37
21.98
22.79
27.57
 
 
Maintenance Mechanic
J-C
16.18
17.17
18.76
20.37
21.98
22.79
27.57
 
 
Maintenance Electrician
I-C
16.18
17.17
18.76
20.37
21.98
22.79
25.30
 
 
Millwright
I-C
16.18
16.84
18.45
20.02
21.57
24.55
 
 

39

    



 
Wage Rate Schedule B - Production Rates Effective February 4, 2013 through February 2, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
 
Diaform Grinder
10
13.55
15.15
17.80
20.70
21.29
22.74
26.90
 
Welder (Internal Repair)
9
13.55
15.05
17.51
20.70
21.29
22.37
23.36
 
Welder (All Position 863)
8
13.55
15.05
17.51
20.70
21.29
22.37
 
 
Welder (All Position 862)
7
13.55
14.94
17.51
20.13
21.07
21.86
 
 
Machinist
6
13.55
14.94
17.21
20.13
21.07
 
 
 
Vac Furnace Operator
6
13.55
14.94
17.21
20.13
21.07
 
 
 
Tester C
6
13.55
14.94
17.21
20.13
21.07
 
 
 
Fin Press Set-up Operator
6
13.55
14.94
17.21
20.13
21.07
 
 
 
Inspector
6
13.55
14.94
17.21
20.13
21.07
 
 
 
Stacker
5
13.55
14.84
17.21
19.75
 
 
 
 
Tester B
5
13.55
14.84
17.21
19.75
 
 
 
 
Fabricator C
4
13.55
14.84
16.40
18.98
 
 
 
 
Receiving
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clerk/Checker/Stockroom
4
13.55
14.84
16.40
18.98
 
 
 
 
Tester A
4
13.55
14.84
16.40
18.98
 
 
 
 
Fabricator B
3
13.14
13.96
16.26
17.81
 
 
 
 
Fabricator A
2
13.14
13.96
16.07
17.51
 
 
 
 
Janitor
1
13.14
13.72
16.07
 
 
 
 
 
Laborer
1
13.14
13.72
16.07
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



40

    



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule B - Production Rates Effective February 3, 2014 through February 8, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
 
Diaform Grinder
10
14.02
15.68
18.43
21.42
22.04
23.53
27.84
 
Welder (Internal Repair)
9
14.02
15.58
18.13
21.42
22.04
23.15
24.18
 
Welder (All Position 863)
8
14.02
15.58
18.13
21.42
22.04
23.15
 
 
Welder (All Position 862)
7
14.02
15.46
18.13
20.84
21.81
22.62
 
 
Machinist
6
14.02
15.46
17.81
20.84
21.81
 
 
 
Vac Furnace Operator
6
14.02
15.46
17.81
20.84
21.81
 
 
 
Tester C
6
14.02
15.46
17.81
20.84
21.81
 
 
 
Fin Press Set-up Operator
6
14.02
15.46
17.81
20.84
21.81
 
 
 
Inspector
6
14.02
15.46
17.81
20.84
21.81
 
 
 
Stacker
5
14.02
15.36
17.81
20.44
 
 
 
 
Tester B
5
14.02
15.36
17.81
20.44
 
 
 
 
Fabricator C
4
14.02
15.36
16.98
19.65
 
 
 
 
Receiving
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clerk/Checker/Stockroom
4
14.02
15.36
16.98
19.65
 
 
 
 
Tester A
4
14.02
15.36
16.98
19.65
 
 
 
 
Fabricator B
3
13.60
14.45
16.83
18.44
 
 
 
 
Fabricator A
2
13.60
14.45
16.64
18.13
 
 
 
 
Janitor
1
13.60
14.20
16.64
 
 
 
 
 
Laborer
1
13.60
14.20
16.64
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 




41

    



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule B - Production Rates Effective February 9, 2015 through February 7, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
 
Diaform Grinder
10
14.44
16.15
18.98
22.07
22.70
24.24
28.68
 
Welder (Internal Repair)
9
14.44
16.04
18.67
22.07
22.70
23.84
24.90
 
Welder (All Position 863)
8
14.44
16.04
18.67
22.07
22.70
23.84
 
 
Welder (All Position 862)
7
14.44
15.92
18.67
21.46
22.46
23.30
 
 
Machinist
6
14.44
15.92
18.35
21.46
22.46
 
 
 
Vac Furnace Operator
6
14.44
15.92
18.35
21.46
22.46
 
 
 
Tester C
6
14.44
15.92
18.35
21.46
22.46
 
 
 
Fin Press Set-up Operator
6
14.44
15.92
18.35
21.46
22.46
 
 
 
Inspector
6
14.44
15.92
18.35
21.46
22.46
 
 
 
Stacker
5
14.44
15.82
18.35
21.05
 
 
 
 
Tester B
5
14.44
15.82
18.35
21.05
 
 
 
 
Fabricator C
4
14.44
15.82
17.49
20.24
 
 
 
 
Receiving
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clerk/Checker/Stockroom
4
14.44
15.82
17.49
20.24
 
 
 
 
Tester A
4
14.44
15.82
17.49
20.24
 
 
 
 
Fabricator B
3
14.01
14.88
17.33
18.99
 
 
 
 
Fabricator A
2
14.01
14.88
17.14
18.67
 
 
 
 
Janitor
1
14.01
14.63
17.14
 
 
 
 
 
Laborer
1
14.01
14.63
17.14
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

42

    



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule B - Production Rates Effective February 8, 2016 through February 5, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
 
Diaform Grinder
10
14.88
16.64
19.55
22.73
23.38
24.97
29.54
 
Welder (Internal Repair)
9
14.88
16.52
19.23
22.73
23.38
24.56
25.65
 
Welder (All Position 863)
8
14.88
16.52
19.23
22.73
23.38
24.56
 
 
Welder (All Position 862)
7
14.88
16.40
19.23
22.10
23.14
24.00
 
 
Machinist
6
14.88
16.40
18.90
22.10
23.14
 
 
 
Vac Furnace Operator
6
14.88
16.40
18.90
22.10
23.14
 
 
 
Tester C
6
14.88
16.40
18.90
22.10
23.14
 
 
 
Fin Press Set-up Operator
6
14.88
16.40
18.90
22.10
23.14
 
 
 
Inspector
6
14.88
16.40
18.90
22.10
23.14
 
 
 
Stacker
5
14.88
16.30
18.90
21.68
 
 
 
 
Tester B
5
14.88
16.30
18.90
21.68
 
 
 
 
Fabricator C
4
14.88
16.30
18.01
20.84
 
 
 
 
Receiving
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clerk/Checker/Stockroom
4
14.88
16.30
18.01
20.84
 
 
 
 
Tester A
4
14.88
16.30
18.01
20.84
 
 
 
 
Fabricator B
3
14.43
15.33
17.85
19.56
 
 
 
 
Fabricator A
2
14.43
15.33
17.65
19.23
 
 
 
 
Janitor
1
14.43
15.07
17.65
 
 
 
 
 
Laborer
1
14.43
15.07
17.65
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


43

    



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wage Rate Schedule B - Production Rates Effective February 6, 2017 through February 3, 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New
 
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
Rate
 
 
Labor
Hire
Seniority
After
After
After
After
After
 
Job Title
Grade
Rate
Date
12 Mo
24 Mo
36 Mo
48 Mo
60 Mo
 
Diaform Grinder
10
15.32
17.14
20.13
23.41
24.08
25.72
30.42
 
Welder (Internal Repair)
9
15.32
17.02
19.81
23.41
24.08
25.30
26.42
 
Welder (All Position 863)
8
15.32
17.02
19.81
23.41
24.08
25.30
 
 
Welder (All Position 862)
7
15.32
16.89
19.81
22.77
23.83
24.72
 
 
Machinist
6
15.32
16.89
19.47
22.77
23.83
 
 
 
Vac Furnace Operator
6
15.32
16.89
19.47
22.77
23.83
 
 
 
Tester C
6
15.32
16.89
19.47
22.77
23.83
 
 
 
Fin Press Set-up Operator
6
15.32
16.89
19.47
22.77
23.83
 
 
 
Inspector
6
15.32
16.89
19.47
22.77
23.83
 
 
 
Stacker
5
15.32
16.79
19.47
22.33
 
 
 
 
Tester B
5
15.32
16.79
19.47
22.33
 
 
 
 
Fabricator C
4
15.32
16.79
18.55
21.47
 
 
 
 
Receiving
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clerk/Checker/Stockroom
4
15.32
16.79
18.55
21.47
 
 
 
 
Tester A
4
15.32
16.79
18.55
21.47
 
 
 
 
Fabricator B
3
14.87
15.79
18.39
20.15
 
 
 
 
Fabricator A
2
14.87
15.79
18.18
19.81
 
 
 
 
Janitor
1
14.87
15.52
18.18
 
 
 
 
 
Laborer
1
14.87
15.52
18.18
 
 
 
 

44

    


WAGES

201
Sickness and Accident (S&A)

Short Term Disability
Employees are eligible after completing their probation period.    

202
Benefits to be paid at 50% of the weekly rate with a minimum benefit rate of $350.00 and a maximum benefit rate of $400.00. Benefits are payable for up to twenty-six (26) weeks.
    
203     Long Term Disability
Long-term Disability benefits will be paid at 60% of employee's monthly base wage upon completion of the benefit waiting period. The benefit waiting period will be 180 days of continuous disability. A period of disability will be considered continuous even if the employee returns to work for up to a total of 30 days during the benefit waiting period. The benefit waiting period will be extended by the number of days the employee temporarily returned to work.

204
Long-term Disability benefits will continue until the earlier of the following dates: date the employee ceases to be disabled; or the date of the employee's normal retirement to receive full Social Security Benefits as stated by the Social Security Administration.    

205
Effective February 4, 2013, the Company will increase all levels of the progression rates for each job as follows:

Effective 2/4/13     3.5%

Effective 2/3/14     3.5%

Effective 2/9/15        3.0%

Effective 2/8/16        3.0%

Effective 2/6/17        3.0%

    
*$1500.00 effective February 4 th 2013 to all non-probationary employees who have worked 1000 hours(overtime included)or more in year 2012 and are actively employed on the effective date of the payment and $1000.00 effective February 1 st 2016 to all non-probationary employees who have worked 1000 hours (overtime included) or more in year 2015 and are actively employed on the effective date of the payment.
    
        
    



45

    


401K SAVINGS PLAN

206 401K matches will be 50% up to the first 6% of employee’s base wage saved.

207
The 401K match will be made on the employee’s annual base wage except for exclusions noted in subparagraph h of paragraph 210 – Compensation Excluded for Profit Sharing and 401K match.

208
The Company agrees to discuss all 401K-plan amendments or plan terminations with the Union prior to the implementation of such plan amendments or termination of plan benefits.

PROFIT SHARING

209
Profit sharing for the Chart personnel shall be on the following basis, for 2013 – 2018.

a.    10% common pool for all Chart employees.

b.    Minimum EBIT for profit sharing.

2,000,000 each year for the duration of the agreement.

210     Distribution of EBIT Profit Sharing Pool

a.    The profit sharing distribution will be made as a % of individual annual base wages except for exclusions noted in sub-paragraph h.

b.    The base wage distribution % is determined as follows;

Base Wage Profit Sharing % =

EBIT Pool $
Total Chart Annual
Base Wage Payroll


c.    Actual distribution will occur in first pay date in April of the following year.

d.    Profit sharing will be a 100% distribution of the Common EBIT Pool as a % of base wage.

    

COMPENSATION BASIS FOR PROFIT SHARING

e.     Partial Year Distribution


46

    


It is agreed that those individuals who retired during a current year would receive a pro-rata distribution based on that current year's base wages earned. The same will also apply to individuals who left the hourly work force during the duration of this agreement. For employees terminated for disciplinary reasons, no pro-rata distribution will be made.


Probationary Employees

f.    Probationary employees will be paid profit sharing on a pro-rata basis for base wages earned in a given year. Payment will be made after the probationary employee achieves seniority.

g.    Determination of base wages will be based on wages from the start date.

Compensation Excluded for Profit Sharing and 401k Match

h.    Compensation excluded from the wage base for purposes of calculating profit sharing and 401k Match are:

Overtime
Service Trip Premium
S&A Benefits
Worker's Compensation
Profit Sharing

211
All other compensation is included in the wage base for determination of profit sharing AND 401k Match.
    
Shift Premiums

212
The second shift shall receive thirty-five ($.35) cents per hour over the day shift, the third shift shall receive forty ($.40) cents per hour over the day shift. The 4 th shift, weekend shift employees will receive eighty cents ($.80) per hour over the day shift. The 5 th shift, weekend shift employees will receive sixty ($.60) per hour over the day shift.

Apprenticeship Program

213
The Apprenticeship Committee shall consist of two from the Company and two from the Union.

214
One representative of the Union will be from the Apprenticeship category required; the second representative shall be the Local Lodge President or a designated appointee.

215
Before any changes are implemented in the Apprenticeship Program, the Company and the Union Shop Committee will discuss such change.



47

    



ARTICLE XX - CHECK-OFF

216
Upon receipt of a signed authorization of the employee involved, the Company shall deduct from the employee's pay the initiation fee and regular monthly dues payable by them to the Union during the period provided for in said authorization. The amount will be certified by the Financial Secretary of the Local Lodge.

217
Deductions shall be made on account of the initiation fee and regular monthly dues payable from the first paycheck of the employee after receipt of the authorization and monthly thereafter from the second paycheck of the employee in each month.

218
Deductions provided in Paragraphs 216 and 217 shall be remitted to the Financial Secretary of the Union no later than the fifth (5th) day following the deduction and shall include all amounts due and those dues not deducted in the previous month. The Company shall furnish the Financial Secretary of the Union, monthly, with an alphabetical record of those for whom deductions have been made and the amounts of the deduction.

219
The parties agree that check-off authorizations shall be in the following form:

220
Name of Employee _________________________________________
Dept. No. ____________________________
Clock No. ____________________________
Date _________________________________

221
I hereby authorize and direct the Company to deduct from my pay beginning with the current month, the initiation fee and regular monthly membership dues in the IAMAW.

222
I submit this authorization with the understanding that it will be effective and irrevocable for a period of one (1) year from this date, or up to the termination date of the current collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the IAMAW, whichever occurs sooner.

223
This authorization shall continue in full force and effect for yearly periods beyond the irrevocable period set forth above unless revoked by me within fifteen (15) days prior to the end of any such period. I shall also have the right to revoke this authorization at any time within a period of fifteen (15) days prior to the termination date of any collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Union if such termination shall occur within one of the aforenoted yearly periods. Such revocation shall be effected by written notice, sent by Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested, to the Company and the Union within such fifteen (15) day period.

Signature: _______________________________________________".

224
The Union agrees to indemnify and save the Company harmless against any and all claims, demands, suits or other forms of liability that may arise out of, or by reason of, action taken or

48

    


not taken by the Company in complying with the provisions of this Article, in reliance upon the Check-Off Authorizations which have been furnished it.


ARTICLE XXI

CLAUSES RELATING TO PENSION PLAN

Section I: Chart Pension Plan

225
Subject to the provisions of Section 4 of this Article, and unless the parties otherwise agree, the Pension Plan for Hourly Rated Employees of Chart Heat Exchangers (hereinafter referred to as the "Pension Plan") which was effective January 4, 1986, will continue to be maintained pursuant to the terms of the Pension Plan, except that the Pension Plan will be frozen and no further contributions shall be made to the Pension Plan after March 31, 1998. The Company may continue to make such changes in the Pension Plan as, in the opinion of the Company, are required for compliance with the Employer Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Act"), provided that if any such changes diminish benefits under the Pension Plan, the Company shall attempt to minimize such effect.

226
To be effective, written notice of proposed change(s) must be served by one party upon the other no less than sixty (60) days prior to any modification or change in the Pension Plan, except such as may be required to conform with the Act or Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, shall be prospective in its application and shall be made effective as of the date on which agreement with respect to such modification or change is reached by the Company and the Union.

Section II: Funding of Benefits

227
The Company will continue to make contributions to the Chart Pension Plan to fund obligations for past service credit.

228
Neither the Company nor the Union, except under the conditions specified in Paragraph 225 of this section, shall demand any change in the Pension Plan nor shall either be requested to bargain with respect to any change in the Pension Plan, nor during the term of the Pension Plan, nor shall any modification, alteration, or amendment of said Pension Plan, be an objective of, or reason for, any strike or lockout or other exercise of economic force or threat by either the Union or the Company.

Section III: Agreement Retirement Date

229
The normal retirement date of each employee will be the first day of the month following the month in which the employee's 65th birthday occurs. An employee who retires after their normal retirement date shall receive a retirement pension, payable commencing at their actual retirement date, consisting of the following:

49

    



a.    An amount determined as if they had retired on their normal retirement date; plus

b.    For service accrued after their normal retirement date, an amount determined in accordance with the respective benefit rates in effect for each year or portion thereof in which such service was accrued.

Other

230
Retirement Death Benefit

For those employees retiring after February 4, 2001, the retiree death benefit is $5,000.

231     Medicare Plan "B" Supplement

Actual cost up to a maximum of $55.00/month, life of agreement
    
Section IV: IAM NATIONAL PENSION FUND - NATIONAL PENSION PLAN

232
a.    The Employer shall contribute to the I.A.M. National Pension Fund, National Pension Plan as shown below for each hour or portion thereof for which employees in all job classifications covered by this Agreement are entitled to receive pay under this Agreement. If the employee is paid for a portion of an hour, contributions will be made by the employer for the full hour. The rate will be paid as follows:

$0.95 per hour effective February 4, 2013
$1.00 per hour effective February 9, 2015
$1.05 per hour effective February 6, 2017
            
b.    The Employer shall continue contributions based on a forty (40) hour work week while an employee is off work and being compensated for any such time by the employer.

c.    Contributions for a full-time employee are payable from the first day of employment.

d.    The I.A.M. Lodge and the Employer adopt and agree to be bound by, and hereby assent to, the Trust Agreement, dated May 1, 1960, as amended, creating the I.A.M. National Pension Fund and the Plan rules adopted by the Trustees of the I.A.M. National Pension Fund in establishing and administering the foregoing Plan pursuant to the said Trust Agreement, as currently in effect and as the Trust and Plan may be amended from time to time.

e.
The parties acknowledge that the Trustees of the I.A.M. National Pension Fund may terminate the participation of the employees and the Employer in the Plan if the successor collective bargaining agreement fails to renew the provisions of this pension Article or reduces the Contribution Rate. The parties may increase the Contribution Rate and/or add job classifications or categories of hours for which contributions are payable.

50

    



f.
This Article contains the entire agreement between the parties regarding pensions and retirement under this Plan and any contrary provision in this Agreement shall be void. No oral or written modification of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Trustees of the I.A.M. National Pension Fund. No grievance procedure, settlement or arbitration decision with respect to the obligation to contribute shall be binding upon the Trustees of the said Pension Fund.

g.    Any modification agreed upon between the parties under Section I, Paragraph 226 of this Article, resulting from negotiations commenced as a result of the sixty (60) day notice referred to therein shall take effect on the day after the Pension Plan expiration date which was in effect at the time the sixty (60) day notice was given.



HEALTH INSURANCE (HEALTH AND DENTAL INSURANCE)

233
The Company will offer individuals retiring after December 21, 1990, the opportunity to participate in the company Health Care Plan for an additional 18 months beyond the 18 month period allowed by COBRA (Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act), by paying 100% of the premium cost for coverage of similarly situated individuals. This applies to individuals retiring at age 62 or later. This offer is effective from December 21, 1990 through February 3, 2018 on a non-precedent setting basis. Actual cost of this plan may change on a year-to-year basis as determined by the health care provider. This provision is no longer applicable when an individual reaches age 65 or is eligible for Medicare.

234
Cost experience and impact of this group on Health Insurance costs is to be followed.

ARTICLE XXII - INSURANCE

BOOKLET

235
The new Health Insurance Booklet will be distributed to the membership within one (1) month from the date of receipt by the Company.

236
The Company will maintain an employee assistance program, which is mutually acceptable to the Company and the Union.

Insurance Committee

237
The insurance committee shall consist of two (2) representatives of the Company and two (2) representatives of the Union. The Union President or IAMAW representative or their representative may attend meetings at any time.


51

    


238 This committee shall have the necessary time needed to provide Alternative Health Plans annually and the Company shall pay the time spent. Union Committee representatives shall have the time spent on this committee applied as hours worked on their shift for each day needed to investigate Alternative Plans.

Duties of Insurance Committee

239
a.    The insurance committee shall meet every three (3) months and the agenda shall be established prior to the date of the meeting. A representative of the insurance carrier shall be asked to attend the meetings.

b.    The insurance committee shall be authorized to review all financial aspects of the insurance plan and be furnished complete expenditure and benefit data.

c.    Members of the insurance committee shall be authorized to inquire on the status of any claim submitted by any member of the Union.

52

    


General

240 a. The group insurance coverage will terminate on February 3, 2018.

b. There shall be no modification in the benefits provided under the insurance plans during the policy term except as mutually agreed by the parties or required by law. Any dividend paid on the insurance policy shall be paid in full to the Company.

d.
In the event the insurance carrier does not pay full benefit as prescribed in the master policy without justifiable reasons, the company shall further process the claim on behalf of the employee with the insurance carrier.

d. If an employee’s insurance terminates due to temporary layoff or leave of absence, such employees shall be eligible for insurance on the date of return to full time work.

e. If an employee is not at work on the date the insurance would otherwise become effective, such effective date of insurance shall be the first day the employee returns to active work. However, the insurance will become effective as if the employee was at work if such employee is off work due to vacation or holiday.

f. Alternative Health Plans (HMO’s, POS, PPO plans etc.) will be provided annually in a similar form or one that has the same benefits as the current plans. During the life of the agreement, the Insurance Committee will evaluate other Alternative Health Plans for 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018.

g. Should alternate company health insurance plans become available, the Company and Union will meet to discuss the opportunity to participate in such plans.

h. The Company and Union agree that the Section 125 Plan is in effect for the duration of this agreement.

Health and Dental Insurance Cost Sharing

241
Effective 2013 Open Enrollment Completion date through February 3, 2018.

Employee has choice of:

Basic 2 Tier (Single/Family) Plan - The Current Chart Hourly Healthcare plan with NO PLAN DESIGN CHANGES at a 20% Employee cost share.

Plus 2 Tier (Single/Family) Plan - The Current Chart Hourly Healthcare plan with NO PLAN DESIGN CHANGES at a 20% Employee cost share plus 100% of the premium difference between the Chart Hourly Basic Health Care Plan and the Chart Hourly Plus Health Care Plan during this period.


53

    


Chart Corporate Group Health Plan – Employees will be offered and may enroll in the Chart Corporate Group Health Plan with the terms of the plan active at the time of open enrollment. The Company shall have complete and sole discretion to implement, modify, amend, design or revise all terms and conditions including premium co-pays of the Chart Corporate Group Health Insurance plan(s). Any revisions(s) by the Company specific to the Chart Corporate Group Health Plan(s) are management rights.
        
242
Employees who can provide proof of other medical plan coverage may opt out of Chart plans or HMO and receive a payment during the course of the plan year. The payment may be taken as either cash, which is taxable, or placed on a pre-tax basis in a flexible spending account in the employee's name. The payment for each year is as follows:

1st Year    -    $1,500.00
2nd Year    -    $1,500.00
3rd Year    -    $1,500.00
4th Year    -    $1,500.00
5th Year    -    $1,500.00

Payout will occur on a monthly basis
                
(Ex: 12 mos X $125.00 = $1,500.00)

243             Dental

Employee shares 50% of total premium.

244     Life Insurance

a. For the life of the agreement employees will be insured to a minimum of $23,000 or a maximum of one times annual base wage, whichever is greater.

b. Employees may purchase up to three times base wage (minimum $23,000)


ARTICLE XXIII - COMPANY OWNED TOOLS

245
In an effort to provide safer and more effective production equipment, the Company and the Union, do hereby agree to the following:

246
The Company shall loan to each employee, at no cost to him, a set of tools and tool container with lock (where needed) adequate for the proper and efficient performance of their duties subject to the following conditions:


54

    


a.    The Company shall determine what tools are required for each job, and shall list against each job the normal tools required for it. Any tools which are to be required at the worker's expense shall be listed accordingly.

b.    The Company shall replace worn tools, which are broken through normal use at no cost to the worker.

c.    The Company shall indelibly mark each tool and tool container so that it may be identified to the individual worker.

d.    The Company shall, through its supervisor, make such inspections of the tools and tool containers used by each worker as may be required. All inspections of the tools and tool containers shall be done in the presence of the employee to whom they are charged. No tool container shall be opened during the absence of the employee to whom they are charged. When inspection is being made in search of a missing tool, it shall be done in the presence of an authorized Union steward.

e.    Each worker shall maintain a complete set of tools at all times and shall report any and all tools or tool containers missing, lost, or stolen from their set to their supervisor for replacement immediately.

f.    Each worker shall reimburse the Company for replacement of Company tools or tool containers lost or stolen while charged to him. If payment is not made in cash to the crib clerk, the amount for which the worker is charged shall be deducted from their paycheck. If the cost is more than three dollars ($3.00), deduction can be made from more than one paycheck. If the missing, lost or stolen tool is recovered in good condition, suitable adjustment shall be made to the worker. In the event that a toolbox equipped with tools is missing, lost or stolen, the Company will be responsible for the cost of such equipped toolbox.

g.    A worker shall only use personally owned tools when authorized by their supervisor.

h.    Any improperly identified tools found in a worker's possession shall be removed and placed in the tool crib.

i.    Any tools or tool containers with identification markings found in any improper area shall be returned to the worker to whom they are then charged.

247
Any employee leaving the employment of the Company shall satisfy their tool account before receiving their final pay.

Safety Creed

248
"One must not believe that SAFETY begins with your fellow employees, it begins with YOU ! The Safety Program can do everything possible to protect you and your fellow employees, but if

55

    


YOU disregard SAFETY , you not only endanger yourself, but those around you. SAFETY must be practiced twenty-four hours a day, as an accident requires less than one second to happen. That "second" may mean a costly and permanent injury to yourself or to a fellow employee, which you will think about for the rest of your life. It is far easier to live with SAFETY than the results of a careless accident".


ARTICLE XXIV - ACCIDENT PREVENTION

Safety Committee

249
The Safety Committee shall consist of the Shop Chairman, Health and Safety Coordinator, Safety Technician, Safety Steward, and other designated hourly and salaried representatives.

Function of Safety Organization

250
The function of the Safety Committee shall be to cooperate in reducing accidents by:

a.    Reporting of hazards and unsafe practices from their respective departments.

b.    Bringing about the cooperation of all employees both Union and Management to carry out the safety program.

Safety Problems

251
If a safety problem arises in the department, the steward will call it to the attention of the Supervisor. Should the safety problem still not be solved within a reasonable period of time, the steward may call the Shop Chairman to investigate the problem. The Shop Chairman may discuss the problem with the Health and Safety Coordinator. If the problem still exists, it shall be placed on the agenda of the next regular Safety Committee meeting. If the problem exists following consideration by the Safety Committee, the Union may call in an outside expert to review the problem and discuss it with the Shop committee and the Company with the objective of obtaining a mutually satisfactory solution.

Safety Committee

252
The duties of the Safety Committee shall be:

a.    To meet at least once during each month to consider and, if appropriate, implement safety recommendations of the Safety Committee or others.

b.    To participate on inspection teams that will make monthly inspection tours of the plant. The inspection team will consist of members of the Safety Committee or designated representatives.


56

    


c.    To investigate reports of hazards and unsafe practices and effect correction. Reports made by the inspection team and any other reports from the Safety Committee will be reviewed at the monthly safety meeting and any unsafe conditions or practices will be called to the attention of the supervisor of the department involved. Every reasonable effort will be made to have the unsafe condition or practice corrected promptly.

d.    Upon the request of the Shop Chairman or their designated representative where evidence exists that a chemical or substance to which an employee is exposed in the workplace may be toxic and hazardous, the Company will provide the Union and the employee with the Company's safety data sheets or their equivalent, including information about any available remedies and antidotes for such materials.

e.    In case of a serious injury to an employee, the Safety Technician and the Health & Safety Coordinator will be notified promptly so that they can investigate the accident.

f.    In the event of a disagreement as to the liability of the Company in the case of an injury of an employee, the Manager of Manufacturing will, upon request, review the pertinent facts of the case with the Shop Chairman. The Company agrees to pay for the time lost by the Shop Chairman from regular working hours for such review with the understanding that this privilege will not be abused. No such review will be made if the case is given to an attorney.

g.    The Safety Steward will be permitted to carry out their duties relating to safety and health.

h.    The Safety Committee is responsible for making proper decisions on Safety, consistent with established safety practices.

i.    The Company will be responsible for any and all discipline resulting from any safety violation.

Safety Cooperation

253
The Safety Committee realizes that a safe plant is an efficient one and will devote its energies to this accomplishment. In order to carry out this program, the Safety Committee will need 100% cooperation of all employees of the company. The committee encourages the making of suggestions.

254
The Union and employees agree that they will cooperate in promoting safety and health programs and will comply with all safety rules and regulations and to use safety equipment as required by OSHA and the Company.

255
The general rules of safety must be observed. Failure to do so will incur the penalties as set forth in the Safety Code. The Company and employees will cooperate to see that these rules of safety are observed by all employees.

Selection of Committee

57

    



256
The Company and Union Safety Committee representatives will be chosen by the Health and Safety Coordinator and Shop Chairman respectively, and will serve for a period of one year. Stewards selected will serve the full period whether or not they continue as stewards for the full term. A replacement who fills a vacancy shall serve out the balance of the term of their predecessor and may serve the next full term, if selected.

Safety Codes

257
The purpose of these safety rules is to protect the employees as they work and ensure that they work safely. By following these rules, they should avoid injury to themselves or fellow employees. Strict enforcement of these safety rules will materially reduce the possibility that someone else will commit an unsafe act which could endanger them.

a.        The work place is to be kept clean and orderly.

b.        The Safety equipment prescribed for any particular job shall be used in a proper manner at all times.

c.        Safety glasses and/or approved eye protection are to be worn as prescribed, in all designated areas at all times.

d.        Rings, bracelets, wristwatches, loose garments or neckties are not permitted while operating a machine. Clothing worn shall be appropriate for the shop floor environment and shall not pose a threat to safety.

e.        Safety toe footwear is required by all employees on the shop floor. Safety toe footwear worn must comply with all current American National Standard Codes (A.N.S.I. Z41-1991 Directive) and O.S.H.A. guidelines that are in effect.

f.        Complete instructions and permission must be obtained from a supervisor before operating any machine, which an individual does not normally operate. All safety guards on machines must be in place and functional.

g.        A lockout on the power switch must be used while performing any maintenance work on a machine, which requires placing any part of the body into or near its mechanism.

h.        Individuals must not reach through or behind a safety guard while a machine is running.

i.        Before cleaning, oiling, or adjusting the moving parts of a machine, it is mandatory that the machine be completely shut down and locked out.

j.        Cranes must be operated only by individuals familiar with their operation.


58

    


k.        Only authorized personnel are permitted to operate industrial power trucks or power hand trucks. Such authorized personnel will comply with the General Operating & Safety Rules for Power Vehicles.

l.        Defective or damaged hand tools, mushroomed chisels, punches, etc., and files without handles are not to be used.

m.        Aisles must not be blocked. If at any time anything is placed in an aisle, it must be moved. If the aisle is to be blocked for any period of time, the area supervisor will notify the appropriate personnel.

n.        There will be no smoking during the period between the starting and stopping time of your designated shifts up to and including overtime worked. Smoking will be allowed during the employee's designated break periods outside all Chart buildings.

o.        Compressed air is to be used with caution. Never use compressed air for cleaning clothing, exposed parts of the body, or for cooling purposes. Nozzles must have an approved relief vent. Unapproved alteration of air nozzles is prohibited.

p.        Projecting nails in boxes, boards, or barrels, which are exposed, are to be bent over or removed. Other dangerous sharp projections should either be eliminated or protected.

q.        Electrical apparatus should be repaired only by authorized personnel, regardless of how minor the problem seems to be. The supervisor is to be advised of the condition, they will secure proper assistance. Electrical cabinets are not to be blocked or used for storage.

r.        Lift properly - with the knees and legs, and not the back. Get help rather than risk a strain.

s.        All injuries, no matter how minor, are to be reported promptly to a supervisor and then to the appropriate medical facility.

t.        Horseplay, scuffling, throwing of objects, and running is unsafe and it is forbidden. This applies to all Company premises, including the parking lots.

u.        Industrial gases are to be stored in a safe manner, in keeping with standards established for their storage.

v.        No employee shall remove, displace or damage any safety device or safeguard furnished and provided for use in any employment or place of employment, nor interfere in any way with the use thereof by any other person, nor shall any such employee interfere with the use of any method or process adopted for the protection of any employee in such employment or place of employment or frequenter of such place of employment, nor fail or neglect to do every other thing reasonably necessary to protect the life, health, safety

59

    


or welfare of such employees or frequenters. (Extracted in part from the Wisconsin Industrial Commission statutes and provision).

w.        The above safety rules are not meant to be inclusive nor do they supersede existing plant rules, which may imply stricter measures.

x.        No employee shall be disciplined or discharged for refusing to work on a job if refusal is based on a reasonable claim that said job is not safe or might unduly endanger the employee's health and safety.

y.        $130.00 per person total, life of contract for the purchase of safety toe footwear.

Reporting Violations

258
The reporting of violations will be conducted in the following manner: the supervisor will make out violation forms in quadruplicate; the supervisor will retain one (1) copy and send three (3) copies to the Health and Safety Coordinator. One completed copy will be sent to the Union.

Penalties

259
Penalties for the above violations will be as follows:

260
1ST VIOLATION: Violator will be presented with a violation slip, and instructed in accident prevention and warned against future violations.

261
2ND VIOLATION: Violator will be presented with a violation slip and be suspended for a period of five (5) hours.

262
3RD VIOLATION: Violator will be presented with a violation slip and be suspended for a period of two (2) days.

263
4TH VIOLATION: Violator will be presented with a violation slip and will be suspended for a period of one (1) week.

264
SUBSEQUENT VIOLATIONS: Violators shall be subject to further disciplinary action including discharge.

265
The above penalties are based on cumulative violations within any one-year period.

General Safety Guides

266
Employees are not required or expected to take any risks from which they cannot protect themselves by care and judgment.


60

    


267    Employees are not to rely on the watchfulness of others, but must protect themselves when and where their own safety is involved.

268
In view of the possible effect on safety, no employee shall change any customary safety method or work without first consulting the supervisor.

269
Learn the location of fire extinguishers in the work area and be familiar with their use and purpose.

First Aid

270
Trained first aid attendants will be provided at the facility. A list of authorized first aid attendants will be posted in a prominent place near each first aid office and will be revised as necessary, with a copy to the Union. First Aid Attendants will receive fifteen (.15) cents per hour for these duties.

Reporting Injuries

271
An employee shall not fail to report an injury immediately to their supervisor no matter how small it may seem. In case the supervisor is out of their department, the injured employee shall report the injury to the department steward or designated employee.

272
If it is necessary for an employee to go to the First Aid Room, they will notify their supervisor. In case of an injury requiring emergency attention, the employee should go to the First Aid Room immediately.

273
Medical attention for industrial injuries must be authorized by the Company prior to receiving attention, except in cases of emergency.

Eye Protection

274
In line with the Company's policy of providing the employee with a safe place in which to work, the Company will maintain a 100% comprehensive eye protection program.

275
The type of eye protection, required to be worn by employees, must meet ANSI standards. The Company will provide such eye protection to all employees. In addition, the Company will provide equipment for protecting the eyes from damage due to grinding, burnishing, arc welding, etc.

When Company Furnishes Prescription Glasses

276
In the event it is determined that an employee with seniority needs corrective lenses in their safety glasses due to near-far vision problems, the employee will furnish a copy of the prescription and the Company will pay the cost of the glasses as follows:
        

61

    


a.     The Company pays
100% of the cost of basic single vision, bifocal, and trifocal lenses
100% of the cost of Basic or Group 1 frames
100% of the dispensing fee
100% of the cost of progressive lenses for all employees

b.     The Employee pays
100% of the cost of miscellaneous lens options (transition, tints, coatings, etc.)
100% of charges for frame upgrades (frames other than Basic or Group 1)
100% of the eye exam charge (may be submitted to health insurance)

277
When it becomes necessary to replace prescription lenses after the first pair, because of a change in prescription needs, the employee will furnish a copy of the prescription and the Company will pay the cost of the lenses, according to Paragraph 276.

278
When it is necessary to replace an employee's prescription safety glasses because they are pitted to such an extent that they are no longer serviceable, the Company will pay for the cost of the new lenses (according to paragraph 276) if the employee has had the glasses for a period of more than two (2) years. If the employee has had the glasses for less than two (2) years, the Company will pay the cost of the new lenses unless there has been negligence on the part of the employee.

Damaged Glasses

279
Safety glasses damaged without the fault of the employee will be repaired or replaced at no cost to the employee; however, it will be the employee's responsibility to maintain the glasses in acceptable condition and to replace them if they are lost, or if they are damaged through misuse or improper care.

General

280
The Company will maintain adequate facilities for necessary minor repair of safety glasses. First aid attendants will perform these functions.

281
All prescription safety glasses will be purchased through the Company. (Any exceptions must be approved by the Health and Safety Coordinator.)


ARTICLE XXV - MISCELLANEOUS

Limitation on Supervisor Doing Bargaining Unit Work

282
The policy of the Company is to have supervisors perform supervisory work. Supervisors and other non-bargaining unit employees of the Company shall not perform the work of employees in the bargaining unit other than for instructive purposes, or in case of emergencies, and when attempting to eliminate trouble on a job when employees who can eliminate the trouble or handle

62

    


the emergency are not readily available, but the work so performed shall not take away any work from any employee.

Notices to Employees

283
All employees will be sent a notice to their address as it appears on the Company records. If it is necessary to contact an employee by telephone, the message will be given to the person answering the telephone. It is the employee’s responsibility to inform the Human Resources department of their current phone number and address.

Physical Exam at Company Request

284
An employee will take a physical examination at Company expense upon the request of the Company. Before an employee is sent for such physical examination, the Company will inform the Union and discuss the reasons for the physical examination. The time spent for such an examination will be paid at the rate of straight time.

Wash Up Period

285
A three (3) minute wash up period before the stopping signal will be granted for fin press operators and also vacuum furnace operators to the extent that they have been working with graphite.

Posted Union Notices

286
The Shop Committee will submit to the Company all proposed notices prior to the posting on Company premises.

Educational Aid

287
An educational aid program will be made available to members of the bargaining unit.

Cellular Manufacturing and Quality Improvements

288
It is agreed between the Company and the Union that the parties will work together on the implementation of cellular manufacturing and quality improvement, and will meet whenever necessary to discuss issues relating to cellular manufacturing and quality improvement.

Sub-Contracting:

289
In cases where competition, schedule or workload require the transfer of work to outside vendors, the Company will advise the Union of such need and the reasons for doing such prior to the sub-contracting.

Out of Town Assignments

63

    



290
The Company will inform the Shop Chairman when members of the bargaining unit have been sent on repair assignments outside La Crosse. Compensation while on such assignments will be based on the applicable provisions of the Fair Labor Standard Act and the company travel policy.

291
The Company policy presently provides that an employee traveling on Company business outside la Crosse will receive an additional 20% (or more for certain international trips) added to their earnings applicable to paid travel time and work performed on the trip with the exception of authorized time off before and/or after a trip, travel for purposes of the employee's own training, and any trip completed within one day.

292
Employees are considered first shift employees for purposes of determining normal working and sleeping hours while traveling.

293
Travel, including time outside normal working hours, will be compensated according to the Company travel policy.

ITEMS FOR DISCUSSIONS

294
The Company and Union will discuss the following items should future conditions warrant:

a.    Applicability and/or Method for handling National Health Care or State Health Care should it be instituted.

b.    Catastrophic economic conditions creating hardships for either party.


ARTICLE XXVI - STRIKES AND LOCKOUTS

No Strike - No Lockout

295
Since the procedures set forth in this Agreement provide the means for peaceable settlement of all differences, disputes, complaints, and grievances that may arise between the Company and the Union, it is agreed that, during the term of this Agreement, neither the Union nor any of its members shall authorize, encourage, or participate in any strike or slowdown, and that there shall be no lockouts by the Company.

Violation of Clause

296
In the event of an illegal, unauthorized or uncondoned strike, sit down, slowdown or interference with the operation by an employee or employees in violation of this Agreement, the Union will undertake all reasonable means at its disposal to terminate such action. Employees who participate in or are responsible for such violation may be discipline or discharged, and such discipline or discharge shall be subject to the grievance procedure except as to employees who do not terminate the violation promptly. The question of whether an employee participated in or had

64

    


any responsibility for such violation shall in every case be subject to the grievance procedure. In the event that the Union, using immediate action, is unable to induce the employee or employees to terminate such unauthorized action, the Company will not hold the local Union or its officers or the International Union or its officers financially responsible therefor.

ARTICLE XXVII

SEVERANCE PACKAGE – PLANT CLOSING

297
In the case of the Plant Closing, the employees affected at the Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc., Division in La Crosse, WI, will fall under the following guidelines:

298
Monetary Compensation as follows:
One (1) week of pay for every two (2) years of service up to a maximum of twelve (12) weeks. Years of service to be defined as no break in seniority.

299
Checks are to start one (1) week after said closing and will be paid on a weekly basis until pay entitlement is exhausted.

300
Insurance:
Paid in the same format (employee contribution) as if working during the paid severance period. Insurance benefits will remain in effect until the last day of the month following the last severance payment.


ARTICLE XXVIII

DURATION OF AGREEMENT

301
This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until 11:59 p.m. on February 3, 2018 and on a year to year basis thereafter unless on or before December 2, 2017(or in the event of a year to year extension, at least sixty (60) days prior to the Agreement expiration date), either the Company or the Union serves upon the other party a written notice of its desire to terminate this Agreement and negotiate a succeeding Agreement.


302
No other agreement can modify the terms of this Agreement unless entered into as a written amendment or supplement hereto.

303
It is understood that if any of the above articles or article or parts thereof, are in conflict with federal or state rulings, laws, or executive orders, such federal or state rulings, laws or executive orders shall apply.


Agreed to this 31 st day of October 2012.

65

    



Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc.    LOCAL LODGE 2191 OF
DISTRICT LODGE 66 OF THE
INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF
MACHINISTS AND AEROSPACE
WORKERS, AFL-CIO
/S/ Robert E. Halfmann        
/S/ W. William Bednarczyk    /S/ Martin E. Gaul
/S/ Joel A. Guberud         /S/ Dennis A. Gerke
/S/ Henry M. Bode         /S/ Martin L. Christianson
/S/ Terry L. Porath         /S/ Thomas M. Conrad
    
__________                  ___


__________                  ___


__________                  ___


__________                  ___

_________________________


FREE STANDING AGREEMENT

LOCAL LODGE 2191 AND CHART HEAT EXCHANGERS

It is agreed; the company and Union will discuss the possibility of exceeding the Voluntary Shift Exchange Language [more than one (1) week] due to manpower moves.

As in the past, these discussions will take place to allow employees the opportunity to change shifts with other employees in excess of the limit stated in the current Labor Agreement.

This agreement is based on the additional requirements stated in the current Labor Agreement, Voluntary Shift Exchange [more than one (1) week], and mutual agreement between the Company and Union Shop Committee.

Any agreement to allow this to take place will be agreed to on a non-precedent basis.

It is recognized that the Company will have final say in decisions associated with the above stated language.


66

    


DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

Purpose:

Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc., is committed to providing and maintaining a safe, healthful and productive environment for all of its employees. An integral part of such an environment is a workforce free from individuals who are illegally and unsafely abusing drugs or alcohol. Therefore, it is in the best interest of the Company, its customers, and its employees to recognize that illegal drug use by employees would be a threat to the welfare and safety of Company personnel.

Policy:

Section 1.

It is the goal of this policy to eliminate or absolve illegal drug usage through education and rehabilitation of the affected personnel. The possession, use or being under the influence of alcoholic beverages or unauthorized drugs shall not be permitted at the Employer's work site and/or while an employee is on duty.

Section 2 . Pre-employment Testing:

As a precondition to obtaining employment with Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc., to become a Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. employee, all applicants, following a conditional offer of employment, must successfully complete a pre-employment physical examination by, in relevant part, testing negative through urinalysis or similar tests administered to detect the use or abuse of drugs and/ or alcohol. Such pre-employment testing bears a direct, material, and timely relationship to an applicant’s capacity to perform his or her duties safely and effectively.

Section 3.     Informing Employees About Drug and Alcohol Testing:

All employees shall be fully informed of the company drug and alcohol testing policy. Employees will be provided with information concerning the impact of the use of alcohol and drugs on job performance. In addition, the employer shall inform the employees on how the tests are conducted, what the tests can determine and the consequence of testing positive for drug use. All newly hired employees will be provided with this information on their initial date of hire. No employee shall be tested before this information is provided to him/her. The Employer shall not discipline employees who voluntarily come forward and ask for assistance to deal with a drug or alcohol problem. Prior to any testing, the employee will be required to sign the attached consent and release form. No disciplinary action will be taken against an employee unless he/she refuses to sign the consent and release form, refuses to take a drug/alcohol test, refuses the opportunity for rehabilitation, fails to complete a rehabilitation program successfully, or again tests positive for drugs/alcohol within two (2) years of completing an appropriate rehabilitation program.

Section 4 .    Employee Testing:


67

    


Employees shall not be subject to random medical testing involving urine or other similar or related tests for the purpose of discovering possible drug or alcohol abuse however, if objective evidence exists establishing probable cause to believe an employee's work performance is impaired due to drug or alcohol abuse, the employer will require the employee to undergo a medical test consistent with the conditions set forth in this Policy. An employee that is ordered to participate in a drug and alcohol test shall have the right to consult with the Medical Review Officer, Treating Physician or Attending Physician following the testing process.

Section 5 .    Sample Collection:

The collection and testing of the samples shall be performed only by a laboratory and by a physician or health care professional qualified and authorized to administer and determine the meaning of any test results. The laboratory performing the test shall be one that is certified by the National Institute of Drug Abuse (NIDA). The laboratory chosen must be agreed to between the Union and the Employer. The laboratory used shall also be one whose procedures are periodically tested by the NIDA where they analyze unknown samples sent to an independent party. The results of employee’s tests shall be made available to the Medical Review Officer. Collection of urine samples shall be conducted in a manner, which provides the highest degree of security for the sample and freedom from adulteration. Recognized strict chain of custody procedures must be followed for all samples as set by NIDA. The Union and the Employer agree that security of the biological urine samples is absolutely necessary therefore the Employer agrees that if the security of the sample is compromised in anyway, any positive test shall be invalid and may not be used for any purpose.

Urine samples will be submitted as per NIDA Standards. Employees have the right for Union or legal counsel representative to be present during the submission of the sample.

A split sample shall be reserved in all cases for an independent analysis in the event of a positive test result. All samples must be stored in a scientific acceptable preserved manner as established by NIDA. All positive confirmed samples and related paperwork must be retained by the laboratory for at least six (6) months or for the duration of any grievance, disciplinary action or legal proceedings whichever is longer. At the conclusion of this period, the paperwork and specimen shall be destroyed.

Tests shall be conducted in a manner to ensure that an employee's legal drug use and diet does not affect the test results.

Section 6.     Drug Testing:

The laboratory shall test for only these substances and within the limits for the initial and confirmation test as provided within the NIDA Standards. The initial test shall use an immunoassay, which meets the requirements of the Food and Drug Administration for commercial distribution.

Marijuana metabolites    50 ng/ml
Cocaine metabolites    300 ng/ml
Opiate metabolites    2000 ng/ml
Phencyclidine        25 ng/ml

68

    


Amphetamines        1000 ng/ml


If initial testing results are negative, testing shall be discontinued, all samples destroyed and records of the testing expunged from the employee's file. Only specimens identified as positive on the initial test shall be confirmed using gas chromatograph/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) techniques at the following listed cutoff values.

Marijuana metabolites    15 ng/ml
Cocaine metabolites    150 ng/ml    
Opiates                
Morphine        2000 ng/ml
Codeine        2000 ng/ml        
Phencyclidine        25 ng/ml            
Amphetamines            
Amphetamine        500 ng/ml    
Methamphetamine    500 ng/ml    

If confirmatory testing results are negative all samples shall be destroyed and records of the testing expunged from the employee's file.

1. If immunoassay is specific for free morphine the initial test level is 25 ng/ml

2. Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol-9-carboxylic acid

3. Benzoylecgonine

Section 7 .    Alcohol Testing:

A Breathalyzer or similar test equipment shall be used to screen for alcohol. An initial positive alcohol level shall be, .04 grams per 210L of breath. If initial testing results are negative, testing shall be discontinued, all samples destroyed and records of the testing expunged from the employee's file. Sampling handling procedures, as detailed in Section 5, shall apply.

Section 8.     Medical Review Officer:

The Medical Review Officer shall be chosen and agreed upon between the Union and the Employer and must be a licensed physician with a knowledge of substance abuse disorders. The Medical Review Officer shall be familiar with the characteristics of drug tests (sensitivity, specificity, and predictive value), the laboratories running the tests and the medical conditions and work exposures of the employees. The role of the Medical Review Officer will be to review and interpret the positive test results. The Medical Review Officer must examine alternate medical explanations for any positive test results. This action shall include conducting a medical interview with the affected employee, review of the employee's medical history and review of any other relevant biomedical factors. The Medical

69

    


Review Officer must review all medical records made available by the tested employee when a confirmed positive test could have resulted from legally prescribed medication.

Section 9.     Laboratory Results:

The laboratory will advise only the employee and the Medical Review Officer of any positive results. The results of a positive drug or alcohol test can only be released to the Employer by the Medical Review Officer once he has completed his review and analysis of the laboratory's test. The employer will be required to keep the results confidential and it shall not be released to the general public.

Section 10.     Testing Program Costs:        

When the Company has proven a probable cause to believe that an employee is under the influence of a substance, which is impairing job performance, the employee will be immediately placed on a mandatory leave of absence from work, for the remainder of the shift involved, and sent for a drug/alcohol test. The employee will report to work at the start of the next regular shift. The Company will pay the employee for all hours (to include overtime hours) missed from work due to the mandatory leave of absence upon receipt of verification of a negative substance test. If the result of the substance test is positive, the Company will not pay the employee for any hours missed from work due to the mandatory leave of absence.

For all costs associated with drug and alcohol testing, the Company will pay the medical testing facility and Medical Review Officer.

Section 11.     Transportation:

The Company will provide transportation, at its expense, through a local taxi service to the medical facility conducting the substance test. Both Management and the Union reserve the right to have a representative accompany the employee to the testing facility.

The Company will provide transportation, at its expense, through a local taxi service from the medical testing facility to the employee’s home and their return to work the following day through a local taxi service. In no instance will the employee be permitted to drive himself or herself home.

Section 12.     Rehabilitation and Offenses and Penalties Program:

Any employee may voluntarily enter rehabilitation without a requirement for prior testing. Employees who enter a program on their own initiative shall not be subject to testing. The treatment and rehabilitation shall be paid for by the medical benefits plan, in which the employee participates, to the extent provided by the plan. Employees who have chosen to opt out of the Company’s Health Insurance Plans will first, apply for benefits under the plan that covers them and secondly, be covered by the company if benefits are not provided by another plan.

Any employee, who tests positive the first time shall be medically evaluated, counseled and treated for rehabilitation as recommended by an E.A.P. Counselor. Employees who complete a rehabilitation

70

    


program can be re-tested randomly at least once every quarter for the following six (6) months, if an employee tests positive a second time during the six (6) month period, they shall be subject to a disciplinary action. The employee will be reevaluated by an E.A.P. Counselor to determine if the employee requires additional counseling or treatment. The employee will also receive a last chance agreement. If the employee does not sign the last chance agreement, he/she will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal. If the employee tests positive a third time during this subsequent six (6) month period, he/she will be dismissed from his/her position with the company.

Section 13 .    Duty Assignment After Treatment:

Once an employee successfully completes rehabilitation, they shall be returned to their regular duty assignment. Once treatment and any fol1ow-up care is completed, and two (2) years have passed since the employee entered the program, the employee's personnel file shall be purged of any reference to his/her drug or alcohol problem.

Section 14.     Right of Appeal:

The employee has the right to challenge the results of the drug or alcohol tests and any discipline imposed in the same manner that any of the employer actions under the terms of this agreement is grievable.

Section 15.     Union Held Harmless:

This drug and alcohol-testing program was initiated at the request of the employer. Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. assumes sole responsibility for the administration of this policy and shall be solely liable for any legal obligations and costs arising out of the provision and/or application of this policy relating to drug and alcohol testing. The Union shall be held harmless for the violation of any worker rights arising from the administration of the drug and alcohol-testing program.

Section 16 .    Changes in Testing Procedures:

The parties recognize that there may be improvements in the technology of testing procedures, which provide more accurate testing. In that event, the party’s shall bargain in good faith whether to amend this procedure to include such improvements.

Section 17.     Conflict With Other Laws:

This article is in no way intended to supersede or waive any constitutional or other rights that the employee may be entitled to under Federal, State or Local Statutes.


Section 18.     Non-Workplace Drug Related Convictions:

Any employee who is convicted of an illegal drug-related crime (does not apply to ordinance violations) shall notify the Company immediately of such convictions. For the purpose of this Policy, a

71

    


“conviction” means finding of guilt (including a plea of nolo contendere) or imposition of sentence, or both, by any judicial body with the responsibility to determine violations of federal, state or local criminal statutes. Information concerning any such conviction for violation of any statute based upon conduct occurring away from the Company’s premises and outside work time shall not be a basis for imposing discipline under the collective bargaining agreement or for requiring probable cause testing without the observation required by this Policy.

Section 19.     Diversion Agreement:

Any employee who accepts a diversion agreement, wherein the employee pleads guilty to an offense but, the guilty plea is not accepted by the court if certain conditions are met within a prescribed time line, will be required to notify the Company under this policy if and when the employee’s guilty plea is accepted because of the employee’s failure to meet the set conditions.

Section 20.     Training:

The training of Company and Union representatives shall be from a formal training program endorsed by a local Hospital and/or Law Enforcement Agency in detecting signs and symptoms of substance abuse through speech, breath odor and conduct which indicates the need for testing.

The Company and Union will have an equal number of people trained to recognize individuals under the influence of drugs and/or alcohol. It remains the responsibility of the Company to determine testing of employees.

Section 21.     Confidentiality:

The Company will designate an official who will be responsible for receiving and maintaining records regarding all substance tests administered under this Policy. These records shall be maintained in separate files from routine personnel files and the Company shall limit access to those specifically authorized management personnel listed below. The Company will conduct the Policy in a manner calculated to preserve the employee’s privacy and dignity.

In the event a grievance is filed as a result of a positive substance test, the Company shall obtain from the laboratory its records relating to the drug test and, if necessary, any record which might be in the possession of the Medical Review Officer. The Company shall provide copies of all information to the Union, provided that the employee authorized the release of the medical records. The Union and the Company shall confer and adopt a mutually acceptable release form.


________________________________________________
Human Resources Manager            Date


________________________________________________
Manager of Manufacturing            Date

72

    







The Union reserves the right to grieve and/or arbitrate:

The Union reserves the right to grieve and/or arbitrate any or all of this Policy if it is deemed necessary as determined by the Union.


CONSENT and RELEASE FORM for Drug/Alcohol Test Program

I acknowledge that I have received a copy of, have been duly informed, and understand the Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc., drug and alcohol testing policy and procedures. I have been provided with the information concerning the impact of the use of alcohol and drugs in the work place. In addition, I have been informed on how the tests are conducted, what the test can determine and the consequence of testing positive for drug/alcohol use.

I have been informed of Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc., Employee Assistance Program (EAP). I understand that if I voluntarily come forward and ask for assistance to deal with a drug or alcohol problem through EAP, that, I will not be disciplined by the employer.

I understand how drug/alcohol tests are collected and further understand that there are medical tests that are conducted under the auspices of a Medical Review Officer (MRO). I understand that the MRO will review and interpret any positive test results, and that I will have an opportunity to be interviewed by the MRO to review my status, my medical history and any relevant biomedical factors prior to Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc., being informed whether I passed or failed the test.

I understand that a confirmed positive drug or alcohol test will result in my referral to Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc., EAP and that I will be required to complete a rehabilitation program. No disciplinary action will be taken against me unless I refuse to sign this consent and release form, refuse to take a drug/alcohol test, refuse the opportunity for rehabilitation, fail to complete a rehabilitation program successfully, or again test positive for drugs/alcohol within two (2) years of completing an appropriate rehabilitation program. I understand that such disciplinary action, as described herein, may include dismissal from Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc.

A copy of this form shall be provided to Local Lodge No.2191.

I, _________________, hereby consent and willingly submit to drug and alcohol testing, as stated above, to be performed upon me and hereby authorize the Medical Review Officer to review such tests. I further agree to have released, any positive test results and/or confirmation that the test was performed to Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. through its Human Resource Manager.



73

    




_______________________________________________
Signature of Employee         Date
_______________________________________________
Witness                    Date


74

    


                                              
LAST CHANCE AGREEMENT

It is the policy of Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. to maintain a work environment for all its employees that is conducive toward maximum safety and optimum work standards. In application of this policy, the use or possession, and/or sale of drugs by an employee is prohibited. Having detectable amounts of alcohol/drugs in your body while on Company premises is also prohibited.

It is the policy of Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. to take action whenever alcohol and/or drugs are detected through urinalysis/drug testing. Under such circumstances, the employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including immediate discharge, as outlined in the Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. substance abuse policy.

On ____________, you tested positive for drugs and/or alcohol for the second time. The Company will provide you with an opportunity to rehabilitate yourself. The Company has agreed to provide you with a leave of absence, if necessary, for your rehabilitation.

If you elect to participate in and successfully complete a rehabilitation program, the Company is prepared to allow you to continue employment under the following conditions:

1.
You must successfully complete the rehabilitation program, including any recommended follow-up and provide the Company with reports with regard to your attendance and your completion of such programs. A plan of action must be agreed upon before hand.

2.
You agree, by your signature below, that your representatives of the Employees Assistance Program and rehabilitation program are authorized to release to Chart Energy & Chemicals Inc. information related to your attendance and progress in an approved treatment and rehabilitation program.

3.
You will not possess, use, sell, or be under the influence of drugs and/ or alcohol on company premises or during work hours at any time in the future.

4.
You agree that the Company may require you to be tested for the presence of alcohol and/ or drugs in your system at any time for any reason or for no reason at all in the next six (6) months. Such tests will be conducted by a medical testing facility using any appropriate testing procedure. If you are requested to take such an examination and refuse to take the examination or test positive, you agree that you will be immediately terminated.

In accepting the terms of this Last Chance Agreement, you agree that if you fail to live up to any of the terms of this agreement, you will immediately be terminated. No excuses will be accepted for not meeting the terms of this agreement.


________________________________________________
Human Resources Manager            Date


75

    


I have read and been given a copy of this Last Chance Agreement. I have been informed that I should review this agreement with an attorney before I sign it. I understand that this is my last chance to keep my job and that if I violate this agreement I will be terminated.


_______________________________________________ Employee                    Date


76

    


Exhibit 10.3.11

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2009 OMNIBUS EQUITY PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
THIS NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this ____ day of __________, 20___ (the “ Grant Date ”), between Chart Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and ___________________ (the “ Participant ”).
WITNESSETH :
WHEREAS , the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Committee ”) administers the Chart Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”); and
WHEREAS , the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to grant nonqualified stock options to the Participant upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW , THEREFORE , the Company and the Participant agree as follows:
1.     Interpretation . Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the meanings attributed to them under the Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern.
2.     Grant of the Option . As of the Grant Date, the Company grants to the Participant, under the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the right to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of ____________________ (____) Shares, which right will vest over a period of time in accordance with Section 4 (the “ Option ”), subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3.4 of the Plan. The Option is intended to be a nonqualified stock option.
3.     Option Price . The purchase price of the Shares subject to the Option shall be, and shall never be less than, the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Grant Date. The Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date is $_______ (the “ Option Price ”). The Option Price is subject to adjustment as described in Section 3.4 of the Plan.
4.     Vesting .
a.
Service-Based . Subject to the Participant’s continued Employment as of such dates (except as otherwise provided herein with respect to death, Disability, Retirement or Change in Control), the Option shall vest and become exercisable with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares initially covered by the Option on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the Grant Date.

1



b.
Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, subject to the Participant’s continuous Employment from the Grant Date through the date of the Change in Control, the Option shall, to the extent not then vested and not previously forfeited or canceled, immediately become fully vested and exercisable.
c.
Termination of Employment
i.
General Rule . If the Participant’s Employment is terminated for any reason other than those reasons specifically addressed in Section 4(c), and except as otherwise provided in Section 4(b), the Unvested Portion of the Option shall be canceled and the Participant shall have no further rights with respect thereto and the Vested Portion of the Option shall remain exercisable for the period set forth in Section 5(a) of this Agreement.
ii.
Death or Disability . If the Participant’s Employment terminates as a result of death or Disability, the Option shall, to the extent not then vested and not previously canceled, immediately become fully vested and exercisable.
iii.
Retirement . If the Participant’s Employment terminates as a result of Retirement, the vesting provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, but without giving effect to any requirement of continuous Employment.
d.
Special Terms .
i.
At any time, the portion of the Option which has become vested and exercisable as described above is referred to as the “ Vested Portion ,” and the portion of the Option which is then unvested is referred to as the “ Unvested Portion .”
ii.
The term “Retirement” or variations thereof means a voluntary termination of Employment with the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, under circumstances indicative of retirement, after attaining age 60 and completing 10 years of service with such entities.
iii.
“Cause” shall mean (i) the Participant’s willful failure to perform duties which, if curable, is not cured promptly, or in any event within ten (10) days, following the first written notice of such failure from the Company, (ii) the Participant’s commission of, or plea of guilty or no contest to a (x) felony or (y) crime involving moral turpitude, (iii) willful malfeasance or misconduct by the Participant which is demonstrably injurious to the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, (iv) material breach by the Participant of any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality covenants, (v) commission by the Participant of any act of gross negligence, corporate waste, disloyalty or unfaithfulness to the Company which adversely affects the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or

2



Affiliates, or (vi) any other act or course of conduct by the Participant which will demonstrably have a material adverse effect on the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate’s business; and
iv.
“Good Reason” shall mean, without the Participant’s consent, (i) a substantial diminution in the Participant’s position or duties, material adverse change in reporting lines, or assignment of duties materially inconsistent with his position or (ii) any reduction in the Participant’s base salary and/or material reduction in employee benefits in the aggregate provided to the Participant (excluding any general salary reduction or reduction in employee benefits similarly affecting substantially all other senior executives of the Company as a result of a material adverse change in the Company’s prospects or business), in each case which is not cured within thirty (30) days following the Company’s receipt of written notice from the Participant describing the event constituting Good Reason.
v.
“Disability” shall mean, with respect to the Participant, a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months which: (i) renders the Participant unable to engage in substantial gainful activity or (ii) results in the Participant receiving income replacement benefits for at least three months under an accident and health plan sponsored by the Participant’s employer.
5.     Exercise of Option .
a.
Period of Exercise . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, the Participant (or his or her successor, as appropriate) may exercise all or any part of the Vested Portion of the Option at any time prior to the earliest to occur of:
i.
the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;
ii.
the first anniversary of the Participant’s termination of Employment due to death or Disability;
iii.
thirty (30) days following the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment by the Participant without Good Reason (other than Retirement) or by the Company or its Affiliates for Cause; and
iv.
ninety (90) days following the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment for reasons other than Retirement or the reasons described in Section 5(a)(ii) and 5(a)(iii) above.
b.     Method of Exercise .
i.
Subject to Section 5(a), the Vested Portion of the Option may be exercised by delivering written notice of intent to so exercise to the

3



Company at its principal office; provided that , the Option may be exercised with respect to whole Shares only. Such notice shall specify the number of Shares for which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by full payment of the Option Price. Payment of the Option Price may be made at the election of the Participant: (w) in cash or its equivalent ( e.g. , by check); (x) to the extent permitted by the Committee, in Shares having a Fair Market Value as of the payment date equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased and satisfying such other requirements imposed by the Committee, provided that such Shares have been held by the Participant for more than six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee); (y) partially in cash and, to the extent permitted by the Committee, partially in such Shares; or (z) if there is a public market for the Shares on the payment date, subject to such rules as may be established by the Committee, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell Shares obtained upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount out of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased. No Participant shall have any rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise of the Option, paid the full Option Price for such Shares and, if applicable, satisfied any other requirements imposed by the Committee.
ii.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, the Option may not be exercised prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of the Option or the Shares under applicable state and federal securities or other laws, or under any ruling or regulation of any governmental body or national securities exchange that the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, to be necessary or advisable.
iii.
Upon the Committee’s determination that the Option has been validly exercised as to any of the Shares, the Company shall issue certificates in the Participant’s name for such Shares. However, the Company shall not be liable to any person or entity for damages relating to any delays in issuing the certificates, any loss of the certificates or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.
iv.
In the event of the Participant’s death, the Vested Portion of the Option shall remain exercisable by the Participant’s successor to the extent set forth in Section 5(a). No beneficiary, executor, administrator, heir or legatee of the Participant shall have greater rights than the Participant under this Agreement or otherwise.
6.     Designation of Beneficiary . By properly executing and delivering a Designation of Beneficiary Form to the Company, the Participant may designate an individual or individuals as his

4



or her beneficiary or beneficiaries with respect to his or her interest under the Plan. If the Participant fails to properly designate a beneficiary, his or her interests under this Agreement will pass to the person or persons in the first of the following classes (who shall be deemed a beneficiary or beneficiaries) in which there are any survivors: (i) spouse at the time of death; (ii) issue, per stirpes ; (iii) parents; and (iv) the estate. Except as the Company may determine in its sole and exclusive discretion, a properly completed Designation of Beneficiary Form shall be deemed to revoke all prior designations upon its receipt and approval by the designated representative.

7.     Non-Transferability of Option . The Option (and any portion thereof) may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant other than by beneficiary designation pursuant to this Agreement or the laws of descent and distribution, and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable. No permitted transfer of the Option shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee is furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. During the Participant’s lifetime, the Option is exercisable only by the Participant.
8.     Non-Transferability of Shares; Legends . Upon the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option, if the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), they may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Shares has become effective or unless the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Company that an exemption from such registration is available. The Shares will bear a legend stating the substance of such restrictions, as well as any other restrictions the Committee deems necessary or appropriate. In addition, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or this Agreement.
9.     Plan Administration . The Plan is administered by the Committee, which has sole and exclusive power and discretion to interpret, administer, implement and construe the Plan and this Agreement. All elections, notices and correspondence relating to the Plan should be directed to the Secretary at:

Chart Industries, Inc.
One Infinity Corporate Centre, Suite 300
Garfield Heights, OH 44125
Attn.: Secretary

10.     Notices . Any notice relating to this Agreement intended for the Participant will be sent to the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company, its Affiliate or its Subsidiary. Either party may designate a different address in writing to the other. Any notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt by the addressee.
11.     Successors and Legal Representatives . This Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Participant and their respective heirs, beneficiaries, executors, administrators, estates, successors, assigns and legal representatives.


5



12.     Withholding . The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Option, its exercise or any payment or transfer under or with respect to the Option and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

13.     Integration . This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Participant and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified, amended, renewed or terminated, nor may any term, condition or breach of any term or condition be waived, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan or Section 21 below or by a writing signed by the person or persons sought to be bound by such modification, amendment, renewal, termination or waiver. Any waiver of any term, condition or breach thereof will not be deemed a waiver of any other term or condition or of the same term or condition for the future, or of any subsequent breach.

14.     Separability . In the event of the invalidity of any part or provision of this Agreement, such invalidity will not affect the enforceability of any other part or provision of this Agreement.

15.     Incapacity . If the Committee determines that the Participant is incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability or a person incapable of handling his or her property, the Committee may deal directly with, or direct any issuance of Shares to, the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of the incompetent or incapable person. The Committee may require proof of incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate before making any issuance. In the event of an issuance of Shares, the Committee will have no obligation thereafter to monitor or follow the application of the Shares issued. Issuances made pursuant to this paragraph shall completely discharge the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

16.     No Further Liability . The liability of the Company, its Affiliates, and its Subsidiaries under this Agreement is limited to the obligations set forth herein and no terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to impose any liability on the Company, its Affiliates, its Subsidiaries or the Committee in favor of any person or entity with respect to any loss, cost, tax or expense which the person or entity may incur in connection with or arising from any transaction related to this Agreement.

17.     Section Headings . The section headings of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and are not intended to define, extend or limit the contents of the sections.

18.     No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to confer upon the Participant the right to continue in the Employment of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates, or to be employed or serve in any particular position therewith, or affect any right the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates may have to terminate the Participant’s Employment or service with or without cause.
19.     Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.


6



20.     Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures were upon the same instrument.
21.     Amendment . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall materially adversely affect the rights of the Participant hereunder without the consent of the Participant; provided, however , that the Participant’s consent shall not be required to an amendment that is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company to ensure (a) compliance with (or exemption from) Section 409A of the Code; (b) compliance with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Dodd-Frank Act ”); or (c) compliance with the terms of any recoupment or “clawback” policy the Company adopts to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder (even if the terms of that policy are broader than the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act).

22.     Section 409A of the Code . It is intended that this Agreement and the compensation and benefits hereunder meet the requirements for exemption from Code Section 409A set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5), as well as any other such applicable exemption, and this Agreement shall be so interpreted and administered. In addition to the general amendment rights of the Company with respect to the Plan, the Company specifically retains the unilateral right (but not the obligation) to make, prospectively or retroactively, any amendment to this Agreement or any related document as it deems necessary or desirable to more fully address issues in connection with exemption from (or compliance with) Section 409A of the Code and other laws. In no event, however, shall this section or any other provisions of this Agreement be construed to require the Company to provide any gross‑up for the tax consequences of any provisions of, or payments under, this Agreement. Except as may be provided in another agreement to which the Company is bound, the Company and its Affiliates shall have no responsibility for tax or legal consequences to the Participant (or the Participant’s beneficiaries) resulting from the terms or operation of this Agreement or the Plan.

23.     Adjustment of Number of Shares, Etc . Subject to Section 3.4 of the Plan, if, after the Grant Date, the Committee determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, redesignation, reclassification, merger, consolidation, liquidation, split-up, reverse split, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this Agreement, then the Committee may, in such manner as it deems equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or other property) subject to the Option and (ii) the Option Price. Any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive as to the Participant. Any such adjustment may provide for the elimination of fractional shares if the Committee shall so direct.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement.

7



Participant                        Chart Industries, Inc.


By:                         


Print Name:                          Its:                         


Date:                              Date:                         

8

Exhibit 10.3.12
CHART INDUSTRIES, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2009 OMNIBUS EQUITY PLAN

PERFORMANCE UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS PERFORMANCE UNIT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of this ___ day of _________, 20___ (the “ Grant Date ”), by and between Chart Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and ____________________________ (the “ Grantee ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS , the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Committee ”) administers the Chart Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan (the “ Plan ”); and

WHEREAS , the Committee desires to provide the Grantee with Performance Units under the Plan upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW , THEREFORE , the Company and the Grantee agree as follows:

1.     Definitions . Unless the context otherwise indicates, the following words used herein shall have the following meanings wherever used in this Agreement:

a.
Disability ” means, with respect to the Grantee, a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months which: (i) renders the Grantee unable to engage in substantial gainful activity or (ii) results in the Grantee receiving income replacement benefits for at least three months under an accident and health plan sponsored by the Grantee’s employer.

b.
Performance Period ” means the period set forth in Exhibit A.

c.
Performance Requirements ” means the performance measure(s) set forth in Exhibit A.

d.
Performance Unit ” means a Restricted Share Unit representing the right to receive a Share after completion of the Performance Period provided that the Performance Requirements have been satisfied.

e.
Retirement ” (or variations thereof) means a voluntary separation from service with the Company, its Subsidiaries and its Affiliates, under circumstances indicative of retirement, after attaining age 60 and completing 10 years of service with such entities.


1


Notwithstanding this Section, and unless otherwise specified in the Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the meanings attributed to them under the Plan.

2.     Grant of Performance Units . As of the Grant Date, the Company grants to the Grantee, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, (____) Performance Units. If the Grantee is a Section 162(m) Person, the Performance Units are intended to be Section 162(m) of the Code “performance-based compensation.” The Performance Units are granted in accordance with, and subject to, all the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern. The Grantee irrevocably agrees to, and accepts, the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Plan and this Agreement on his own behalf and on behalf of any beneficiaries, heirs, legatees, successors and assigns.

3.     Restrictions on Transfer of Performance Units . The Grantee and his or her beneficiaries, heirs, legatees, successors and assigns cannot sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of the Performance Units (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) or any interest therein.

4.     Termination of Employment .

a.
Retirement, Death or Disability . If the Grantee terminates Employment as a result of Retirement, death or Disability prior to the last day of the Performance Period, the Grantee (or his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries) shall be entitled to a pro-rated number of Shares, calculated by multiplying (x) by (y) where:

(x)
is the number of Shares, if any, that would have been earned by the Grantee as the result of the satisfaction of the Performance Requirements; and

(y)
is the number of months that the Grantee was employed (rounded up to the nearest whole number) during the Performance Period divided by the number of months in the Performance Period.

The distribution or payment of the pro-rated award shall occur (if at all) at the same time as the distribution or payment specified in Section 6.

b.
Reasons Other Than Retirement, Death or Disability . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5, if the Committee determines in its sole and exclusive discretion that the Grantee’s Employment has terminated prior to the end of the Performance Period for reasons other than those described in Section 4(a) above, the Grantee will forfeit his or her Performance Units. If the Performance Units are forfeited, the Grantee and all persons who might claim through him or her will have no further interests under this Agreement.

2



5.     Change in Control . Upon a Change in Control prior to the end of the Performance Period:

a.
the Performance Requirements shall be deemed to have been satisfied at the greater of either: (i) the target level of the Performance Requirements as set forth on Exhibit A as if the entire Performance Period had elapsed; or (ii) the level of actual achievement of the Performance Requirements as of the date of the Change in Control; and

b.
the appropriate number of Shares, determined in accordance with subsection (a) above shall be issued to the Grantee not later than 30 days after the date of the Change in Control.

6.     Distributions . Within 60 days after satisfaction or deemed satisfaction of the Performance Requirements:

a.
with respect to Shares earned under Sections 4 or 5, the Company will deliver to Grantee (or his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries) certificates for the Shares to which Grantee is entitled, subject to any applicable securities law restrictions; and

b.
with respect to Shares otherwise earned under this Agreement, the Company will issue to the Grantee the Shares to which Grantee is entitled, subject to any applicable securities law restrictions, and provided that the Grantee is in active Employment on the last day of the Performance Period.

For purposes of this Section 6, “earned” Shares are those Shares to which the Grantee is entitled based upon the Earned Performance Units (as described in Exhibit A) and the terms of Section 4 or 5, if applicable. Upon distribution of Shares, the recipient and all persons who might claim through him or her shall have no remaining interest under this Agreement.

7.     Dividend and Voting Rights. The Grantee will not have any voting rights or be entitled to any dividends with respect to Performance Units unless and until the Performance Requirements are timely satisfied and Shares have actually been issued to the Grantee. No dividends or dividend equivalents will be paid to the Grantee based upon interests in the Performance Units during the Performance Period.

8.     Designation of Beneficiary . By properly executing and delivering a Designation of Beneficiary Form to the Company, the Grantee may designate an individual or individuals as his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries with respect to his or her interest under this Agreement. If the Grantee fails to properly designate a beneficiary, his or her interests under this Agreement will pass to the person or persons in the first of the following classes (who shall be deemed a beneficiary or beneficiaries) in which there are any survivors: (i) spouse at the time of death; (ii) issue, per stirpes ; (iii) parents; and (iv) the estate. Except as the Company may determine in its sole and exclusive discretion, a properly completed Designation of Beneficiary Form shall be deemed to revoke all

3


prior designations with respect to this Agreement (or, if the form so provides, the Plan) upon its receipt and approval by the designated representative of the Company.

9.     Non-Transferability of Shares; Legends . Upon the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to this Agreement, if the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), they may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless a registration statement under the Act with respect to the Shares has become effective or unless the Grantee establishes to the satisfaction of the Company that an exemption from such registration is available. The Shares will bear a legend stating the substance of such restrictions, as well as any other restrictions the Committee deems necessary or appropriate. In addition, the Grantee will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or this Agreement.

10.     Effect of Corporate Reorganization or Other Changes Affecting Number or Kind of Shares . The provisions of this Agreement will be applicable to the performance units, Shares or other securities, if any, which may be acquired by the Grantee related to the Performance Units as a result of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, redesignation, reclassification, merger, consolidation, liquidation, split-up, reverse split, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company or other similar corporate transaction or event. Subject to Section 3.4 of the Plan, the Committee may appropriately adjust the number and kind of performance units or Shares described in this Agreement to reflect such a change.

11.     Plan Administration . The Plan is administered by the Committee, which has sole and exclusive power and discretion to interpret, administer, implement and construe the Plan and this Agreement. All elections, notices and correspondence relating to the Plan should be directed to the Secretary at:

Chart Industries, Inc.
One Infinity Corporate Centre, Suite 300
Garfield Heights, OH 44125
Attn.: Secretary

12.     Notices . Any notice relating to this Agreement intended for the Grantee will be sent to the address appearing in the personnel records of the Company, its Affiliate or its Subsidiary. Either party may designate a different address in writing to the other. Any notice shall be deemed effective upon receipt by the addressee.

13.     Termination of Agreement . This Agreement will terminate on the earliest of: (a) the last day of the Performance Period if the Performance Requirements are not satisfied; (b) the date of termination of the Grantee’s Employment for reasons referenced in Section 4(b) prior to the last day of the Performance Period; or (c) the date that Shares are delivered to the Grantee (or his or her beneficiary or beneficiaries). Any terms or conditions of this Agreement that the Company determines are reasonably necessary to effectuate its purposes will survive the termination of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the termination of this Agreement

4


will not affect any obligation the Grantee may have, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, under any recoupment or “clawback” policy adopted by the Company.

14.     Successors and Legal Representatives . This Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and the Grantee and their respective heirs, beneficiaries, executors, administrators, estates, successors, assigns and legal representatives.

15.     Integration . This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the Grantee and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified, amended, renewed or terminated, nor may any term, condition or breach of any term or condition be waived, except pursuant to the terms of the Plan or Section 23 below or by a writing signed by the person or persons sought to be bound by such modification, amendment, renewal, termination or waiver. Any waiver of any term, condition or breach thereof will not be a waiver of any other term or condition or of the same term or condition for the future, or of any subsequent breach.

16.     Separability . In the event of the invalidity of any part or provision of this Agreement, such invalidity will not affect the enforceability of any other part or provision of this Agreement.

17.     Incapacity . If the Committee determines that the Grantee is incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability or a person incapable of handling his or her property, the Committee may deal directly with or direct any payment to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of the incompetent or incapable person. The Committee may require proof of incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate before making any payment. In the event of a payment, the Committee will have no obligation thereafter to monitor or follow the application of the amounts so paid. Payments pursuant to this paragraph shall completely discharge the Company with respect to such payments.

18.     No Further Liability . The liability of the Company, its Affiliates and its Subsidiaries under this Agreement is limited to the obligations set forth herein and no terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to impose any liability on the Company, its Affiliates, its Subsidiaries or the Committee in favor of any person or entity with respect to any loss, cost, tax or expense which the person or entity may incur in connection with or arising from any transaction related to this Agreement.

19.     Section Headings . The section headings of this Agreement are for convenience and reference only and are not intended to define, extend or limit the contents of the sections.

20.     No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to confer upon the Grantee the right to continue in the employment or service of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or to be employed or serve in any particular position therewith, or affect any right which the Company, its Subsidiaries or an Affiliate may have to terminate the Grantee’s employment or service with or without cause.


5


21.     Governing Law . Except as may otherwise be provided in the Plan, this Agreement will be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.

22.     Signature in Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures were upon the same instrument.

23.     Amendment . The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall materially adversely affect the rights of the Grantee hereunder without the consent of the Grantee; provided, however , that the Grantee’s consent shall not be required to an amendment that is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company to ensure (a) compliance with (or exemption from) Section 409A of the Code; (b) compliance with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 or any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Dodd-Frank Act ”); or (c) compliance with the terms of any recoupment or “clawback” policy the Company adopts to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder (even if the terms of that policy are broader than the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act).

24.     Withholding . The Grantee may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the Performance Units or payment of Shares thereunder, or any payment or transfer under or with respect to the Performance Units or Shares and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes. The Grantee may elect, pursuant to a separate election form, to cover withholding taxes under this Award by (a) delivering Shares, provided that such Shares have been held by the Grantee for more than six (6) months or (b) having the Company withhold Shares from this Award, in each case with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligations applicable to Grantee relating to this Award.

25.     Section 409A of the Code . This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The parties intend that this Agreement be, at all relevant times, exempt from (or in compliance with) Section 409A of the Code and all other applicable laws, and this Agreement shall be so interpreted and administered. In addition to the general amendment rights of the Company with respect to the Plan, the Company specifically retains the unilateral right (but not the obligation) to make, prospectively or retroactively, any amendment to this Agreement or any related document as it deems necessary or desirable to more fully address issues in connection with exemption from (or in compliance with) Section 409A of the Code and other laws. In no event, however, shall this section or any other provisions of this Agreement be construed to require the Company to provide any gross‑up for the tax consequences of any provisions of, or payments under, this Agreement. Except as may be provided in another agreement to which the Company is bound, the Company and its Affiliates shall have no responsibility for tax or legal consequences to the Grantee (or the Grantee’s beneficiaries) resulting from the terms or operation of this Agreement or the Plan.



6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer and the Grantee has hereunto set his hand.

Grantee                            Chart Industries, Inc.


By:                     


Print Name:                          Its:                     


Date:                              Date:                     

7



EXHIBIT A

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS


Performance Period

The Performance Period begins on January 1, 2013 and ends on December 31, 2015.

Performance Measure(s)
 
The Performance Measure(s) is/are:

Relative EBITDA Growth (“REBITDA Growth”) - REBITDA Growth is determined by comparing the EBITDA growth of the Company with the EBITDA growth of the the peer group of companies designated on Exhibit B (the companies listed on Exhibit B are the “Peer Group”). EBITDA is defined as adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization as stated in, or derived from, the Company’s or the applicable Peer Group company’s publicly available financial statements (included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as applicable, or any successor report as it may be designated in the future, or in another public disclosure in the absence of such a report for the period in question in definitive, unsuperseded form at the time of measurement). Company EBITDA growth will be measured against the EBITDA growth of the Peer Group of companies over three separate one-year measurement periods (each, a “Measurement Period”).

Measurement Period 1 is January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013
Measurement Period 2 is January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014
Measurement Period 3 is January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015

At the end of each Measurement Period, the Company’s and each Peer Group company’s EBITDA growth for such period will be calculated. After Measurement Period 3, the three EBITDA growth measurements for the Company and each Peer Group company shall be averaged, creating a three-year average EBITDA growth measurement for the Company and each Peer Group company. The Company’s three-year average EBITDA growth shall be compared to the three-year average EBITDA growth of the Peer Group of companies and the Company’s performance will be given a percentile ranking among the Peer Group companies based on such comparison (“REBITDA Percentile Ranking”). If the performance period is less than three years due to a Change in Control, the Committee shall calculate the average annual EBITDA growth of the Company and each Peer Group company and the REBITDA Percentile Ranking of the Company based on the same Measurement Period methodology that would apply to the full performance period had a Change in Control not occurred, with any adjustments necessary to account for the shorter period (including possible measurements of fractional year growth). EBITDA growth

{01312756.DOC;2 }    



for any Measurement Period for the Company or any Peer Group company shall be the percent by which EBITDA for such period for such company exceeds the EBITDA for such company for the twelve months immediately preceding the beginning of such Measurement Period. When calculating any relative EBIDTA growth percentile ranking among companies, companies reporting positive growth will rank higher the greater the amount of the positive growth and companies reporting negative growth will rank lower the greater the amount of the negative growth.

For a Peer Group company whose fiscal year does not end at the end of the calendar year, EBITDA will be calculated using quarterly data from the four most recently completed quarters of such company before the end of each Measurement Period so as to align the period of comparison as closely as possible with the Company’s fiscal year end. The Committee may, in the exercise of its discretion in good faith and in a manner consistent with the purposes of this Agreement, interpolate, estimate or, in the case of unreported results, disregard the results of individual Peer Group companies to the extent required to make the necessary calculations under this Agreement within the timeframe required by this Agreement.

The Committee may, in the exercise of its discretion in good faith and in a manner consistent with the purposes of this Agreement, make such adjustments in calculating EBITDA of the Company or a Peer Group company, or otherwise in calculating the REBITDA Growth, as it deems necessary or appropriate to account for extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or a Peer Group company. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may make appropriate adjustments to EBITDA or REBITDA Growth to reflect a merger, acquisition, disposition, spin-off, bankruptcy or liquidation, material impairment or restructuring charge, gain or loss on sale of non-operating assets, income or loss from discontinued operations, income or expenses related to the adoption of accounting principles, and any other extraordinary items affecting the Company or any Peer Group company deemed to be adjustments by the Committee. If the Company or a Peer Group company makes a significant acquisition or divestiture during one of the Measurement Periods, the Company will adjust the EBITDA for the Company or the Peer Group company, as applicable, as of the beginning of such Measurement Period as if the acquisition or divestiture were made at the end of the immediately preceding year. For purposes of this paragraph, the phrase “significant acquisition or divestiture” shall mean an acquisition or divestiture in which the Company or a Peer Group company is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission historical financial information (in the case of an acquisition) or pro forma information (in the case of a divestiture) of the business subject to the transaction. Adjustments to EBITDA for the Company or any Peer Group company will not be made for acquisitions or divestitures that are not a significant acquisition or divestiture.
                                 

2



Earned Performance Units

The Performance Units subject to the REBITDA Growth Performance Measure(s) shall become REBITDA Earned Performance Units (the “Earned Performance Units”), as determined pursuant to the methodology set forth below:

REBITDA Earned Performance Units

REBITDA Earned Performance Units are determined as follows:

a.
Based on the Company’s REBITDA Percentile Ranking, determine the percentage of earned Performance Units (the “REBITDA Earned Percentage”) as provided as follows.


Levels
REBITDA Percentile Ranking
REBITDA Earned Percentage
Threshold
40th
50%
Target
50th
100%
Maximum
75th
200%

With respect to performance levels that fall between these percentiles, the REBITDA Earned Percentage will be interpolated on a straight-line basis. In no event will the REBITDA Earned Percentage exceed 200%.

b.
Determine the number of earned Performance Units (“REBITDA Earned Performance Units”) as follows:

REBITDA Earned Percentage    X    Number of Performance Units


3




EXHIBIT B

PEER GROUP

Acuity Brands, Inc.
Ampco-Pittsburgh Corp.
Atwood Oceanics, Inc.
AZZ Inc.
Bristow Group, Inc.
Cal Dive International, Inc.
Circor Intl., Inc.
Columbus McKinnon Corp.
Core Laboratories, NV
Dresser-Rand Group, Inc.
Excel Maritime Carriers, LTD
Genco Shipping & Trading, LTD
Geokinetics, Inc.
GulfMark Offshore, Inc.
Helix Energy Solutions Group
Helmerich & Payne, Inc.
Hercules Offshore, Inc.
Hornbeck Offshore Services, Inc.
Key Energy Services, Inc.
Kirby Corporation
Oceaneering International
Parker Drilling Company
PHI, Inc.
Pioneer Drilling, Inc.
Robbins & Myers, Inc.
Rowan Companies, Inc.
Superior Energy Services, Inc.
Tesco Corporation
Tidewater, Inc.
Valmont Industries, Inc.
Woodward Governor Company






    


Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
AND JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION

AirSep Corporation
New York
CAIRE Inc.
Delaware
Chart Asia Investment Company Limited
Hong Kong
Chart Asia, Inc.
Delaware
Chart Australia Pty Ltd
Australia
Chart BioMedical Distribution LLC
Delaware
Chart BioMedical GmbH
Germany
Chart Biomedical Limited
U.K.
Chart Cooler Service Company, Inc.
Delaware
Chart Cryogenic Distribution Equipment (Changzhou) Company Limited*
China
Chart Cryogenic Engineering Systems (Changzhou) Co., Ltd.
China
Chart Energy & Chemicals, Inc.
Delaware
Chart Ferox, a.s.
Czech Republic
Chart Germany GmbH
Germany
Chart France
France
Chart Inc.
Delaware
Chart Industries Luxembourg S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
Chart International Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
Chart International, Inc.
Delaware
Chart Italy S.r.l.
Italy
Chart Japan Co., Ltd.
Japan
Chart S.à r.l. & Co. KG
Germany
Chart SeQual Technologies Inc.
Delaware
Chengdu Golden Phoenix Liquid Nitrogen Container Company Limited
China
Flow Instruments & Engineering GmbH
Germany
GOFA Gocher Fahrzeugbau GmbH
Germany
GOFA Grundstücksgesellschaft mbH
Germany
GTC of Clarksville, LLC
Delaware

*
50% of equity interests owned indirectly by the Company.




Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)
 
Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-175837) of Chart Industries, Inc.,
 
 
 
(2)
 
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-162740) pertaining to the Chart Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan,
 
 
 
(3)
 
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-138682) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, and
 
 
 
(4)
 
Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-183031) pertaining to the Chart Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated 2009 Omnibus Equity Plan
of our reports dated February 28, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Chart Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2012.

/S/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
February 28, 2013




Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Samuel F. Thomas, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Chart Industries, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date: February 28, 2013
 
/s/ Samuel F. Thomas
Samuel F. Thomas
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Michael F. Biehl, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Chart Industries, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date: February 28, 2013
 
/s/ Michael F. Biehl
Michael F. Biehl
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer





Exhibit 32.1
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Chart Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company"), does hereby certify, to such officer's knowledge, that:
a.
The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
b.
The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in the Form 10-K.

Dated: February 28, 2013
/s/ Samuel F. Thomas
Samuel F. Thomas
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

This written statement accompanies the Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.





Exhibit 32.2
Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), the undersigned officer of Chart Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company"), does hereby certify, to such officer's knowledge, that:
a.
The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
b.
The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in the Form 10-K.

Dated: February 28, 2013
/s/ Michael F. Biehl
Michael F. Biehl
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

This written statement accompanies the Form 10-K pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.